123 12 B - Com - (CA) Business Communication

.emaN e1.
sruIncrease
oC eht fothe
ezifont
s tnosize
f ehof
t esthe
aerCourse
cnI .1 Name.

.egaP revoC e2.ht nuse
i rethe
daefollowing
h a sa gniwasolaloheader
f eht esin
u the
.2 Cover Page.
YTISREVINUALAGAPPA
APPAGALAUNIVERSITY
B.Com.

elcyC drihT eht ni )46.3:APGC( CA[Accredited
AN yb edarGwith
’+A’’A+’
htiwGrade
detidby
ercNAAC
cA[ (CGPA:3.64) in the Third Cycle
]CGU-DRHM yb ytisrevinU I–yrogeand
taC Graded
sa dedarasG Category–I
dna University by MHRD-UGC]
300 036 – IDUKIARA
KARAIKUDI
K – 630 003
102 12 NOITACUDE ECNATSIDDIRECTORATE
FO ETAROTCEOF
RIDDISTANCE EDUCATION
BUSINESS COMMUNICATION
I - Semester
B.Com.
102 12
itnem sYou
a egaare
p reinstructed
voc eht etatodpupdate
u ot dethe
tcurcover
tsni erpage
a uoYas mentioned below:
.emaN e1.sruIncrease
oC eht fothe
ezifont
s tnosize
f ehof
t esthe
aerCourse
cnI .1 Name.
aP revoC e2.ht nuse
i rethe
daefollowing
f eht esin
u the
.2 Cover Page.
ISREVINUALAGAPPA
APPAGALAUNIVERSITY
rihT eht ni )46.3:APGC( CA[Accredited
AN yb edarGwith
’+A’’A+’
htiwGrade
detidby
ercNAAC
taC Graded
KARAIKUDI
TACUDE ECNATSIDDIRECTORATE
K
FO ETAROTCEOF
– 630 003
B.Com.
I - Semester
ALAGAPPA UNIVERSITY
[Accredited with ‘A+’ Grade by NAAC (CGPA:3.64) in the Third Cycle
and Graded as Category–I University by MHRD-UGC]
(A State University Established by the Government of Tamil Nadu)
KARAIKUDI – 630 003
Directorate of Distance Education
B.Com.
I - Semester
102 12
Reviewer
Assistant Professor,
Dr. R. Ganapathi
Directorate of Distance Education,
Alagappa University, Karaikudi
Authors:
R.K. Madhukar, Retired General Manager, Incharge of Business Communication and Public Relations Canara Bank, Bengaluru
& Former Chief Economist, Indian Banks’ Association, Mumbai
Units (1.2-1.3.1, 1.4-1.5, 2.2, 2.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.5, 4.3.4-4.3.6, 6.3.2, 7.2, 7.3, 8.3, 10.0, 10.2, 11, 12.3, 13.6.1, 14.2.1, 14.3)
Dr Anjanee Sethi, Assistant Professor, MDI Gurugram
Prof. (Dr) Bhavana Adhikari, Deputy Dean Academics, Amity University, Gurugram
Units (2.4, 3.2-3.4.1, 3.4.3, 5.3.1, 5.4.1, 7.3.1-7.3.2, 8.4, 9.2, 13.2-13.5, 13.6.2)
Vikas® Publishing House:
Units (1.0-1.1, 1.3.2, 1.6-1.9, 2.0-2.1, 2.3, 2.5-2.9, 3.0-3.1, 3.6-3.10, 4.0-4.2, 4.3-4.3.3, 4.4-4.8, 5.0-5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5-5.9, 6.0-6.2, 6.3-
6.3.1, 6.4-6.8, 7.0-7.1, 7.2.1, 7.4-7.8, 8.0-8.2, 8.5-8.9, 9.0-9.1, 9.2.1-9.2.2, 9.3, 9.4-9.8, 10.1, 10.2.1, 10.3-10.7, 12.0-12.2, 12.4-12.8,
13.0-13.1, 13.6, 13.7-13.11, 14.0-14.1, 14.2, 14.4-14.8)
"The copyright shall be vested with Alagappa University"
All rights reserved. No part of this publication which is material protected by this copyright notice
may be reproduced or transmitted or utilized or stored in any form or by any means now known or
hereinafter invented, electronic, digital or mechanical, including photocopying, scanning, recording
or by any information storage or retrieval system, without prior written permission from the Alagappa
University, Karaikudi, Tamil Nadu.
Information contained in this book has been published by VIKAS® Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. and has
been obtained by its Authors from sources believed to be reliable and are correct to the best of their
knowledge. However, the Alagappa University, Publisher and its Authors shall in no event be liable for
any errors, omissions or damages arising out of use of this information and specifically disclaim any
implied warranties or merchantability or fitness for any particular use.
Vikas® is the registered trademark of Vikas® Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.

VIKAS® PUBLISHING HOUSE PVT. LTD.
E-28, Sector-8, Noida - 201301 (UP)
Phone: 0120-4078900  Fax: 0120-4078999
Regd. Office: 7361, Ravindra Mansion, Ram Nagar, New Delhi 110 055
 Website: www.vikaspublishing.com  Email: [email protected]
Work Order No. AU/DDE/DE1-238/Preparation and Printing of Course Materials/2018 Dated 30.08.2018 Copies - 500
SYLLABI-BOOK MAPPING TABLE
Business Communication
BLOCK I: FUNDAMENTAL OF COMMUNICATION

UNIT - I: Communication - Purpose of Communication - Process of Unit 1: Communication: An Overview
Communication - Importance of Communication in Business- Differences (Pages 1-24)
between Technical and General Communication - Barriers to Unit 2: Types of Communication
Communication - Measures to Overcome the Barriers to Communication. (Pages 25-43)
UNIT - II: Types of Communication - Verbal Communication - Importance Unit 3: Listening Skills
of verbal communication - Advantages of verbal communication - (Pages 44-60)
Advantages of written communication - Significance of Non-verbal Unit 4: Language for Communication
Communication.
(Pages 61-84)
UNIT - III: Listening Skills - Listening Process - Classification of Listening
- Purpose of Listening - Common Barriers to the Listening Process -
Measures to Improve Listening - Listening as an Important Skill in Work
Place.
UNIT - IV: Language for Communication - Language and Communication
- General Principles of Writing - Improving Writing Skills - Essentials of
good style - Expressions and words to be avoided - Grammar and Usage.
BLOCK II: TYPES OF COMMUNICATION, BUSINESS LETTER

UNIT - V: Communication in Organizations - Internal Communication - Unit 5: Communication in Organizations
Stake Holders in Internal Communication - Channels of Internal (Pages 85-93)
Communication - External Communication - Stake Holders in External Unit 6: Communication Network
Communication - Channels of External Communication. (Pages 94-102)
UNIT - VI: Communication Network - Scope and Types of Communication Unit 7: Business Letters
Network - Formal and Informal Communication Network - Upward (Pages 103-126)
Communication - Downward Communication - Horizontal Communication Unit 8: Basic Official Correspondence
- Diagonal Communication. (Pages 127-140)
UNIT - VII: Writing Business Letter - Importance of Business Letters -
Difference between Personal and Business Letters - Structure and Format
of Business Letters - Types of Business Letters.
UNIT - VIII: Writing Memos - Circulars and Notices - What is a Memo?
- Principles of précis writing - Approaches to memo writing -
Characteristics of a memo - Guidelines for writing memos - Language
and writing style of a memo - Format of a Memo – Circulars - Guidelines
for writing a circular - Languages and writing style of a circular- Format
of a circular - Notices - Purpose - Format - Important points to remember
while writing a notice.
BLOCK III: WRITING A REPORT AND EMAIL

UNIT - IX: Report Writing- Features of Writing a Good Report- Purpose Unit 9: Report Writing
of Report Writing- Difference between Business Report and Engineering (Pages 141-153)
Report-Characteristics of writing a good report-Importance of Unit 10: Writing E-mails
communication in report writing- Guidelines for Report Writing-Steps in (Pages 154-163)
Report Writing- Structure of Report-Types of Reports and Different Unit 11: Business Presentation
Formats. (Pages 164-178)
UNIT - X: Writing E-mail - Principles of E-mail - E-mail Etiquette -
Overcoming Problems in E- mail Communication.
UNIT - XI: Oral Communication Skills Oral Business Presentation -
Purpose –Audience - Locale - Steps in Making a Presentation - Research
and planning - Structure and style - Preparation - Presentation- Delivering
a Presentation.
BLOCK IV: MEETINGS, SKILLS AND EMPLOYMENT
COMMUNICATION
UNIT - XII: Meetings - Types of Meetings - Importance of Business Unit 12: Meetings
Meetings - Different Types of Business Meetings - Conducting
(Pages 179-189)
Meetings-Selecting participants- Developing agendas - Opening
Unit 13: Reading Skills
meetings - Establishing ground rules for meetings - Time management -
(Pages 190-214)
Evaluations of meeting process - Evaluating the overall meeting - Closing
meetings- Common Mistakes Made at Meetings. Unit 14: Employment Communication
UNIT - XIII: Reading Skills - Reading Skill - Purpose of Reading - Types (Pages 215-234)
of Reading - Techniques for Effective Reading - Employment
Communication – Resume - Contents of Good Resume - Guidelines for
Writing Resume - Different Types of Resumes - Reason for a Cover
Letter to Apply for a Job-Format of Cover Letter - Different Types of
Cover Letters.
UNIT - XIV: Employment Communication - Job Interview - Importance
and Factors Involving Job Interview - Characteristics of Job Interview -
Job Interview Process - Job Interview Techniques - Manners and
etiquettes to be maintained during an interview - Sample Questions
Commonly asked During Interview.
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
BLOCK I: FUNDAMENTAL OF COMMUNICATION
UNIT 1 COMMUNICATION: AN OVERVIEW 1-24

1.0 Introduction
1.1 Objectives
1.2 Purpose of Communication
1.3 Process of Communication
1.3.1 Importance of Communication in Business
1.3.2 Difference between Technical and General Communication
1.4 Barriers to Communication
1.5 Measures to Overcome the Barriers to Communication
1.6 Answers to Check Your Progress Questions
1.7 Summary
1.8 Key Words
1.9 Self Assessment Questions and Exercises
1.10 Further Readings
UNIT 2 TYPES OF COMMUNICATION 25-43
2.0 Introduction
2.1 Objectives
2.2 Types of Communication: An Overview
2.2.1 Methods of Communication
2.3 Verbal Communication
2.3.1 Importance of Verbal Communication
2.3.2 Advantages of Verbal Communication
2.4 Advantages of Written Communication
2.4.1 Significance of Non-verbal Communication
2.6 Summary
2.7 Key Words
UNIT 3 LISTENING SKILLS 44-60
3.0 Introduction
3.1 Objectives
3.2 Listening Skills: An Overview
3.2.1 Objectives of Listening
3.2.2 Purpose of Listening
3.2.3 Listening Process
3.2.4 Levels of Listening
3.2.5 Classification of Listening
3.3 Inefficiency of Listening
3.3.1 Poor Listening Habits
3.3.2 Common Barriers to the Listening Process
3.4 Measures to Improve Listening
3.4.1 Efforts by Listener
3.4.2 Ten Commandments of Listening
3.4.3 Efforts by Speaker
3.5 Listening Skills at Workplace
3.7 Summary
3.8 Key Words
UNIT 4 LANGUAGE FOR COMMUNICATION 61-84
4.0 Introduction
4.1 Objectives
4.2 Language and Communication
4.2.1 Language: A Medium of Communication
4.2.2 Written Communication
4.3 General Principles of Writing
4.3.1 Improving Writing Skills
4.3.2 Essentials of Good Style
4.3.3 Expressions and Words to be Avoided
4.3.4 Grammar and Usage
4.3.5 Paragraphs and Sentences
4.3.6 Selection of Words
4.5 Summary
4.6 Key Words
BLOCK II: TYPES OF COMMUNICATION, BUSINESS LETTER
UNIT 5 COMMUNICATION IN ORGANIZATIONS 85-93

5.0 Introduction
5.1 Objectives
5.2 Meaning of Communication in Organizations
5.3 Internal Communication: Stakeholders and Channels
5.3.1 Importance of Internal communication
5.4 External Communication: Stakeholders and Channels
5.4.1 Importance of External communication
5.6 Summary
5.7 Key Words
UNIT 6 COMMUNICATION NETWORK 94-102
6.0 Introduction
6.1 Objectives
6.2 Scope and Types of Communication Network
6.3 Formal and Informal Communication Network
6.3.1 Informal Communication Network
6.3.2 Formal Communication Network
6.5 Summary
6.6 Key Words
UNIT 7 BUSINESS LETTERS 103-126

7.0 Introduction
7.1 Objectives
7.2 Writing Business Letters and its importance
7.2.1 Difference between Personal and Business Letters
7.3 Structure and Format of Business Letters
7.3.1 Layout of a Business Letter
7.3.2 Types of Business Letters
7.5 Summary
7.6 Key Words
UNIT 8 BASIC OFFICIAL CORRESPONDENCE 127-140

8.0 Introduction
8.1 Objectives
8.2 Principles of Precise Writing
8.2.1 Language and Writing Style of a Memo
8.3 Memorandum
8.4 Circulars and Notices
8.6 Summary
8.7 Key Words
BLOCK III: WRITING A REPORT AND EMAIL
UNIT 9 REPORT WRITING 141-153

9.0 Introduction
9.1 Objectives
9.2 Writing Reports
9.2.1 Difference between Business Reports and Engineering Report
9.2.2 Characteristics of Writing a Good Report
9.3 Different Formats of Reports
9.3.1 Outline of a Long Report: Combined Format
9.5 Summary
9.6 Key Words
UNIT 10 WRITING E-MAILS 154-163
10.0 Introduction
10.1 Objectives
10.2 Electronic Mail
10.2.1 Overcoming Problems in E-mail Communication
10.4 Summary
10.5 Key Words
UNIT 11 BUSINESS PRESENTATION 164-178
11.0 Introduction
11.1 Objectives
11.2 Oral Communication
11.3 Business Presentation
11.5 Summary
11.6 Key Words
BLOCK IV: MEETINGS, SKILLS AND EMPLOYMENT COMMUNICATION
UNIT 12 MEETINGS 179-189

12.0 Introduction
12.1 Objectives
12.2 Types of Meetings/Business Meetings
12.2.1 Importance of Business Meetings
12.3 Conducting Meetings
12.3.1 Common Mistakes Made at Meetings
12.5 Summary
12.6 Key Words
UNIT 13 READING SKILLS 190-214

13.0 Introduction
13.1 Objectives
13.2 Effective Reading
13.3 Approaches to Reading/Reading Styles
13.3.1 Fast Reading Approach/Style
13.3.2 Slow Reading Approach/Style
13.4 Reading Process
13.5 Essentials of Effective Reading
13.5.1 Selective Reading
13.5.2 Reading Rate Adjustment
13.5.3 Note Taking
13.6 Employment Communication
13.6.1 Resume
13.6.2 Cover Letter
13.8 Summary
13.9 Key Words
UNIT 14 EMPLOYMENT COMMUNICATION 215-234

14.0 Introduction
14.1 Objectives
14.2 Importance and Factors Involved in a Job Interview
14.2.1 Factors Involved in a Job Interview
14.3 Job Interview Process/Techniques
14.5 Summary
14.6 Key Words
Introduction
INTRODUCTION
Communication is an essential part of our lives, its importance increases manifold

NOTES when talking about the conducting or operating of a business. This is because,
communication then becomes the important link between the entrepreneurs,
customers and stakeholders. It has a defined influence on the profit or revenue
which the business is already generating or is potentially going to generate. Business
communication is different from other types of communication owing to its nature
of having its origin and having an effect on the financial outcomes of the company’s
operations. But business communication is not restricted to merely interaction with
the external elements, it also includes in its folds the communication to be carried
out internally among the members of the organization. It may take the form of
verbal or non-verbal communication depending on the need, nature and gravity of
the issue. Since, business is involved, there are certain set patterns which need to
be followed to ensure the best results and establish a formal relationship through a
chain of command. It must, however, be remembered that business communication
is not always formal in nature, it also includes informal interaction between the
employees at work or during lunch hours.
The need for business communication arises from the requirement to
communicate and spread information through planning, coordinating, organizing,
directing and controlling. Communication in businesses have varied mediums
including e-mails, telephone calls, letters, press releases, applications, orders,
enquiries, complaints, presentations, conferences, etc. In this book, Business
Communication, we will study the major aspects of communication in business
including the fundamentals of communication, the types of communication, business
letters, writing reports and e-mails, conducting meetings, and employment
communication.
This study material on Business Communication aims to cover all the major
aspects of business communication. It is written with the distance learning student
in mind. It is presented in a user-friendly format using a clear, lucid language. Each
unit contains an Introduction and a list of Objectives to prepare the student for
what to expect in the text. At the end of each unit are a Summary and a list of Key
Words, to aid in recollection of concepts learnt. All units contain Self-Assessment
Questions and Exercises, and strategically placed Check Your Progress questions
so the student can keep track of what has been discussed.
Self-Instructional
10 Material
Communication:
An Overview
BLOCK - I
FUNDAMENTAL OF COMMUNICATION
NOTES
UNIT 1 COMMUNICATION:
AN OVERVIEW
Structure
1.0 Introduction
1.1 Objectives
1.2 Purpose of Communication
1.3 Process of Communication
1.3.1 Importance of Communication in Business
1.3.2 Difference between Technical and General Communication
1.4 Barriers to Communication
1.5 Measures to Overcome the Barriers to Communication
1.7 Summary
1.8 Key Words
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Communication is the modus operandi of social and commercial intercourse. It is

communication which gets the world going. It is the lifeblood of any group or
organization. The communication process encompasses men, women and children
as individuals and also members of a group, society, community or organization.
One cannot visualize a world where men and women do not communicate.
Communication keeps the world going.
Communication is relevant not only to human beings, but also to other living
beings. It is the most important link that connects all living organisms.
Communication takes place not only among people, but also between people and
animals and among animals. The dog owner, the horse rider, the ringmaster in the
circus and the fortune-teller communicate with their animals and birds.
It is the ability of mankind to communicate across barriers and beyond
boundaries that has ushered the progress of mankind. It is the ability of fostering
speedy and effective communication around the world that has shrunk the world
and made ‘globalization’ a reality. Communication has had a vital role to play in
ensuring that people belonging to a particular country or a cultural or linguistic
group interact with and relate to people belonging to other countries or cultural
and linguistic groups. Self-Instructional
Material 1
Communication: Communication is at once the cause and consequence of a powerful world
An Overview
order. Development of varied and sophisticated means of communication over a
period of time has brought human beings across the globe closer and has facilitated
speedy and effective transmission of thoughts and ideas. The expanse or reach of
NOTES communication, therefore, is worldwide and truly encompasses human life in all its
facets and endeavours. It galvanizes action among individuals, organizations,
societies and the world community at large.
Communication adds meaning to human life. It helps build relationships and
fosters love and understanding. It enriches our knowledge of the universe and
makes living worthwhile. Imagine life without various tools of communication—
newspapers, books, letters, television and mobile telephone—and the expanse
and significance of communication becomes crystal clear. Understanding the power
of communication is imperative for the success of any human endeavour.
1.1 OBJECTIVES
After going through this unit, you will be able to:

 Understand the sugnificance of communication
 Learn the purpose of communication
 Describe the process of communcation
 Know about the barriers of communication
 Discuss various measures to overcome the barriers of communication
1.2 PURPOSE OF COMMUNICATION
Sociologists describe human beings as social animals. As members of society,

they have to constantly interact with their fellow beings. They have feelings, emotions,
likes and dislikes—all of which they have to convey. In other words, whatever the
environment in which they are placed, they have to build links and establish
relationships. The need for communication arises from their desire to express
themselves in a Communication stems from the desire to express oneself meaningful
manner. As stated earlier, communication is the modus operandi of social
intercourse. As a member of the family, a social group and as part of a work-
team, they need to communicate with others.
Just as they are social beings, human beings are also emotional beings.
Human beings have the urge to convey feelings, ideas and thoughts They have
certain thoughts and emotions. Human heart generates feelings. Further, just as
human beings are social beings, and emotional beings, they are equally importantly,
rational beings. They are endowed with the faculty of thinking. They have intelligence
and brainpower. The human mind is a very potent force. There is always a constant
urge to give expression to what the mind generates. In order to give a meaningful
Self-Instructional
2 Material
expression to thoughts, ideas, reasoning, creativity and intelligence, human beings Communication:
An Overview
resort to communication.
The need for communication arises from the need to emote, to interact, and
to express one’s ideas and thoughts and the need to relate and connect. The need
NOTES
or the desire to communicate, however, varies from person to person, depending
on time and context. There are times and occasions when a person is extremely
communicative. There are also times and occasions when he or she prefers to
remain silent. Be that as it may, most of our waking hours are spent in communication.
Such communication may take place in several ways—listening, speaking, reading
and writing.
It is a well-known fact that we spend a major part of our waking hours in
communicating. In the past, researchers have noted that we spend about 45 per
cent of the time in listening, about 30 per cent in speaking, about 15 per cent in
reading and about 10 per cent in writing. This was in the past when the
communication technology was in its nascent stage. But the subsequent
developments in communication technology leading to the emergence of Internet,
email, SMS, Instant Messaging, video-conferencing, e-books, etc. have added a
new dimension to the simple acts of reading, writing, speaking and listening. All the
same, communication in its myriad forms continues to be the major pre-occupation
of men, women and children.
Evolution of Communication
The art of communication is as old as mankind itself. It is, in fact, older than the
written word or even the spoken word. Human beings learnt to communicate
much before they learnt to speak, read or write. That is why communication is not
unique to human beings. Communication encompasses Expanse and Scope of
Communication all living beings and pervades the animal world as well. Birds and
animals also communicate. The sounds they make carry meaning. The chirping of
the birds, the roaring of the lions, the hissing of the snakes and the whining of the
dogs are often meant to be expressive.
Much before they learnt to speak, human beings had learnt to express
themselves through sounds, gestures and actions. If we observe closely, we can
notice that we continue to use these methods to communicate even to this day. It
is not that those who cannot speak, read or write cannot communicate. A visually
challenged person or an illiterate person, resorts to oral and non-verbal
communication; while a person with a speech or hearing disability resorts to
gesticulations and lip reading.
The art of communication has evolved over the years. It goes back in time
to the biblical era, mythological times and even to the prehistoric period. People
learnt to express themselves even before they evolved fully into their present form.
From sounds, grunts, actions, signs, gestures and gesticulations to the spoken
word and thereafter to the world of reading, writing and modern and sophisticated
methods of communication, it has been a long yet fascinating and rewarding journey
Self-Instructional
Material 3
Communication: through time. As they progressed on this fascinating journey, human beings learnt
An Overview
to interpret sounds, understand actions and use signs and gesticulations. Messages
were conveyed through sounds, cries and drumbeats. The spoken word added a
new dimension to the world of learning. Sages and saints of yore learnt to pass on
NOTES sacred verses and holy texts through word of mouth. Thereafter, human beings
learnt to use symbols and pictures to convey messages. Early writings were on
stones and leaves. As human beings progressed, communication evolved further.
The invention of printing, as we all know, revolutionized the process of
communication. In terms of its reach, the written word signified a quantum leap.
Side by side, various inventions made possible the recording of the spoken word
and its transmission, irrespective of time and distance. Gradually, the emergence
of new media added new dimensions to the world of communication.
Advancements in technology further enabled storage and retrieval of oral and
written records in an effective, time-saving and cost-efficient manner.
The objectives and functions of communication are inter-related.
Communication could have many objectives depending upon the group and context.
Communication within the family, in a classroom, in a theatre, in a church, in a war
field, in a seminar and in the boardroom has different objectives. The objectives
are defined depending upon the group and the purpose to be achieved. Each of
these groups has a different set of goals and objectives.
Communication aims at sub-serving those goals. In each of these groups,
the dominant objectives of communication would be to inform, connect, educate,
entertain, motivate, provoke, integrate, reassure and persuade, as the case may
be. Communication is thus the means to an end. Communication is largely goal-
oriented and the objective of any personal communication would depend upon
the person or the group one is addressing and the purpose or object one has in
mind.
Key Point: Communication Skills Are Critical in Business
The world around us is dynamic and fast changing. Business
organizations, therefore, have to deal with new situations every day.
The issues, problems, competitive demands, as well as the pressures
and challenges that confront people in business are ever-changing.
The operating environments in the workplaces are dynamic and
evolving. People need to constantly reach out to others and get across
their messages clearly and precisely in order to get results. This means
the role of and need for communication skills in today’s workplaces
have to be viewed in a dynamic and fast-changing context. The skills
and practices of yesterday may not necessarily work well today. Old
methods become obsolete and new skills become relevant. While the
basic time-tested skills and practices would continue to be broadly
relevant, new approaches, refinements and skill sets have to be
developed and adapted in order to cope with the emerging situations.
This means effectiveness in communication cannot be taken for
granted. Effective communication demands conscious efforts and a
Self-Instructional
4 Material
variety of skill sets. Learning and implementation should progress Communication:
An Overview
side by side on an on-going basis. Theoretical knowledge and basic
time-tested practices have to be supplemented with new and modern
tools and skills. Old methods of communication have to be
supplemented by the modern technology-enabled methods and systems NOTES
of communication. Communication affects every type of business
and all levels of people. Communication failures result in ineffective
messages, lack of results, and may even damage business relationships.
This makes the role of communication skills critical or one of decisive
importance. And, that is why, today’s organizations and workplaces
need, more than ever before, effective communicators.
Communication Clue
Business organizations value good communicators. Communication
brings people together and keeps them at work. Moreover, purposeful
communication helps achieve organizational goals. Effective
communication skills are, therefore, the need of the hour.
Let us now look at the objectives of communication in business organizations.
It is a process common to every business, whatever be its primary function. Business
organizations exist for the purpose of meeting specific needs of the community in
which they operate. Every business organization sets its goals and objectives in
relation to the specific need it aims to fulfil. Every organization uses resources,
including human resources to function effectively, and also targets specific clients
and markets. Businesses are often associations of people coming together for
specific purposes. It has people within and it also addresses people outside the
organization. The activities of any organization require both people within and
people outside to act, interact, reach, share, exchange and get across to each
other so that specific objectives are accomplished in an effective manner. The
word ‘business’ connotes a commercial motive. As distinct from a charitable or
religious organization, any business organization is driven by a profit motive. This
implies that the organization would like to ensure that its objectives are achieved
with the optimum utilization of resources like time, money and effort. The
communication system that is put in place within the organization should, therefore,
address and meet these objectives.
Since business organizations are multi-disciplinary in nature, communication
encompasses wide areas and is inter-disciplinary in approach. Large organizations
are described as networks of interdependent relationships. The objectives, activities
and inter-relationships of a business organization necessitate communication to
subserve its many diverse objectives.
Let us discuss the objectives of business communication. Refer to
Table 1.1.
Self-Instructional
Material 5
Communication: Table 1.1 Objectives of Communication
An Overview
 Inform  Relate and Connect
 Educate  Promote
NOTES  Train  Entertain
 Motivate  Facilitate Decision Making
 Integrate  Help Networking
Inform
The first and foremost objective of any communication is to inform. In today’s
world, information is power. Communication brings power through information.
The dissemination of information covers a wide range of areas, both internal and
external. People within the organization have to be kept informed about the
organizational goals, objectives, procedures, processes, systems, plans, priorities
and strategies. Equally important is the objective of ensuring effective external
communication—with customers, prospects, competitors, suppliers and the public,
about products, services, plans, happenings, events and achievements. The
information needs within the organization take on different nomenclatures—market-
related information, product-related information, client-related information,
employee information, executive information and management information.
Educate
Another objective of communication in an organization is to educate, i.e., to
disseminate knowledge and develop skills and attitudes among the people working
in the organization. There is also a need to familiarize them with the systems,
procedures and processes. This process of education may extend to customers
as well. This may be done through product literature, publicity, presentations and
demonstrations.
Train
Communication is an integral component of any training program. Business
organizations need to train people to achieve proficiency in specific skills. They
have to provide working knowledge and attitudinal inputs through training programs
to employees at various hierarchical levels. Training sessions involve teaching,
instruction, demonstration, practice and discussion. The process of communication
is integral to each of these.
Motivate
People in any business organization have to be motivated to pursue goals and
achieve higher levels of performance. High levels of morale and motivation are a
must to ensure high levels of productivity and efficiency on a sustainable basis.
Communication provides the means to keep the motivation levels high. Talks,
Self-Instructional
6 Material
lectures, films, meetings, workshops and non-verbal messages are among the means Communication:
An Overview
used to motivate people.
Integrate
Large business organizations have different business units, departments and territorial NOTES
divisions. Each of them pursues different goals, sub-goals and target sections.
Communication provides the means for an integrated approach in pursuing
organizational goals. Effective communication is a must to ensure that people
working in different functional and geographical areas are integrated into well-knit
teams that eschew working at cross purposes and continue to achieve organizational
goals as envisaged. Communication binds together people working for a common
objective and helps team building. Communication is of particular relevance in
conflict resolution.
Relate and connect
Good business relationships are a must for the continued success of any business
organization. It is communication that provides the means for building and nurturing
mutually beneficial relationships. These relationships are both internal and external.
They may be among and/or between employees, supervisory staff, top management,
customers, suppliers, other players, press and other media. As part of the larger
community, progressive organizations make it a point to relate themselves with the
community at large. It demonstrates that they are a sharing and caring organization.
All this is achieved through well-organized communication strategies.
Promote
Promotional efforts are a must for any organization to fully achieve its objectives.
One of the Ps of marketing (the others being Product, Price and Placement),
promotion relates to various activities such as advertising, publicity, public relations
and communication, which aim at customer information, customer education,
customer communication and customer retention. In the marketing concept, the
customer is said to move from stage to stage till the transaction is completed. They
move progressively from the state of awareness of the need for a product to the
knowledge of the product and thereafter to a state of product preference. The
needs of the customers develop into effective demand for products, resulting in
the purchase of the product or availing of the service. Promotional aspects of the
service are particularly relevant in a service industry like banking or insurance,
where the product, i.e., the service, cannot be readily ‘seen’. Financial service
providers essentially sell benefits. For this, they have to organize effective
promotional measures, which seek to inform, educate, persuade and actualize the
clients/markets. Communication constitutes the basic plank on which promotional
strategies are built.
Self-Instructional
Material 7
Communication: Entertain
An Overview
Every business is not necessarily a serious business. Even serious businesses are
not ‘serious’ all the time. Whatever may be the nature of business, there is a time
NOTES for entertainment. Communication facilitates entertainment. It facilitates social
bonding and brings in lighter moments that help in releasing tension, fostering
camaraderie and getting rid of negative feelings. Humour, when used effectively,
can play a vital role in fostering positive behaviour in business organizations. In the
entertainment industry, communication has a much bigger role to play.
Communication can serve to achieve the objective of purposeful entertainment.
Facilitates decision making
Decision making constitutes an important function for any business organization.
Well thought out decisions, quickly taken, lead to better results. Such decision
making is spread across all the functional areas—personnel, marketing, accounts,
production and maintenance. Day in and day out, people in organizations keep
taking decisions at various hierarchical levels. People at higher levels in the
organization command respect depending upon their decision-making abilities.
Any such decision making, however, depends on the availability of adequate and
timely inputs. It calls for facts, figures, analysis, deliberation, clarification,
confirmation and evaluation. Communication—both oral and written—facilitates
decision making in any business organization.
Helps networking
Today’s business world is highly networked. Networking means a closely
connected group of people. People need to connect with each other, not only
within their organizations, but among themselves as well. Progressive organizations
are inter-connected organizations and lay much stress on networking. They invest
in networking systems where a number of computers and other devices are
connected together so that the equipment and information can be shared.
Networking facilitates easy flow of ideas, thoughts, policies and decisions. At
their individual level too, people need to network themselves so as to exchange
ideas and information. Networking at the individual level means connecting with
and being in touch with other people who may be useful, both personally and
professionally. Any such networking takes place through the medium of
communication.
The objectives of communication, it must be emphasized, are dynamic and
ever-changing. Depending upon the nature and functions of the organization, the
range of people it deals with, and the sensitivities involved, the process of
communication assumes new dimensions. In order to caution, counsel, persuade,
clarify, elicit support, reprimand, organize, apprise, evaluate and achieve numerous
other objectives, people in organizations resort to communication. Business
organizations today function in an extremely dynamic context. Nothing ever remains
Self-Instructional
8 Material
the same for long. There are mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures, high employee Communication:
An Overview
turnover, low customer loyalty, move towards corporate governance, outsourcing,
paperless offices and flexible work hours. All these developments have had their
impact on the conventional methods of organizational communication.
NOTES
As much as organizations themselves are adapting to changes in their
operating environment and are facing new challenges, the contours of business
communication will have to undergo a change. Communication systems, concepts
and approaches will have to cope with new demands on business and there is a
constant need to review the adequacy of existing methods and practices.
Communication is essentially a support system for any business. With every change
in the profile of business, the process of communication has to see refinements.
Let us take an illustration. Till recently, a supervisor in an organization would consider
having a ‘long chat’ with an employee whose productivity had declined or had
started showing indifference to work. The typical scene has undergone a noteworthy
change. Today, there may not be much of an opportunity to have a long, focused
person-to-person ‘chat.’With flexible working, outsourcing and limitations of time,
new approaches will have to be found. Although internet ‘chatting’ facility may be
available in some places, the advantages of person-to-person verbal communication
are certainly not there. Every new situation translates into a need for new approach
to communication. To cope with new situations and emerging challenges in business,
people associated with the process of communication will have to be necessarily
creative and innovative.
The objectives of communication, both internal and external, thus cover
multifarious facets of organizational functioning. Within the organization, it covers
varied functions such as planning, directing, controlling, coordinating, reviewing,
monitoring and staffing. It facilitates appropriate feedback so vital for decision
making and relationship building. Marketing, selling, goal-setting, employee
counselling, team-building, performance highlighting, image-building, morale-
building and community orientation are all valid objectives which communication
seeks to achieve in an organizational context. Communication supports every
business function.
Check Your Progress

1. How are the objectives of communication defined?
2. What are the dominant objectives of communication?
3. What does the word 'business' connote?
Self-Instructional
Material 9
Communication:
An Overview 1.3 PROCESS OF COMMUNICATION
Communication is a process that involves certain distinct steps. In its simpler form,
NOTES it relates to stimulus and response. The stimulus arises from the communicator and
the receiver responds. Communication is not complete till the message conveyed
by the sender is properly understood by the receiver. Any communication process
should necessarily have three elements—sender, receiver and the message.
Every communication has a distinct purpose, which determines the message.
The stimulus emanates from the sender, and the receiver comes up with the response.
The objective in any business communication, as we have seen earlier, is to elicit
the desired response. To be understood, however, is a necessary but not a sufficient
condition in the organizational context. When the understanding results in the
intended action, the objective of the communication is achieved.
The process of communication in an organization can be illustrated with the
help of Figure 1.1. It brings out the following steps involved in the communication
process:
Step 1 Message is initiated.
Step 2 Sender picks up the idea and encodes it for proper understanding.
Step 3 The encoded message is then transmitted through the chosen medium
or channel.
Step 4 Receiver receives the message and decodes it.
Step 5 The decoded message is used or acted upon.
Step 6 As a final step, feedback on use or action is sent back to the sender.
Fig. 1.1 Process of Communication
Communication relates to stimulus and response

The starting point of any communication is the existence of a message. The process
of communication starts with a purpose. There is an underlying idea that has to be
Self-Instructional
10 Material
put across. This idea is developed into a message. The sender gives shape to the Communication:
An Overview
idea he wants to communicate.
The next step, as is evident from the chart, is the encoding of the idea.
Encoding ensures that the idea or the message assumes a communicable form.
NOTES
Encoding would involve choosing the right words, expressions, phrases, charts
and pictures in order to facilitate complete and clear expression of the idea. In
doing so, the sender of the message should keep in mind the ability of the receiver
to decode and comprehend the message.
The encoded message is now ready to travel. The journey or transmission
is undertaken through a medium or channel. The sender of the message has to
select the medium or the communication channel—oral, written, visual, audio-
visual, electronic or a combination of any of these. Each of these offers various
options. The choice of the medium would be influenced by factors like availability,
cost, urgency and reliability.
The transmission is complete when the message reaches the receiver. The
message has travelled from the sender to the receiver. Having received the message,
it is now up to the receiver to respond as he pleases. If the receiver does not open
the mailbox, ignores the letter, declines to take the call, refuses to view the audio-
visual film or ignores the e-mail, the message gets lost, and the idea fails to reach
its destination.
For the communication process to progress as intended, the receiver, on
getting the message, should decode it. Decoding relates to reading, listening,
viewing, understanding and interpretation of the message. Proper decoding is again
a must for effective communication. It calls for earnestness on the part of the
receiver. It depends on one’s willingness to respond to the sender’s efforts in
sending the message. Even when one responds, understanding and interpretation
of the message will be influenced by one’s knowledge, attitude and perception.
Communication is complete and effective only when the receiver correctly
comprehends the purpose of the message, uses it and acts upon it as envisaged by
the sender.
In the organizational context, in particular, the communication process moves
a step further resulting in relevant feedback to the sender. The quality of feedback
received from the target indicates the effectiveness of communication.
The process of communication is thus a progressive step-by-step movement.
Both the sender and the receiver have a definite role to play in ensuring the success
of communication. Their internal background, social status, hierarchical
relationships, organizational climate, knowledge, skills and attitudes are among a
host of factors that determine the effectiveness of communication. Added to that is
the efficiency and reliability of the channels of communication chosen in the process.
The choice of methods and channels should be such that they are capable of
overcoming barriers, if any, to the process of communication.
Self-Instructional
Material 11
Communication: 1.3.1 Importance of Communication in Business
An Overview
The importance of business communication in today’s inter-linked global economy
is widely appreciated. Effective communication is at the heart of any business.
NOTES Businesses deal with people and communication serves as a vital link in connecting
people. Business organizations that underestimate the crucial role of communication
do so at their peril. It is also well recognized that every communication is not
necessarily effective. In real-life business situations, there are everyday instances
of communication failure. The messages delivered are not what are intended. The
messages understood are not what are conveyed. Messages often get distorted,
diluted or misunderstood. Every organization, therefore, not only needs to recognize
the importance of communication, but also should put in place adequate efforts
and proper systems to make communication, both internal and external, effective
and result oriented. Successful business communication is not automatic or mere
happenstance. It needs time, effort and constant attention across all organizations
to ensure that communication becomes effective.
QUOTE TO NOTE: Communication is an essential function of
enterprise. Whether written or oral, it is the conduit through which an
enterprise speaks to its customers.
—Harvard Business Essentials
Effective communication skills are among the most essential competencies
in any aspiring manager’s skill set. It is well understood in modern day business
organizations that in the long run, soft skills are more important than technical
skills. Soft skills include communication, time management, team work, negotiation
and conflict resolution, assertiveness and business etiquette. Communication,
however, tops the list of soft skills that managers need to possess. Important as
they are, communication and other soft skills are also the hardest to acquire and
the most difficult to practice. Nevertheless, like other skills, communication skills
too can be mastered and practiced with ease through constant learning and
application.
Given the importance of communication for any business, business
organizations are always on the lookout for good communicators. The need for
good communicators is particularly strong in business organizations in the service
industry where services are delivered through people-to-people interactions. These
organizations also put in place their own systems for improving the communication
skills of their employees.
The nature of communication in business is quite diverse. In large
organizations, the flow of communication is both internal and external and
encompasses numerous stakeholders. Such communications could be personal
or professional, formal or informal, written or oral, upward or downward or lateral
or one-way or interactive. Communication involves the act of sharing ideas,
opinions, thoughts, strategies, findings, concepts, attitudes, perceptions,
Self-Instructional
12 Material
perspectives and a wide array of communication needs. It could be individual-to- Communication:
An Overview
individual, individual-to-group or even group-to-group communication. The method
of business communication could again take varied forms—written or verbal or
non-verbal. Letters and memos, reports and notices, speeches and presentations,
signals and gestures and a host of such means are used in business communication. NOTES
Depending on the nature of communication, its transmission takes place through
e-mail, fax, courier, telephone, teleconferencing, video conferencing and even films
and other audio visual aids.
Given this diversity, a good communicator should have a clear understanding
of the alternative types and methods of communication and the circumstances
under which each one of them or a combination of them can be used. The
communicator should also master the technical aspects of different methods of
communication so that breakdowns and barriers are eliminated. Meetings, seminars,
workshops, discussions, presentations, negotiations, strategy sessions and such
other interactive fora translate into substantial man-hours involving executives,
managers, specialists, guests and customers. Hence, every effort should be made
to ensure that smooth flow of communication is facilitated through proper planning
and organization. The nature and expanse of communication would depend on the
nature of business and its reach across various stakeholders. In real-life situations,
the needs and complexity of communication are quite diverse, depending on the
type of industry, number of employees, geographical spread of the organization,
level of sophistication and technology adoption, hierarchical structures, cross-cultural
dimensions and such other relevant factors. Business communication is about
sending and receiving messages and sharing information. Information is the key
input for decision making and action taking. People in business organizations need
to constantly gather information and take business-related decisions. Owners need
to know about business growth and profitability. Managers need to know about
market trends and organizational strengths. Employees need to know about
production schedules. Customers need to know about product features. Almost
everyone in business irrespective of his/her functional or geographical or hierarchical
position needs to communicate. And those who can communicate effectively stand
to gain, achieve better results and win over others.
Unlike what it used to be in the olden days, communication in modern day
business organizations relies heavily on technology. The advent of mobiles,
computers, networking systems, teleconferencing and video conferencing tools,
fax machines and power point sets have added a new dimension to the world of
communication. As businesses grow, expand and reach out, they need to rely
more and more on such instruments and people well versed in operating such
machines. Technology powers business communication. A good communicator,
therefore, needs to not only master the varied business communication skills, but
also needs to develop adequate knowledge of technology and its use in business
communication.
Self-Instructional
Material 13
Communication: 1.3.2 Difference between Technical and General Communication
An Overview
The communication which covers mostly general topics, topics which are on
the surface such as the market, weather, people, ideas, opinions, politics, current
NOTES news etc falls unders the category of general communication. Technical
communication is more in depth into a specific topic.
General communication
 Contains a general message
 Informal in style and approach
 No set pattern
 Mostly oral
 Not always for a specific audience
 No use of technical terms or graphics
Technical communication
 Contains a technical message
 Mostly formal in style and approach
 Follows a set pattern
 Both oral and written
 Always for a specific audience
 Frequently involves jargons, graphics and so on
The word ‘technical’ means application of scientific methods and machinery.
To convey the facts, figures, ideas and all types of scientific and technical
information, a person would require to use technical communication. Technical
communication primarily consists of responding specialized information for the
practical use of readers or listeners who need that information.
Check Your Progress

4. Till when is the communication not complete?
5. What does encoding involve?
6. What do soft skills include?
1.4 BARRIERS TO COMMUNICATION
As we have seen earlier, communication is a process that covers six different

steps involving, among others, encoding, decoding and transmission. For ensuring
effective communication, all the parties and instruments will have to play their part
as envisaged. At every stage of the communication process, however, there are
Self-Instructional
14 Material
barriers, which hinder or dilute the flow of communication. The barriers to Communication:
An Overview
communication in an organizational context may arise out of authority structure,
status difference, reporting relationships, culture and background of individuals.
The barriers to communication may arise out of behavioural differences, differences
in skills and understanding as well as physical factors. While some kinds of barriers NOTES
like behavioural differences and differences in skills may be commonly applicable
to all methods of communication, barriers arising out of physical factors may be
specific to the method of communication adopted. Some barriers, which are specific
to the written communication, are handwriting, spellings and legibility. Similarly,
barriers to oral communication would include absence of felicity of expression,
accent, speed of delivery and appropriateness of the language.
Poor expression
The power of expression of the communicator determines the quality of
communication. To be effective, the message has to be properly developed from
an idea. Barriers relating to expression result in poorly expressed messages. Lack
of conceptual skills results in inadequate or incomplete shaping of the idea.
Ambiguity as well as lack of clarity arise due to limited word power, improper
organization of ideas and lack of coherence. If the words and thoughts are not
organized properly, the communication would suffer for want of structural balance
or a sense of proportion. Obviously, such poor expression of thoughts and ideas
leads to incorrect, incomplete and incoherent messages. All this would result in
avoidable errors and seeking of further clarifications, adding to costs and delays in
communication. Encoding and decoding require skill to ensure clarity and precision.
Poor expression is likely to occur under the following circumstances:
1. When a person is ill
2. When a person is fatigued
3. When a person is under severe stress
4. When a person is under the influence of alcohol
5. When a person’s thoughts are not clear and vocabulary is limited.
These are true for both oral and written communication.
Faulty transmissions
The process of transmission, essential for any communication, is susceptible to
errors of omission and commission. In the organizational context, the person
transmitting the message may be different from the person who conceived the
idea. The intent and purpose of the message may not remain the same as it moves
from the originator to the transmitter. Not only that, the person transmitting the
message may bring in his own bias, feelings and perceptions, which the originator
of the message would not have intended. Or else, there may be occasions when
Self-Instructional
Material 15
Communication: the originator of the idea expects the transmitter to detail, illustrate and elucidate
An Overview
the idea, which the latter may fail to do.
Indifference and lack of interest
NOTES This is indeed a very strong barrier in the process of communication. Organizations
have to make considerable effort to ensure that indifference to organizational
communication is brought down to the minimum. Communication, to be effective,
presupposes that the receiver of the message is also attentive or receptive. Attentive
listening in oral communication, careful reading in written communication and keen
observation in non-verbal communication are a must. Indifference or lack of interest
on the part of the recipient, in turn, adversely impacts the enthusiasm of the
communicator. When the students are not attentive, the teacher is likely to lose
interest. On the other hand, when the speaker lacks expertise or credibility, the
receptivity of the audience wanes. Indifference and lack of interest creates barriers
to communication, as a result of which the quality of communication suffers. The
intended message is either not received at all or is incomplete and, worse still, is
understood incorrectly.
Noise
Noise is yet another barrier especially relevant to verbal communication. Noise
disturbs the flow of communication. The recipient fails to receive the oral messages
sent by the communicator, as a result of which the message gets diluted. While
noise certainly affects oral communication, it may also affect written communication
to the extent that the person writing a letter or a report may lose his concentration
and consequently his flow of thoughts may suffer.
QUOTE TO NOTE: The single biggest problem in communication is
the illusion that it has taken place.
––George Bernard Shaw
Physical factors
The process of communication, especially transmission of messages, makes use
of numerous channels, instruments and gadgets such as telephone, microphone,
projector, printing, photocopying, telex, fax, radio, film, cassette and of late, the
floppy, compact disc and the pen drive. All these are very useful when they function
smoothly. At the same time, they act as barriers when they fail to perform their
functions efficiently. As a result, communication fails to reach the target audience.
Snapping of telephone lines, non-availability of meeting rooms, failure of multimedia
equipment and disturbances of power supply may lead to delays in transmitting
the messages to the intended recipients.
People related factors
The process of communication essentially involves human beings. Like democracy,
we may describe communication as of the people, for the people and by the
people. Yet, people do not think, understand and interpret alike. In other words,
Self-Instructional
16 Material
meanings are in people. In any large organization, especially in multinational ones, Communication:
An Overview
there are differences among the employees in terms of language group, cultural
background, rural-urban origin and hierarchical levels which in turn create
psychological, linguistic and cultural barriers. Differences in hierarchical positions
have their implications in terms of work structure, authority, status and relationship. NOTES
In such situations, people may have bias, fear and reticence, which act as barriers
to the free flow of communication. All these factors lead to different expectations
among people within the organization, as to who should communicate with whom
and in what manner. Apart from this, the organizational climate has its impact on
communication. It is conducive when people are encouraged to speak out and
there is free flow of communication. On the other hand, when the organizational
climate is disturbed, and when dissenting voices are stifled, barriers emerge.
Wit and Humour
Plain Speaking
Once the British Prime Minister and his secretary were travelling through the English
countryside. Suddenly they realized that they had lost their way. The Prime Minister
told the secretary, ‘When we next see a person on the road, stop the car and ask
him exactly where we are.’Accordingly, the secretary stopped the car and asked
the next passerby, ‘Where are we?’ The man replied, ‘You are in your car.’ On
hearing that, the Prime Minister told the secretary, “This is the perfect example of
a British parliamentary reply. It is brief, to the point, truthful and does not tell
anything more than what you already know!’
We have seen in the foregoing paragraphs that there are often numerous
barriers to the free flow of communication. Such barriers disturb or dilute or hinder
the process of communication. These barriers may be classified as physical,
psychological, linguistic and cultural. It is worth emphasizing, however, that most
barriers are surmountable. It is possible to anticipate, recognize and foresee the
prevalence of barriers and take appropriate corrective action. With conscious
effort, it should be possible to overcome these barriers and ensure free flow of
communication on an ongoing basis. This book, in chapters ahead, discusses
extensively on how to overcome such barriers, whether they relate to oral, written
or non-verbal communication, and make communication meaningful and effective.
Check Your Progress

7. Mention two reasons becoming barriers to communication in an
organization.
8. What are some of the instruments of communication?
Self-Instructional
Material 17
Communication:
An Overview 1.5 MEASURES TO OVERCOME THE BARRIERS
TO COMMUNICATION
NOTES Effective communication calls for coordinated effort. Good communication like
any other high-quality output is very much the result of hard work. Good
communication does not occur accidentally. It calls for proper planning,
understanding of human behavior, choice of physical facilities and mechanical or
electronic devices and the organizational context. In order to overcome the barriers
to communication, it is necessary to understand the essentials of good
communication and work towards achieving them.
Be clear about the purpose
The first essential for effective communication is to be clear about the purpose of
communication. Every communication has an objective. It is a means to an end.
One should be clear about what one wants to achieve through the process of
communication. The objective of any communication is not just to receive or convey
a message. The communicator has to ensure that the message reaches the receiver.
Any message that is not backed by a clear and well-developed idea becomes
purposeless communication entailing wastage of time and effort. The urge to
communicate should be preceded by clarity of purpose. Ask yourself what you
want to achieve or accomplish by the communication: is it to impart information,
express concern, enlist support, express displeasure or imbibe skills? The objective
may not be one but a combination of these purposes.
Understand the process of communication
Another essential for effective communication is the need to understand how the
process of communication works, i.e., the principles and tools of communication.
To appreciate the various steps involved in communication in terms of encoding,
decoding, transmission, comprehension and feedback, it is necessary to have a
good understanding of the mode, channels, types, instruments, methods and barriers
relating to communication and the factors affecting it. Good communicators, like
good artists, use their tools effectively.
Be clear about your target audience
The intended message cannot bring about the desired result unless it reaches the
right person or group of persons. The message should address the target group.
For communication to be effective, it should be properly focused. Be it a letter, a
speech, a film or a presentation, make sure the receiver is connected with or is
relevant to the purpose of communication. Quite often, communication loses its
effectiveness because it reaches an unintended audience. Good ideas and messages
reaching the wrong persons will end up as an exercise in futility. The next essential
step is to develop good communication skills. Effective communication presupposes
the ability to communicate under varied circumstances. The skills of communication
that need mastering are reading, writing, listening, speaking, body language and
Self-Instructional
18 Material
presentation. One must be clear about the merits and demerits of various types of Communication:
An Overview
communication and which of them is to be used under a given set of circumstances.
Each of them is a different skill and requires a conscious effort to develop it.
Be well informed
NOTES
Communication quite often relates to providing information. The initiator of the
communication should, therefore, be well informed about the message he wants
to pass on. The initiator should also have the right perspective about the message
and be in a position to appreciate the context in which the message is being
communicated. Limited information or limited understanding by the sender naturally
limits the sender’s ability to communicate. This happens in an organizational context
when the sender of the message is doing so based on incomplete information.
People receiving the message often have their expectations about it and the person
giving the message should take cognizance of it.
Plan your communication
In order to be effective, any communication is to be well planned. The message to
be conveyed, the words to be chosen, the action to be sought, the feedback to be
obtained, are all the areas that need to be carefully considered. These aspects will
have to be evolved properly before deciding on the right choices. While some
routine messages can be communicated without advance planning, all important
communication in organizations/ businesses need organized effort. Inadequate
planning can, and often does, result in ineffective communication. Good planning
should take note of the target audience and pay attention to their attitudes and
expectations, as well as timings.
Be positive in approach
Yet another requirement for effective communication is a positive approach and
the right mental attitude. The communicator should have faith in the process. He
should develop confidence through learning and practice. He should take
responsibility for making the communication work. The communicator should learn
to overcome barriers and look for positive signals. She should not bring in her
own bias. He/she should recognize the power of communication and strive to
achieve results through the process. She should not underestimate the reader or
listener and develop the skill of dealing with every receiver of communication with
respect and understanding. A positive approach begets a positive outcome and
contributes to the success of the communication process.
Avoid extreme feelings
Extreme and strong feelings are not conducive to effective communication. Anger,
depression and frustration adversely impact the thought process and thereby distort
what is intended to be conveyed or what needs to be conveyed. A disturbed mind
brings out disturbed thoughts and thus distorts communication. While addressing
important communications, and reacting to provocative remarks, it is essential to
wait till the mind regains its balance and the severity of feelings subsides. It is
Self-Instructional
Material 19
Communication: absolutely essential to realize that quite often the process of communication is
An Overview
irreversible. A word spoken or a letter written in a fit of anger can do considerable
damage. This is particularly true in work situations, market places, organizations
and business. Restraint pays.
NOTES
Be sincere
Effective communication demands a certain degree of honesty and sincerity on the
part of the parties involved in the communication. It is necessary that the messages
are given sincerely and truthfully. There should not be a deliberate attempt to
mislead or manipulate the recipient of the message. If the receiver of the message
loses faith in the communicator, the process of communication suffers in terms of
credibility. Effective communication therefore presupposes sincerity and humility.
Communication Clue
It is well recognized that magic words like, “Please”, “Thank You”,
and “I am sorry” can do wonders in communication. Using them in
our everyday written and spoken communication underlines sincerity.
Be consistent
Communication is mostly a regular process rather than a one-time affair. In personal
dealings, in organizational settings and business places, communication takes place
almost all the time. The parties involved in the communication quite often are the
same. When communication takes place on a regular basis, it is necessary to be
consistent. It is necessary not to contradict oneself. There may be scope for
modification or correction, but not for contradiction. Further, when different methods
of communication are used in conveying a particular message, contradictions have
to be consciously avoided. The spoken message should be in tandem with the
body language. Non-verbal communication should supplement oral messages.
Appreciate the time factor
In any communication, especially in business communication, time is of prime
importance. Speed and timeliness contribute significantly to the effectiveness of
communication. In today’s world, the value of time is well recognized. Organizations
and businesses set goals which have to be achieved within a given time frame.
Tasks have to be completed before the allotted deadlines. All communications
concerning such goals and tasks will have to appreciate the time factor. Quite
often the message that is delayed is wasted. Therein lies the significance of the
choice of the channel of communication. The channels selected should be such
that the message is delivered well in time.
There is another dimension to the time factor in communication. The process
of communication should take just the right time. Long speeches that stretch well
beyond the allotted time, lengthy written communication and unusually long films
and documents not only test the patience of the listener/reader/viewer, but also
tend to lose their force and get diluted in the process. Communication should be in
Self-Instructional
20 Material
measured doses, since an overdose of even useful and relevant communication Communication:
An Overview
may be received without enthusiasm. The time the receiver of the communication
allocates for the purpose has to be borne in mind to ensure effective communication.
This factor is particularly relevant in today’s context of communication overload.
NOTES
Use proper modes and channels
We have already discussed the various modes, channels and types of
communication. The method or type of communication to be used will vary from
situation to situation. Effectiveness of the communication will depend on the choice
of methods and instruments. There are times when written communication cannot
convey as forcefully as oral communication. There are occasions when a telephone
call would be more appropriate than a letter. There may be messages which are
important enough to be conveyed through fax rather than by regular mail. Similarly,
some messages can go by ordinary mail, some by telex and some others by fax or
even e-mail. Make the right choice and repeat the message, when essential. The
choice of the wrong channel may delay or dilute the message and hamper its
effectiveness.
Be cost conscious
The process of communication quite often entails costs. There are direct and indirect
costs involved in sending messages. These costs vary depending upon the method
of communication and the means of transmission. Since communication in an
organization is ongoing, such costs can add up to a substantial amount. The results
achieved by the communicator should justify the costs incurred in the process. If
not, there is no effectiveness in such communication. Organizations should, therefore,
make conscious efforts to make their communication systems not only efficient,
but also cost effective through proper evaluation of available options.
Obtain feedback
Feedback is another important component of the process of communication. The
person communicating the message calls for feedback to reassure himself that the
message has reached the target as envisaged.
Key Point: Feedback
Question: Which is the shortest word in English language that contains
the letters a b c d e f?
Answer: Feedback
Always remember that feedback is one of the most essential elements
of effective communication. Give feedback and receive feedback.
Check Your Progress

9. State the first essential point for effective communication.
10. Mention two measures to overcome barriers to communication.
Self-Instructional
Material 21
Communication:
An Overview 1.6 ANSWERS TO CHECK YOUR PROGRESS
QUESTIONS
NOTES 1. The objectives are defined depending upon the group and the purpose to
be achieved.
2. The dominant objectives of communication are to inform, connect, educate,
entertain, motivate, provoke, integrate, reassure and persuade.
3. The word ‘business’ connotes a commercial motive. As distinct from a
charitable or religious organization, any business organization is driven by a
profit motive.
4. Communication is not complete till the message conveyed by the sender is
properly understood by the receiver.
5. Encoding involves choosing the right words, expressions, phrases, charts
and pictures in order to facilitate complete and clear expression of the idea.
6. Soft skills include communication, time management, team work, negotiation
and conflict resolution, assertiveness and business etiquette.
7. Two reasons due to which barriers to communication in an organizational
context may arise are status difference, and background of individuals.
8. Some instruments of communication are telephone, microphone, film,
cassette and pen drive.
9. The first essential for effective communication is to be clear about the purpose
of communication.
10. Two measures to overcome barriers to communication are by understanding
the process of communication and being clear about the target audience.
1.7 SUMMARY
 The objectives and functions of communication are inter-related.

Communication could have many objectives depending upon the group
and context.
 The objectives of business communication are to inform, relate and connect,
educate, promote, train, entertain, motivate, facilitate decision making,
integrate, help in networking.
 Communication is a process that involves certain distinct steps. In its simpler
form, it relates to stimulus and response.
 Every communication has a distinct purpose, which determines the message.
The stimulus emanates from the sender, and the receiver comes up with the
response.
Self-Instructional
22 Material
 Communicaion involves six steps. The starting point of any communication Communication:
An Overview
is the existence of a message.
 The process of communication is a progressive step-by-step movement.
Both the sender and the receiver have a definite role to play in ensuring the
NOTES
success of communication.
 Effective communication is at the heart of any business. Businesses deal
with people and communication serves as a vital link in connecting people.
 The nature and expanse of communication would depend on the nature of
business and its reach across various stakeholders.
 The communication which covers mostly general topics falls unders the
category of general communication. Technical communication is more in
depth into a specific topic.
 At every stage of the communication process, there are certain barriers,
which hinder or dilute the flow of communication.
 Some barriers, which are specific to the written communication, are
handwriting, spellings and legibility. Barriers to oral communication would
include accent, and speed of delivery.
 In order to overcome the barriers to communication, it is necessary to
understand the essentials of good communication and work towards
achieving them.
1.8 KEY WORDS
 Organization: An organization is a body of people with a particular purpose,

especially a business, society, association, etc.
 Management: Management is the administration of an organization, whether
it is a business, a not-for-profit organization, or government body.
 Stimulus: Stimulus refers to a thing or event that evokes a specific functional
reaction in an organ or tissue.
 Networking: Networking refers to the exchange of information or services
among individuals, groups, or institutions; specifically, the cultivation of
productive relationships for employment or business .
1.9 SELF ASSESSMENT QUESTIONS AND

EXERCISES
Short-Answer Questions
1. What is the purpose of communication?
2. How does effective communication help in networking?
Self-Instructional
Material 23
Communication: 3. What is the difference between technical and general communication?
An Overview
4. Mention the circumstances under which poor expression is most likely to
occur.
NOTES 5. What are the measures to overcome barriers of communication?
Long-Answer Questions
1. Define communication. Why is it important for businesses?
2. What are the objectives of organization? Discuss them in detail.
3. What are the important steps of communication? Throw light on each one
of them.
4. Discuss the major barriers to communication. How do they hamper effective
communication?
1.10 FURTHER READINGS
Madhukar, R.K. 2018. Business Communication, 3rd edition. New Delhi: Vikas
Publishing House.
Raman, Meenakshi and Sharma, Sangeeta. 2012. Technical Communication:
Principles and Practice. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Strydom Wihelm, Johannes. 2012. Basics of Business Communication. New
Delhi: Frontline Books.
Ober, Scot. 2006. Fundamentals of Contemporary Business Communication.
United States: Houghton Mifflin..
Lessikar Vincent, Raymor. 1996. Lesikar’s Basic Business Communication.
United States: Irwin.
Hemphill Davis, Phyllis. 2000. Business Communication with Writing
Improvement Exercises. United States: Prentice Hall.
Self-Instructional
24 Material
Types of Communication
UNIT 2 TYPES OF
COMMUNICATION
NOTES
Structure
2.0 Introduction
2.1 Objectives
2.2 Types of Communication: An Overview
2.2.1 Methods of Communication
2.3 Verbal Communication
2.4 Advantages of Written Communication
2.6 Summary
2.7 Key Words
2.0 INTRODUCTION
The process of communication involves both words and expressions to express

one’s feelings to others or to convey some important message. It also involves the
use of gestures, symbols and body movements to transfer the message to the
other person. This is included in non-verbal communication. Non-verbal
communication is also used with verbal communication to convey ideas, thoughts
and feelings in a better way. Our facial expressions and body movements play a
decisive role when it comes to establishing good and effective communication. If
our expression and body language are not in sync with the message to be transferred,
then it may convey a wrong message to the other person. Communiction plays a
very decisive role in our lives. Today, the significance of communication has increased
more than ever.
2.1 OBJECTIVES

 Understand the types of communication
 Discuss the importance of verbal communication
 Learn the advantages of written communication
 Describe the significance of non-verbal communication
Self-Instructional
Material 25
2.2 TYPES OF COMMUNICATION: AN
OVERVIEW
NOTES Communication can be categorized into different types depending upon the level
at which it takes place, the direction it takes or by its very nature. Some of the
commonly referred to types of communication are:
1. Personal and business communication
2. Internal and external communication
3. Upward and downward communication
4. Formal and informal communication
5. Lateral communication
6. Interactive communication
7. Mass communication
8. Global communication
9. Supportive communication
10. Social communication
11. Grapevine communication
The relevance and importance of each of these types of communication is
discussed in the following paragraphs.
Personal communication
Personal communication concerns communication that takes place between any
two individuals, be it in a family, group, community or even an organization. It
takes place in an individual capacity and is characterized by informality. There is
an element of privacy in all such communications. It can take the form of personal
letters, personal telephone calls, conversations, one-to-one meetings or e-mail
messages. It is private in nature and there is nothing official about it. Private and
confidential conversation between two individuals is also referred to as tete-a-
tete.
Business communication
Business communication takes place to further the goals of a business. It takes
place among business entities, in markets and market places, within organizations
and between various groups of employees, owners and employees, buyers and
sellers, service providers and customers, sales persons and prospects and also
between people within the organization and press persons. All such communication
impacts business. Done with care, such communication can promote business
interests. Otherwise, it will portray the organization in poor light and may adversely
affect the business interest. It helps the person concerned in moving up in the
organizational hierarchy. Communication is the vehicle on which the business moves.
Self-Instructional
26 Material
The ability of the communicator to communicate effectively—verbally, non-verbally Types of Communication
and in writing—is a prerequisite for organizational and business-related success.

Internal communication
Internal communication takes place within the organization or group—among people NOTES
within, among different groups of employees and between employers and
employees. It could be oral or written, visual or audio-visual, formal or informal
and upward or downward. Internal communication serves to inform, instruct,
educate, develop, motivate, persuade, entertain, direct, control and caution people
in the organization. When a personal letter is written at an official address, besides
writing the name of the addressee, the envelope is superscribed ‘private’ or
‘confidential’ to convey the nature of communication. Knowledge, skills, goal
orientation, sharing of corporate concerns, review and monitoring, performance
appraisal, counselling and training are among the issues that internal communication
addresses.
External communication
Unlike internal communication, external communication flows outward. It addresses
people outside the organization, like the prospective customers, competitors, public,
press, media and the government. External communication can take place in various
ways and through different channels. Letters, notices, brochures, demonstrations,
telephone calls, business meetings, press releases, press conferences, audio-visual
presentations, publicity films, product launch events and advertisements are all
examples of external communication. It is important to note that the external agency
or person targeted through such communication quite often forms an image or
impression based on such communication and it is, therefore, very necessary that
adequate care is taken in making it clear, intelligible and appealing.
Upward communication
Large organizations have different hierarchical levels or tiers. Banks, finance
companies, insurance businesses, railways and such other people-oriented
organizations have typically a three-tier or a four-tier structure. The process of
communication to be complete and effective should encompass all these levels
and tiers. Upward communication is one which moves upward, i.e., from the bottom
to top levels in the hierarchy.
Any communication that moves from employees to supervisors, supervisors
to managers, managers to executives and regional manager to general manager
may be categorized as upward communication. Similarly, communication from
branches to regional offices, regional offices to zonal offices, zonal offices to the
head office is referred to as upward communication. Employee suggestions, market
reports, performance reports, feedback on new products and requests for facilities
or instructions are all examples of upward communication in the organizational
context.
Self-Instructional
Material 27
NOTES Fig. 2.1 Upward Communication
Downward communication
Downward communication moves from top to the bottom, i.e., from the CEO
downwards. It travels through senior executives to junior-level functionaries, from
the controlling office to the branch, from the head of the division to the head of the
unit. Corporate goals, business priorities, motivational letters, work-related
instructions, newsletters, letters from the CEO/General Manager’s desk are all
typical examples of downward communication.
There may be some communication which would move both upward and
downward. A typical example of this is performance budgeting, which is a two-
way process. It is a top-to-bottom as well as bottom-to-top exercise. Refer to
Figure 2.2.
Fig. 2.2 Downward Communication
Formal communication
To ensure communication on an ongoing basis, organizations develop formal
systems. Staff meetings, union-management meetings, branch managers’
conferences, periodical sales review meetings and customer meets are examples
of forums that facilitate formal communication. Formal communication generally
follows a well-defined hierarchical pattern and periodicity. Memos, circulars,
instructions, guidelines, clarifications, agreements and reports are some of the
channels that facilitate the flow of formal communication in business organizations.
Informal communication
This type of communication takes place in an unstructured manner and outside the
formal fora. There is an element of spontaneity in this communication. Informal
communication works well in smaller, loosely knit organizations. It is used more
often in situations where there are no rigid hierarchical tiers. While formal structure
of communication is a must in large organizations, it is the informality that helps
sustain goal orientation in small well-knit units. Informal communication takes place
through chats, conversations and informal talks and the like.
Self-Instructional
28 Material
Lateral communication Types of Communication
Lateral communication generally takes place in an organization and is neither

upward nor downward. It proceeds in a horizontal manner and takes place among
equals and at peer level. NOTES
It may also be described as peer-level communication. Any communication
that takes place, orally or in writing, from one branch head to the other, from one
division head to the other, from one group head to the other, may be described as
lateral communication. An important point worth noting in any such lateral
communication is that there is not much difference in terms of the hierarchical
levels or positions of the sender and the receiver. Refer to Figure 2.3.
Fig. 2.3 Lateral Communication
Interactive communication
Interactive communication is essentially a two-way process. It takes place through
meetings, conferences, teleconferencing, multimedia presentations, group
discussions and other such active two-way exchanges. Interactive communication
is most appropriate when the message or subject is to be presented at length, e.g.,
in practical sessions, case study discussions and strategy formulation. When many
speakers are involved, there may be a need for a moderator who will facilitate
effective flow of communication from different speakers.
Mass communication
Mass communication is distinctive in view of its scale. Essentially, it addresses a
large mass of people. Public speaking, newspapers, magazines and journals, radio,
television and dotcoms are channels of mass communication. Mass communication
has developed into a specialized area of study. Each of these areas or channels
calls for distinct skills. By its very nature, mass communication addresses a vast,
well spread-out and heterogeneous group of people and, as such, special efforts
will have to be made to sustain their interest and achieve the desired response. At
the government level too, there is often a separate ministry or department of mass
communication to deal with this functional area. Main branches of study relating to
mass communication are public relations, advertising and publicity, journalism and
digital media.
Self-Instructional
Material 29
Types of Communication Global communication
Global communication relates to communication that takes place beyond the national
boundaries. Businesses operating in today’s world are characterized by their global
NOTES nature. Most businesses operate beyond the local or even national boundaries
and are influenced by global trends. Businesses are known to operate in what is
known as a global village. They often deal with customers, buyers, suppliers,
service providers and even employees who are located in countries abroad. That
is how global communication comes into play. Global communication has its own
characteristics in terms of language, culture, etiquette and time factor, which have
to be reckoned within the process of communication.
Supportive communication
Supportive communication is a form of communication in which people are
encouraged to speak freely and come out with their feelings and concerns. This
happens when managers take time to listen, do not interrupt or pass judgments,
make efforts to understand, and do not criticize and snub the other party. This
type of communication calls for abundant patience and empathy, or the ability to
understand the other person’s feelings and experiences on the part of the manager
or superior. Any person will freely share his or her inner feelings and concerns only
when he or she feels that the listener is empathetic and interested. The supportive
communicator has to create an environment where a person will feel encouraged
to speak up without restraint.
Social communication
As members of society, people everywhere will have to interact with others on a
regular basis. Social communication takes place when people meet each other
outside business and workplace situations. Social skills refer to the ability to talk
easily to other people and do things in a group. Social communication often takes
place at an informal and friendly level. Nevertheless, when business people meet
at social events to exchange pleasantries, or meet for lunch or dinner, there are
some social etiquettes which have to be taken note of.
Grapevine communication
Grapevine is a kind of informal communication that prevails in organizations and
businesses. The source of such communication may not be clear. It spreads by
way of gossip and rumours. It travels through informal networks and quite often
travels faster than the formal messages. Sometimes, it gets more powerful and
becomes more receptive than the formal communication. The prevalence of this
type of communication in an organization has to be recognized and accepted. A
skilled communicator can derive benefits from such a communication as well. It
may not always be possible to control the grapevine, but, nevertheless, an able
communicator knows how to influence it. Like any other type of communication,
this one too has its merits and demerits.
Self-Instructional
30 Material
2.2.1 Methods of Communication Types of Communication
Communication takes place through various methods and channels. The three
main methods of communication are oral or verbal communication, written
communication and the non-verbal communication. Oral communication takes NOTES
place by way of talks, conversation, dialogue, speech, discussion and meetings.
Written communication is carried out through letters, circulars, memos, reports,
brochures and books. Non-verbal communication takes place through body
language. Language constitutes the vehicle on which both oral and written
communication travel. Apart from these three main methods of communication,
there are others like the visual, audio-visual and electronic. Silence is also accepted
as a method of communication. Each of these methods has its own merits, demerits,
channels and aids.
Oral Communication
Oral communication refers to the spoken word. It takes the form of sounds and
words. Starting out as a struggle by the early man, oral communication has had a
long journey. It has developed across different regions, cultures, countries and
continents. The development of numerous languages across the world has
empowered oral communication.
Oral communication plays a vital role in everyday life, both for individuals
and organizations. It is, indeed, the most commonly used method of communication
both at the social level and at the organizational level. Everyone makes copious
use of oral communication in their transactions and interactions. For the individual,
talking and speaking provide a very dependable means of communication within
the family and in social groups. Oral communication is also extensively and gainfully
used within organizations and business entities as well.
Oral communication is also referred to as verbal communication. It takes
place between individuals with the help of words. Oral communication takes place
in many ways—casual and serious, formal and informal, structured and unstructured.
Oral communication encompasses conversation, monologue, dialogue, talk, speech
and chat. Some of these are pre-meditated and some are not. Formal speeches
are pre-planned and well structured, whereas informal ones are unstructured and
often loosely worded.
As already noted, oral communication can be both structured and
unstructured. It can also be formal or informal. In other words, oral communication
comprises of both small talk and big talk. Small talk is informal and unstructured.
You simply talk. Small talk is often casual. On the other hand, big talk is both
formal and structured. It is a serious talk with particular concern for its impact and
effectiveness. Big talk calls for planning and organizing. Small talk usually refers to
conversations, chats, gossiping and the like where the speakers talk without much
concern for the consequences. They are casual and often described as friendly
chat, idle talk, common gossip, and so on. Figuratively speaking, when we say,
Self-Instructional
Material 31
Types of Communication “we indulged in small talk before getting down to business”, it means that we did
some casual talking before discussing business. Big talk comprises of giving a
speech, making a presentation, participating in a meeting, handling a negotiation,
counselling, dealing with a crisis, attending an interview, making a sales talk,
NOTES strengthening customer contact, discussion as a panel member, and a host of other
talks which are now an integral part of the business world. Small talk may not
always be aimed at achieving anything specific. It, nevertheless, helps in building
rapport and paving the way for big talk. Big talk, however, is always goal oriented.
Big talk is done with specific objectives. Big talk aims to inform, influence, educate,
convince, promote, resolve, motivate, and attain several such objectives. Big talk,
to be effective, calls for tremendous skills and persistent efforts. The world of
business especially looks for those people who are good at big talk.
Direct person-to-person communication plays a very useful role in any
organization, essentially in work situations, where there are employer- employee,
superior-subordinate and service provider-customer interactions. Oral
communication is a speedy two-way process. The message conveyed through
oral communication is instantaneous. The messages can travel back and forth
without any loss of time. It is possible for the receiver of the message to respond
immediately to the sender making the process highly interactive. The messages
between the sender and the receiver can go back and forth, with role reversals
taking place, till the objective is achieved.
There are many businesses and groups where spoken word carries
considerable weight. There are businesses where, for various reasons, not much
is documented or reduced to black and white. The verbal contracts are taken as
seriously as the written ones and are faithfully fulfilled. A promise made is a promise
kept. Likewise, in organizational situations, oral instructions, appeals and messages
are seldom disregarded. Oral communication, besides being interactive, can also
be quite persuasive.
Another noteworthy merit of oral communication is that it can be
supplemented and complemented by non-verbal communication for greater impact.
When a speaker speaks, the message is conveyed not only through the spoken
words, but also by body movements and actions. When a person is talking or
speaking or counselling, the warmth or otherwise of the person’s feelings is also
expressed through the body language. It is, however, worth noting that if this
language is not used consciously to reinforce the verbal messages, it may lead to
confusion and even contradiction.
Notwithstanding its several merits, oral communication gets constrained by
various physical factors. It works well in small groups—at counters, in classrooms,
in meetings and conferences, in counselling and persuasive sessions. A major
drawback of oral communication is that it cannot be erased. There is a sense of
finality concerning the spoken word. Any word uttered by the speaker travels
swiftly and reaches the target. Any slip of the tongue can create an embarrassment
Self-Instructional
32 Material
and an unintended hurt. The moment a wrong or unintended word is delivered, the Types of Communication
damage is done. Effective speakers are acutely conscious of this factor. More so,
when they make extempore speeches. Recognizing this limitation, while resorting
to any form of oral communication, one should learn to make a careful choice of
words. Until the fine art of speaking with restraint is developed, it would be desirable NOTES
to make the speeches and interventions, structured and well thought out rather
than spontaneous and extempore. Whenever the oral communication is intended
to achieve an important objective, extra care should be taken with the choice of
words.
In personal as well as organizational communication, several channels or
tools are regularly used. These include the telephone, the cell phone, the microphone,
the radio, the amplifier and the loudspeaker. To the extent they are well chosen
and well maintained, they facilitate smooth and effective flow of communication. If
care is lacking while using them, they may prove to be a hindrance rather than an
aid.
Written Communication
Written communication is another powerful method of communication. History is
replete with instances where a piece of writing was involved in events of great
significance—in love, war, peace, unions and betrayals. The power of writing is
eloquently expressed in the saying ‘the pen is mightier than the sword’. The author
of this book is also communicating with the readers through this piece of writing.
After experimenting with writing on sand, stone and leaves, man invented paper,
pen, books and printing. Newspapers and journals developed as the media of
mass communication.
Written communication has come to acquire great significance in the lives of
individuals as well as business organizations. It reaches across vast geographic
areas and targets readers around the world. The reach of written communication
is limited to the literate world. However, with the literary levels steadily rising
across the world, written communication can accomplish much more today than it
could in the past. Writing skills and word-power of the communicator come into
play in making the written communication forceful and effective.
Written communication is, more often than not, well structured. The words
are carefully chosen to suit the message and the context. Be it a letter, a circular, a
memo, a brochure or a report, the subject matter is carefully presented keeping in
view the receptivity of the reader. This is how it ought to be. Progressive
organizations make conscious efforts to ensure that people across the organization
acquire well-developed writing skills. It is possible and necessary to collect all
relevant facts and figures beforehand so that the communication is properly
structured.
Written communication invariably creates a record that can be preserved
over time. Letters, memos, contracts, agreements, documents and reports often
Self-Instructional
Material 33
Types of Communication carry time value and need to be stored and preserved. As a result, it becomes
possible to access them for reference or study. Most businesses rely more on
records and written documents rather than verbal contracts and oral commitments.
Documentation of knowledge and experience facilitates institutionalization of
NOTES individual wisdom.
Communication Clue
One big difference between verbal communication and written communication is
that in any verbal or oral communication, the words you speak are supplemented
by your facial expressions, voice modulations, postures and gestures and pauses
and punches, whereas in written communication, words alone carry the burden of
communication.
Non-Verbal Communication
The third method of communication relates to non-verbal communication, which
is neither oral nor written. While oral communication thrives on listening and the
written communication thrives on reading, the non-verbal communication thrives
on observation. Non-verbal communication may take any of the following forms—
body language, gestures, postures, appearance, personal space, codes, signs and
signals, facial expressions, timings, examples and personal behaviour.
Non-verbal communication may be conscious or unconscious, deliberate
or unintended. It may substitute verbal communication or supplement it. There
may also be occasions when the non-verbal communication may be out of line
with or even contradict oral communication. When used with full awareness, body
language can create the desired impact. At the same time, unintended body
movements and expressions may confuse the listener. Non-verbal communication
is extremely relevant during meetings and interactions of a direct or face-to-face
nature.
The greatest merit of non-verbal communication is that it has a universal
appeal. Unlike both oral and written communication, which depend on a particular
language, non-verbal communication can reach across to people of different regions,
irrespective of the language they speak. Mother Teresa’s language of love and
compassion is just one example. In the organizational context, however, non-
verbal language can be used effectively as an adjunct to verbal communication.
Visual Communication
Visual communication is effected through pictures, graphs and charts, as well as
through signs, signals and symbols. They may be used either independently or as
an adjunct to the other methods of communication. It is also useful in reaching out
to an illiterate target group. It can be used in addressing groups of people who do
not understand the language of the communicator. As the saying goes, ‘A picture
is worth more than a thousand words’. Pictures, graphs, charts and diagrams
often convey the intended message quite effectively.
Self-Instructional
34 Material
Similarly, there are pictures to convey ‘No swimming’, ‘Danger zone’ and Types of Communication
‘Fasten seat belts’. In business communication, pictures, graphs, charts, signs and
symbols are frequently used to illustrate, highlight and focus attention. The channels
and instruments of visual communication include hoardings, films, transparencies,
floppies and projectors. NOTES
Audio-Visual Communication
This is an extremely sophisticated method of communication. It involves
demonstrations and presentations through various audio-visual aids. Audio-visual
communication is an effective blend of both verbal and visual communication.
Such communications are, generally speaking, very effective and carry high retention
value.
Audio-visual communications are highly skill oriented. They are preplanned,
developed with care and are often delivered at formal and structured sessions.
This method of communication is particularly useful in fostering learning and in
classroom sessions. Audio-visual communication is gainfully used in training colleges
as also in seminars and workshops. The use of multimedia presentations is gaining
popularity in the business world. Advertisements on television channels are another
example of audio-visual communication.
Audio-visual communication involves demonstrations and presentations
Signs, Signals and Symbols
Signs, signals and symbols have come to acquire considerable significance in the
world of communication. Having evolved over a long period of time, they date
back to biblical times and mythological periods. Well before language evolved,
pre-historic man had learnt to communicate with the help of signs and signals.
A sign is a mark traced on a surface or an object with a view to indicate a
particular meaning. It may be a piece of paper, wood or metal that has writing or
a picture on it and which gives out information, instruction or warning. It may also
be a gesture, a movement or a sound to convey something specific. Let us look at
some examples of sign language:
1. Priests and elders convey their blessings by placing their hands on the heads
of people bowing to them. (sign of blessing)
2. A player raises two of his fingers in a V sign after a game. (sign of victory)
3. A teacher puts her finger on her lips in a nursery class. (sign that says, ‘keep
silent’)
4. Disciples and youngsters touch the feet of teachers and elders. (sign of
reverence)
Such signs are sometimes group specific and are accepted as a matter of
convention. A sign may also relate to a written mark conventionally used to convey
a specific meaning. Such signs may be general, as in the case of road and traffic
signs or subject-specific signs, specific to a profession or body of knowledge. In
Self-Instructional
Material 35
Types of Communication mathematics, there are numerous signs specific to arithmetic, algebra and geometry
as also in science and medicine.
Apart from the set of signs, which are commonly understood, there is also
the sign language. Sign language is a system of communicating, with people who
NOTES
are hearing impaired, by using hand movements rather than spoken words. In
other words, it is the language of the speech impaired, just as Braille is the language
of visually challenged.
A signal is a sound or a movement that people make to give others information,
instruction or warning. A signal is also understood as an indication that something
exists or something is about to happen. We are familiar with the use of a danger
signal and a green signal. Similarly, there are traffic signals and radio signals.
Some everyday examples of communication with signals are signal to the
waiter for a bill, signal that you are turning right and signal that one is thirsty. Signs
and signals are often used with very similar meanings. There is, however, a
noteworthy difference between the two. A sign is something that we find or see
whereas a signal is generally used for something that is done intentionally and
suggests that some action be taken in response. Signs and signals may be overt or
covert, explicit or in a code language. Awareness and understanding of signs and
signals makes communication more meaningful.
A symbol refers to a credo or a manner of representation of ideas. Symbols
often use the power of association to convey a specific meaning. A symbol is also
understood as a person, an object or an event that represents a more general
quality or situation. In modern day business, the use of a logo is also very common.
A logo is a printed design or symbol that a company or organization uses as its
special sign. Here are some examples of the use of symbols.
Symbols are well accepted and widely used in present day business
communication. Use of symbols at the right places enhances the effectiveness of
communication.
Silence Silence is also a method of communication. It refers to a state of
wordlessness or verbal abstinence. It may express anger or atonement. Self-inflicted
silence conveys a powerful message. Silence may also convey a form of
punishment. The word ‘excommunication’ refers to a state of deliberate cutting off
of communication. There are indeed occasions when by keeping quiet one can
‘say’ a lot. Silence can also be either deliberate or unintentional. Unexpected
silence sometimes results in awkward situations. In personal communication as
well as business communication, silence has a definite role to play. In dealing with
an irate customer, an employee would be well advised to observe silence and
listen to the customer before reacting. Even the legal system takes cognizance of
silence as a method of communication.
QUOTE TO NOTE: Well-timed silence has more eloquence than
speech.
—Martin Tupper
Self-Instructional
36 Material
We have, in the foregoing paragraphs, studied the salient features of various Types of Communication
methods of communication. Each of these methods of communication has its own

distinguishing features in terms of speed, reliability, cost, reach as well as overall
merits and demerits. In a large organization, communication takes place at various
levels. People in large business organizations need to resort to all these methods of NOTES
communication depending upon the situations. Inasmuch as choices are available,
it is necessary to clearly appreciate the relative merits and demerits of these methods
in dealing with people and situations in any organization. Good communication is
hardly ever accidental. It calls for conscious efforts and the choice of the most
appropriate methods and channels, keeping in view the target sections and context.
Check Your Progress

1. Mention any four types of communication.
2. Where does internal communication take place?
3. Define grapevine communication.
2.3 VERBAL COMMUNICATION
Verbal communication is a type of oral communication wherein the message is

transmitted through the spoken words. Here the sender gives words to his feelings,
thoughts, ideas and opinions and expresses them in the form of speeches,
discussions, presentations, and conversations.
The effectiveness of the verbal communication depends on the tone of the
speaker, clarity of speech, volume, speed, body language and the quality of words
used in the conversation. In the case of the verbal communication, the feedback is
immediate since there are a simultaneous transmission and receipt of the message
by the sender and receiver respectively.
The sender must keep his speech tone high and clearly audible to all and
must design the subject matter keeping the target audience in mind. The sender
should always cross check with the receiver to ensure that the message is understood
in absolutely the same way as it was intended. Such communication is more prone
to errors as sometimes the words are not sufficient to express the feelings and
emotions of a person.
The success of the verbal communication depends not only on the speaking
ability of an individual but also on the listening skills. How effectively an individual
listens to the subject matter decides the effectiveness of the communication. The
verbal communication is applicable in both the formal and informal kind of situations.
With a major rise in the use of technology, verbal communication is still vitally
important in the workplace. Email and smartphones may make it more convenient
Self-Instructional
Material 37
Types of Communication to communicate, but sometimes only verbal communication gets the point across
effectively.
Verbal communication provides clarity
NOTES Nothing beats verbal communication. For example, many people can retain
information more easily when it’s presented directly to them or by watching someone
in-person complete the task. During an in-person meeting or training session,
participants can ask spontaneous questions, get immediate answers and fully
understand the situation or task at hand.
Verbal communication increases motivation
Words of appreciation from a manager boost the confidence level of employees.
Hearing encouraging words from a manager seems more genuine than an
impersonal email, and can increase workers’ productivity. Verbal communication
is the best way to let your employees feel valued and understood.
Having regular in-person group meetings with your employees can generate
team spirit and motivate your workforce. Weekly sit-downs with their co-workers
encourage employees to share their concerns with leadership and each other. An
in-person, “town hall-style” meeting also provides an opportunity for employees
to learn how they can help each other in their job roles.
When you assign a project to an employee, she should have a clear
understanding of what is required. Verbal praise for a job well done lets her know
she is valued and has a purpose within the organization. An employer doesn’t
need to hold an employee’s hand throughout the entire project or provide positive
feedback every day, but positive, verbal encouragement goes a long way.
1. Information can be given out quickly and to large numbers of people
2. Opportunity for immediate feedback and two-way communication
3. More understanding through body language
4. It is the most effective tool of persuasion and for resolving conflicts
5. It is effective for group interaction.
6. It is economical both in terms of money and time.
7. It is flexible as it provides ample scope to the sender to make himself clear
and make amendments unlike written messages which cannot be changed.
Check Your Progress

4. What is verbal communication?
5. What are the factors on which the effectiveness of the verbal communication
depend?
Self-Instructional
38 Material
2.4 ADVANTAGES OF WRITTEN COMMUNICATION
Written communication is essential in every business. Writing is a creative activity.

While oral communication is based on spontaneous reactions, written NOTES
communication is more carefully thought out and the information gathered is
processed logically. It involves a certain time factor. The writer can take his own
time in formulating the message. Then it takes some time to reach the receiver. The
receiver then takes his time in understanding and interpreting the message and
responding to it. Written communication has fewer cycles than face-to-face
communication, that is, in comparison to oral communication, the messages are
sent to and fro between the sender and the receiver for a fewer number of times.
Written communication has the following advantages over oral communication:
1. Written communication has an extremely wide reach.
2. Written communication can be well-organized so as to convey the precise
message.
3. Written communication creates records. Maintenance of proper records,
letters and reports build up the legal defences of the organization.
4. Written communication promotes uniformity in policy and procedure.
5. It can be exactly reproduced or repeated.
6. It can be targeted to reach specific individuals/sections.
7. Written communication can be prepared at a time when the communicator
is best prepared to do so.
One does not uses words in non-verbal communication. It is thus a very prominent
type of communication as distinct from both oral and written communication. It
takes place extensively at various levels—individuals, family, society and
organization. Non-verbal communication is ancient and constitutes the earliest type
of communication. It developed much before oral communication and languages
came into being. Gestures, postures, signals and facial expressions were obviously
among the earliest means of communication used by the pre-literate man. The
language of the hearing impaired which uses signs and gestures perhaps evolved
from these ancient methods of communication.
Another significant dimension of non-verbal communication is its universality.
Unlike verbal communication, which has limitations in terms of reach, the non-
verbal communication is universal in appeal. Words have boundaries, whereas
non-verbal communication, which does not use words, transcends linguistic and
cultural barriers and boundaries. The language of love and compassion is widely
recognized as a universal language. Mother Teresa, for example, was a
communicator par excellence who ‘spoke’ the universal language of love and
Self-Instructional
Material 39
Types of Communication compassion that was understood all over the world. The silent movies of the bygone
era are another example of effective non-verbal communication.
Quote to Note: To know what people really think, pay regard to
what they do, rather than what they say.
NOTES
––Rene Descartes
Non-verbal communication is closely associated with the power of
observation. The receiver of the communication should be in a position to see,
hear and even feel the communicator. The receiver of the communication should
be in a position to clearly see the face, the gesture, the tone, the dress, the
appearance and also hear the voice of the communicator. Since it is through
observation, non-verbal communication may be both intended and unintended. It
is intended when the communicator tries to convey certain messages to the target
group through conscious gestures, postures, attire and other forms of body language.
Non-verbal communication is unintended when the body language, posture or
appearance of the communicator is interpreted by the receiver, even though it is
not done consciously. A sloppy posture or a casual attire may be interpreted as
lack of seriousness, although the speaker may be quite intent.
Although non-verbal communication can take place independent of other
methods of communication, it often goes along with oral or verbal communication
by the speaker. Used appropriately, body language and non-verbal messages can
supplement and complement the oral message.
Together they can make the message loud, clear and forceful. On the
contrary, if they are not consistent, the message that comes out would be ambiguous
or garbled. When a speaker speaks, it is not just through words, but through the
speaker’s personality as well. Similarly, although interpreting each non-verbal
message provides a useful clue, listeners or the target audience should not jump to
conclusions, but should, instead, take note of the totality of the messages
communicated. It takes conscious effort and keen attention on the part of both the
communicator and receiver to appropriately convey and interpret the message.
The required degree of awareness and consciousness on the part of both is of
particular relevance for the effectiveness of non-verbal communication.
It is essential to note that what a person says, together with the body language
of that person creates the total impact. If they are consistent, they strengthen and
reinforce the message and if they are inconsistent and contradict each other,then it
clearly means that the person is speaking two different things. The body belies
what the tongue utters. Sometimes, what a person says with her body negates
what she is saying with her tongue. Thus, a person may appear calm and self-
controlled, but if her foot is tapping the floor restlessly, or she is fidgeting with her
fingers, or biting her nails, her nervousness speaks loud. Under such circumstances,
the recipient disregards the verbal message and accepts the message conveyed
by the body language as the more authentic one.
Non-verbal communication can have an overwhelming impact. There are
Self-Instructional myriad ways in which the body and its associated actions communicate messages,
40 Material
both intended and unintended. Non-verbal communication takes place at various Types of Communication
levels when parts of the body, actions, mannerisms, behaviour, attire and demeanour
tend to communicate. In other words, non-verbal communication takes place
through the following objects, actions, and expressions:
1. Body language—facial expressions, eye contact, voice modulation NOTES
2. Postures/Gestures—carriage, leaning, shrugging, nodding
3. Attire
4. Appearance
5. Handshake
6. Space
7. Timing
8. Example
9. Behaviour
10. Smile
Body language is a well-developed discipline of study. Behavioural
psychologists and researchers have studied, over the years, individuals and groups
of people in business organizations and have developed the art of interpreting
each one of the above as a means to ensuring effective communication.
Social scientists use the term “paralanguage” to describe a wide range of
characteristics or expressions based on voice, facial expressions, or actions. A
paralinguistic study relates to interpreting communication that takes place through
other than words. It relates to studying the tone of voice and expressions on one’s
face and actions. Paralanguage relates to ‘how’ something is said, rather than
‘what’ is said.
Check Your Progress

6. Mention any one advantage of written communication over oral
communication.
7. Which is the earliest type of communication?
2.5 ANSWERS TO CHECK YOUR PROGRESS

QUESTIONS
1. Four types of communication are personal communication, business

communication, internal communication and external communication.
2. Internal communication takes place within the organization or group—among
people within, among different groups of employees and between employers
and employees.
3. Grapevine is a kind of informal communication that prevails in organizations
and businesses.
Self-Instructional
Material 41
Types of Communication 4. Verbal Communication is a type of oral communication wherein the message
is transmitted through the spoken words.
5. The effectiveness of the verbal communication depends on the tone of the
speaker, clarity of speech, volume, speed, body language and the quality of
NOTES words used in the conversation.
6. One advantage of written communication over oral communication is that it
can be exactly reproduced or repeated.
7. Non-verbal communication is the earliest type of communication.
2.6 SUMMARY
 Communication can be categorized into different types depending upon the
level at which it takes place, the direction it takes or by its very nature.
 Personal communication concerns communication that takes place between
any two individuals, be it in a family, group, community or even an
organization.
 Business communication takes place to further the goals of a business.
 Internal communication takes place within the organization or group—among
people within, among different groups of employees and between employers
and employees.
 Unlike internal communication, external communication flows outward.
 Upward communication is one which moves upward, i.e., from the bottom
 Downward communication moves from top to the bottom, i.e., from the
CEO downwards.
 To ensure communication on an ongoing basis, organizations develop formal
systems.
 Informal communication takes place in an unstructured manner and outside
the formal fora.
 Lateral communication generally takes place in an organization and is neither
upward nor downward.
 Interactive communication takes place through meetings, conferences,
teleconferencing, multimedia presentations, group discussions and other such
active two-way exchanges.
 Verbal communication is a type of oral communication wherein the message
is transmitted through the spoken words.
2.7 KEY WORDS
 Communication: Communication refers to the imparting or exchanging of

information by speaking, writing, or using some other medium.
Self-Instructional
42 Material
 Gestures: Gestures refer to movements of parts of the body, especially a Types of Communication
hand or the head, to express an idea or meaning.

 Hierarchy: Hierarchy is a system in which members of an organization or
society are ranked according to relative status or authority.
NOTES
 Paralanguage: Paralanguage is nonverbal communication such as your
tone, pitch or manner of speaking. An example of paralanguage is the
pitch of your voice.

EXERCISES
1. What are the different types of communication?
2. What is the difference between formal and informal communication?
3. Write a short note on grapevine communication.
4. How can verbal communication be made more effective?
5. What are the advantages of written communication?
1. Discuss the different types of communication in detail.
2. What is verbal communication? Why is it important?
3. Why is non-verbal communication important? Discuss.
4. How is donward communication different from upward communication?
Publishing House.
Self-Instructional
Material 43
Listening Skills
UNIT 3 LISTENING SKILLS

NOTES Structure
3.0 Introduction
3.1 Objectives
3.2 Listening Skills: An Overview
3.2.4 Levels of Listening
3.3 Inefficiency of Listening
3.3.2 Common Barriers to the Listening Process
3.4 Measures to Improve Listening
3.5 Listening Skills at Workplace
3.7 Summary
3.8 Key Words
3.0 INTRODUCTION
In this unit, you will be introduced to listening as an important communication skill.

You will learn the objectives and importance of listening. It describes, in detail, the
various stages of the listening process. In addition, you will be taught the various
levels and types of listening. You will, further, learn about the poor listening habits
that lead to inefficiency in listening, the barriers to effective listening and tips on
how to improve the listening process.
3.1 OBJECTIVES

 Examine listening as an important communication skill
 Discuss the objectives and importance of listening
 Explain the listening process
 Describe the various types of listening
 Learn about the various barriers to effective listening
Self-Instructional  Discuss the various ways to ensure better listening
44 Material
Listening Skills
3.2 LISTENING SKILLS: AN OVERVIEW
Effective listening is the process of analysing sounds, organizing them into

recognizable patterns, interpreting the patterns and understanding the message by NOTES
inferring the meaning.
Listening is not to be confused with hearing. Hearing is a physiological process
which involves receiving the sound waves by the eardrum and transferring them to
the brain. Listening is more than hearing. It involves the process of interpretation
and inference.
Listening is extremely important for the communication process. Many of
the problems we experience with people are primarily attributable to ineffective
listening or lack of listening. Good listening skills are the foundation of effective
human relations. Good listeners can be good negotiators and can handle crisis
situations successfully.
The objectives of learning may be one or more of the following:
 To learn
 To increase one’s understanding
 To advise or counsel
 To relieve one’s boredom
A lot of one’s time is spent on listening. One quarter of our waking time is spent in
listening. Research shows that at the workplace, on an average, personnel spend
about 32.7 per cent of their time listening, 25.8 per cent of their time speaking and
22.6 per cent of their time writing. Effective listening is one of the most crucial
skills for becoming a successful manager. This requires paying attention, interpreting
and remembering sound stimuli. Listening is an important skill to be inculcated by
managers and workers.
 Communication is not complete without effective listening.
 An attentive listener stimulates better speaking by the speaker.
 A good listener learns more than an indifferent listener.
 A good listener can restructure vague speaking in a way that produces
clearer meaning.
 A good listener learns to detect prejudices, assumptions and attitudes.
For listening to be effective and meaningful, the process of listening should involve
the following steps:
Self-Instructional
Material 45
Listening Skills
NOTES
Fig. 3.1 Listening Process
Hearing
Hearing is the first essential step in the listening process and relates to the sensory
perception of sound. The listener further processes the perceived sound. For
learning to be effective, hearing needs to be done with attentiveness and
concentration.
Filtering
The next step involves sensing and filtering of heard sounds. The heard message is
categorized as wanted or unwanted, useful or useless. The unwanted message is
discarded. In this step, the sense of judgement of the individual comes into play,
that is, the filtering process is subjective and a person chooses to retain what
makes sense to him.
Comprehending
The next level of listening consists of comprehending or understanding. The listener
understands or interprets what the speaker has tried to convey. This activity can
be described as absorbing, grasping or assimilating. In order to grasp the meaning
of the message, the listener uses his knowledge, experience, perception and
cognitive power. The verbal and auditory message is coupled with non-verbal
communication to understand it.
Remembering
Remembering relates to a process whereby the assimilated message is stored in
memory to facilitate future recall. Remembering assumes significance because many
times messages received are meant not for immediate consideration but for future
use.
Responding
For listening to be complete, a response is important. Responding to a message
may take place at the end of the communication, immediately after or later. When
it is stored for future use, the response may take place later. However, if there is a
need to seek clarification or to empathize with the listener, it may take place earlier.
Responding may also take the form of prodding or prompting in order to show
that the message is being received and comprehended.
Self-Instructional
46 Material
3.2.4 Levels of Listening Listening Skills
Based on the effectiveness of the listening process, three levels of listening have
been identified. Level 1 is that of non-listening and is the least desirable, followed
by Level 2 which is passive listening. Level 3 is active listening, which is most NOTES
desirable. Though we listen at all the three levels during the course of the day
depending on our interest and situation, it is beneficial to move to Level 3 for
maximum listening effectiveness. Good managers and leaders spend more time
listening at Level 3.
(i) Level 1—Non-listening: Here, the listener may appear to be listening
but actually he is more occupied with his own thoughts. He is minimally
aware of the speaker speaking. He is likely to appear detached and will be
unresponsive and passive.
Fig. 3.2 Non-Listening
(ii) Level 2—Passive Listening: Passive listening is more of hearing than

actually listening. The listener superficially hears the words but does not
understand in depth what is being said. He concentrates on the word content
of the message rather than the feelings and emotions associated with the
message. He does not get much involved in the communication activity, and
rather than contributing equally to the conversational exchange, he is merely
spoken to.
(iii) Level 3—Active Listening: This is the most desirable form of listening
wherein the active listener gives full attention to what is being said. The
listener concentrates on what is being said and also motivates the speaker
to speak, making it easier for the speaker to deliver the message. An active
listener not only comprehends the message better but is also in a better
position to remember and recall the message. He not only pays attention to
the word content but also concentrates on the emotional and non-verbal
aspect of the message. In active listening, the listener is directly involved in
the conversation. He provides feedback to the speaker and voices his
opinions and arguments.
Self-Instructional
Material 47
Listening Skills
NOTES
Fig. 3.3 Active Listening

Discriminative listening
This is the most basic type of listening. It involves identifying the difference between
various sounds. It also enables one to differentiate between familiar and unfamiliar
language. The subtleties of accent and pronunciation typical of a language can be
identified by this kind of listening.
Comprehension listening
This type of listening involves something more than just differentiating between
various sounds. It involves attaching meaning to what is being listened to, that is
the message is comprehended. It may also include comprehending the non-verbal
messages being conveyed intentionally or unintentionally by the speaker.
Evaluative listening
This is also called as critical listening. This involves not only comprehending the
message but also evaluating and analysing the message being received in light of
one’s own background. It involves judging the acceptability of what is said
depending on how logical one finds it to be.
Attentive listening
It involves paying attention to the words that are being spoken rather than
understanding the head and heart of the person speaking. It involves making a
conscious effort to listen attentively and decode the message. The concentration is
on the verbal part of the message rather than the non-verbal aspect.
Pretence listening
This involves more hearing than listening. It means pretending through facial
expressions that one is listening to the communicated message when actually one
is not.
Selective listening
Listening is done only partly or selectively. It involves selecting the desired part of
the message and ignoring the undesired part of the message. The attention of the
Self-Instructional
listener is not focused and the listener keeps switching off and on.
48 Material
Intuitive listening Listening Skills
It is a higher form of listening. It means listening through the intuitive mind by

silencing the other forms of internal dialogues going on simultaneously.
NOTES
Check Your Progress
1. What is effective listening?
2. Define hearing.
3.3 INEFFICIENCY OF LISTENING
Research shows that after two days we retain only one fourth of what we hear. In
fact, we do not hear all that is said and forget many of the things we hear. This is a
reflection of our poor listening habits.
Inefficiency of listening can be harmful for the organization. Some people
like to talk more than they like to listen, some listen selectively, some cannot
concentrate for long on what others are saying or some may just listen superficially
without really bothering about what is being said. All this leads to ineffective listening.
It is possible to improve your listening habits by identifying which are the poor
listening habits and then working upon them to change them. Some of the most
common poor listening habits are:
Inattentiveness
Not paying attention to the speaker is one of the major causes of inefficient listening.
The listener may get distracted or may not want to hear what is being said. The
listener withdraws his attention and starts daydreaming.
Faking attention or ‘Pseudolistening’
Often people who are not actually listening and are thinking about something else
deliberately try to look as though they were listening. The listener may do so so as
not to appear rude or discourteous to the listener. At times this may lead to disasters
in communication because such pretence may leave a speaker with the impression
that the listener has heard some important information or instructions offered by
him.
Focusing on delivery
Sometimes a person concentrates on how someone says something that he pays
little attention to what he or she is actually saying. The listener may focus on the
appearance and other nuances of the speaker and may, in the bargain, miss out on
the real meaning of what is being said.
Self-Instructional
Material 49
Listening Skills Rehearsing
If the listener is thinking about his reply before the other person has finished, then
in all probability he is not listening.
NOTES Some people listen until they want to say something; then they quit listening,
start rehearsing what they will say, and wait for an opportunity to respond.
Interrupting
Some people prefer to do the speaking rather than listen to someone speak. Such
a listener does not wait for the speaker to complete what he is saying so that the
complete meaning can be determined, but interrupts often resulting in a break of
the chain of thought of the speaker and thus hampering the communication process.
Unnecessary interruptions may discourage and irritate the speaker.
Hearing what is expected
People like to hear what they want to hear. Very often, people think they heard
speakers say what they expected them to say. Further, people tend to accept only
that part of the communication which is consistent with their existing beliefs.
Alternatively, they refuse to hear what they do not want to hear and what goes
against their beliefs and perception. Poor listeners tend to filter those parts of the
message from their understanding which do not readily fit with their own frame of
reference.
Avoiding difficult and uninteresting material
The listener may just switch off listening when he finds the material difficult to
understand or uninteresting. This may become a habit with the listener and he will
conveniently stop listening every time he encounters some difficult or uninteresting
material. Many a time, the listener may assume in advance that the subject is
boring, unimportant or difficult.
Being defensive
Sometimes listeners feel threatened by what the speaker is saying and they
immediately become defensive, that is, they try to justify their stance on whatever
is being said. They may just overreact to certain words and phrases. They get so
involved in guarding themselves that they do not get the actual message of what is
being said.
Being on the offensive
Some listeners seem to wait for the chance to criticise someone. They listen intently
for points on which they can disagree and vent out their criticism. They constantly
try to counter whatever is being said. Here too they miss out the actual message of
what is being said.
Self-Instructional
50 Material
3.3.2 Common Barriers to the Listening Process Listening Skills
The factors which act as impediments to effective listening can be classified into
the following:
1. Physical Barriers NOTES
Noise, poor acoustics, malfunctioning of the mechanical devices being used,

frequent interruptions and uncomfortable seating arrangements are physical barriers
that hamper effective listening. The first step of the listening process is hearing, and
extraneous noise disturbs the hearing process. Extraneous noise disturbs both the
listener and the speaker. In case a device like a microphone or telephone is being
used, then the malfunctioning of the device will act as a hurdle or it may also result
in the failure of transmission of the message from the speaker to the listener. Poor
acoustics of the room or uncomfortable seating arrangements may make it difficult
for the listener to concentrate on the speaker. Interruptions by other people or by
the telephone while someone is speaking disturb the concentration of the listener,
frustrate the speaker and make the listening process less effective. Message
overload, which involves listening to a lot of information one after another, also
makes it impossible to listen attentively after a certain point.
Thus we can summarize the physical barriers to include:
 Noise
 Poor accoustics
 Defective mechanical devices
 Frequent interruptions
 Uncomfortable seating arrangements and environment
 Message overload
2. People-related Barriers
Both the speaker and the listener influence the communication process. People-
related barriers can be both physiological and psychological.
Fig. 3.4 Physiological Barriers
State of health
The physical condition of the individual affects the listening ability. Fever, pain or
any other form of bodily discomfort makes it difficult for an individual to listen
Self-Instructional
Material 51
Listening Skills attentively. Similarly poor health conditions of a speaker reduce his ability to speak
well and this in turn reduces the listening efficiency of the listener.
Disability
NOTES As discussed earlier, hearing is the first step of the listening process and, therefore,
hearing deficiencies may lead to poor listening. Similarly, speech disorders of the
speaker may make speech incoherent to the listener. At times the speaker’s accent,
though not a disability, may make it difficult for the listener to comprehend. Similarly,
when a speaker speaks very rapidly, it may also result in an unclear message
reaching the listener.
Wandering attention
Research shows that the human mind can process words at the rate of about 500
per minute, whereas a speaker speaks at the rate of about 150 words per minute.
The difference between the two is quite large—350 words per minute. This leaves
the listener with sufficient time to let his mind wander. The listener has to be careful
of this rather than let his mind wander. Spending the time concentrating on the
message and analysing it would improve listening.
3. Psychological Barriers
Psychological barriers relate to attitudinal and behavioural aspects. These include
the following:
Being unsure of the speaker’s ability
Based on past experience or inputs from sources, the listener may have a
preconceived notion of the speaker’s ability. He may perceive the speaker to not
be well informed, or to be lacking in depth and ability. This acts as a barrier to the
listening process as the listener will not listen to what the speaker has to say.
Fig. 3.5 Psychological Barriers
Personal anxiety
Sometimes we are preoccupied with personal concerns and anxieties. This makes
it difficult to perceive what is being said and thus acts as a barrier to effective
Self-Instructional listening.
52 Material
Attitude Listening Skills
Many times the attitude of the listener acts as a barrier to effective listening. The
listener may be highly egocentric with a ‘know it all attitude’ and may not listen
because he feels that he already knows what the listener has to say. A casual NOTES
attitude on the part of the listener towards listening, assuming it can be done without
much concentration and effort, also acts as a barrier to listening.
An overly critical attitude of the listener may shift the focus of listening from
what is being said to noticing faults and errors in accent, delivery, appearance of
speaker, grammar, and so on.
Impatience
The listener may not have patience to wait for the other person to finish what he
has to say. He may be intolerant or may be eager to add his own points to the
discussion. As a result, his desire to speak overcomes his desire to listen, thus
acting as a barrier.
Emotional blocks
Our deep-seated beliefs in certain ideas may make it difficult for us to listen to
ideas which go against our belief. We may hear such an idea wrongly or it may get
distorted in our mind to match our perception or we may completely block it off
by not listening to it. Many a time, we block something off completely because of
painful memories associated with it.
Check Your Progress

3. Mention any two common poor listening habits.
4. What are the two most common physical barriers to listening?
3.4 MEASURES TO IMPROVE LISTENING
Effective listening calls for efforts on the part of the speaker, listener as well as
others concerned with the process to remove the barriers that come in the way of
effective listening.
As stated earlier, conscious efforts have to be made by the listener to improve his
listening ability and develop effective listening skills. Some important guidelines to
develop listening skills by the listener are:
1. Concentration: To be a good listener, you must pay attention to the
speaker. When a speaker is a dull conversationalist or when it is difficult to
follow the speaker because of voice problems like a regional accent, and
so on, a listener may have to make an effort to keep from being distracted
Self-Instructional
Material 53
Listening Skills by other things. Research shows that the more motivated a listener is, the
more receptive he is.
2. Preparation: Sometimes it is better to make some preparations beforehand
in order to improve listening; more so in the case of topics that are perceived
NOTES
as difficult. Preparations may include gathering information about the topic
or removing distractions in the environment. This will help in developing an
interest in what the speaker is saying and will also help in focusing on the
message.
3. Show interest: Show that you want to listen by being and looking attentive.
It is important not only to focus on the speaker, but to use nonverbal cues
(such as eye contact, head nods and smiles) to let them know they are
being heard. A listener may ask appropriate questions at the right time to
show his interest in what is being said.
4. Listen for the whole message: Listen not only through the use of your
ears, but also the other senses so as to get the complete message. This
includes looking for meaning and consistency or congruence in both the
verbal and non-verbal messages and listening for ideas, feelings and intentions
as well as facts. Pay attention to the voice intensity, inflection, emotional
cues, body movements, and so on, while listening to the speaker so as to
ensure that the total message is communicated to you.
5. Empathy: Empathize with the speaker, that is, put yourself in the speaker’s
shoes. This will help you to better understand what the speaker is trying to
say rather than only what you want to understand. For listening to be effective
and to achieve its objective it is important that the listener understands the
message from the speaker’s point of view.
6. Listening before evaluating: Listening to what someone says without
drawing premature conclusions is a valuable aid to listening. Premature
judgement hampers effective listening. Listen patiently to what the speaker
has to say. Give him time to complete what he has to say. By questioning
the speaker in a non-accusative manner, rather than giving advice or judging,
you can often discover exactly what the speaker has in mind, which
oftentimes is quite different from what the listener had assumed.
7. Note taking: Many experts recommend note taking as an important
technique to improve the efficacy of the listening process. Taking down
notes not only enhances the attentiveness of the listener but also helps him
record what is being conveyed. Further, when the speaker sees that his
listeners are sufficiently interested in take notes, it generates confidence in
him and motivates him to speak better.
8. Paraphrasing: Paraphrasing is simply restating what another person has
said in your own words. Paraphrasing serves a dual purpose. Firstly, it acts
as a control device to check whether the listener has listened carefully.
Secondly, it checks accuracy because by restating what has been said and
Self-Instructional
54 Material
feeding it back to the speaker the listener verifies the accuracy of his Listening Skills
understanding. The best way to paraphrase is to listen carefully to what the

other person is saying. It is important that the listener develops the habit of
paraphrasing.
NOTES
9. Body language: The listener should maintain a positive body language—
an upright posture, eye contact with the speaker—which reflects the listener’s
interest in what is being said. An upright posture also helps a listener have
better concentration. At the same time, if the listener leans forward slightly it
shows that the listener is interested in what the speaker is saying. Constantly
fidgeting, too much of movement, and so on, reflect a lack of interest on the
part of the listener and this may demotivate the speaker.
There are certain well-accepted essentials for good listening. More specifically,
there are ten commandments, credit for which is given to an anonymous writer.
These ten commandments are as follows:
 Stop talking: The first commandment of good listening is to stop talking.
One can’t be talking and listening attentively at the same time. The speaker
cannot speak and get the message across if the listener continues to talk.
Stop talking and start listening.
 Put the speaker at ease: The speaker can really organise his thoughts
and convey them meaningfully only when put at ease. The listener does so
through several positive signals, such as sitting down, turning to the speaker,
observing and so on.
 Show you want to listen: This calls for a positive attitude on the part of the
listener. The listener should indicate preparedness. The listener should make
it clear that the listener is attentive and is keen to receive the message the
communicator wants to convey. This may be done by appropriate body
movement, right posture or by keeping the pen and pad ready.
 Remove distractions: Communication between sender and receiver cannot
progress if there are distractions. The receiver of the communication should
show interest in listening, just as the speaker is interested in peaking. The
listener has to remove distractions, if any, such as shut the door, switch off
the cell phone, remove objects, if any, placed between the speaker and the
listener so that body movements can be observed and so on.
 Empathise with the speaker: An important requirement for effective
listening is that the listener should show empathy or proper understanding.
The speaker may not be perfect and may have shortcomings. As a listener
one should learn to put oneself in the speaker’s shoes.
 Be patient: This is an important attribute of good listening. A listener should
not only be attentive, but also patient. One should wait for the speaker to
Self-Instructional
Material 55
Listening Skills complete the talk. The listener should refrain from making frequent
interruptions, should avoid making derogatory remarks, cynical comments
and distracting gestures. Every speaker has a train of thought, and gestures
of impatience on the part of thee listener may disturb the delivery of speech.
NOTES
 Hold your temper: Good listening also calls for the right temperament.
The listener may not appreciate what the communicator is conveying or the
listener may decide that the speaker is factually incorrect. That does not
give the listener a right to instant reaction.
 Refrain from argumentation and criticism: This is not an uncommon
happening. Occasions are many when the listener picks up an argument
with the speaker. The listener tries to challenge the speaker and criticize the
person. Any such argument or criticism would be detrimental to the flow of
communication.
Since communication is a two-way process, the onus of improving the
communication process not only lies with the listener but also with the speaker.
The speaker too can influence the way in which the listener listens to the message.
The following are some of the guidelines which the speaker can use for facilitating
effective listening by the listener.
The speaker needs to have clarity of thought and purpose, that is, he should
be clear about what he is conveying to the audience.
The speaker needs to communicate the message in a lively, stimulating
manner which will capture the attention of the listener.
The speaker should try to empathize with the listeners. He should imagine
himself in their position and this will help him know if the listeners understand his
message or if they are bored or confused.
The speaker should modulate his delivery to retain the attention of the
audience. A dull monotone may induce the listeners to switch themselves off.
3.5 LISTENING SKILLS AT WORKPLACE
Good listening, as we have seen already, is an art that can be cultivated. A good
listener is generally interested in what the speaker has to convey. A good listener
knows the art of getting much more than what the speaker is trying to convey. A
good listener knows how to prompt, prod, persuade but not cut or interrupt what
the other person has to say. At times, the speaker may or may not be coherent,
articulate and well organized in thought and expression. One may have it in one’s
mind and yet fail to marshal the right words while communicating one’s thoughts.
Nevertheless, a good listener puts such a speaker at ease, helps articulate and
facilitates the speaker to get across the message in full and with clarity. Good
Self-Instructional
56 Material
listener should also not have any biases and should cultivate the right temperament. Listening Skills
A positive attitude helps in making listening effective.

Development of listening skills at various levels is very essential for business
success. As we have seen earlier, every business has its stakeholders and there is
NOTES
communication taking place all the time between the organization and the
stakeholders, and within the various groups connected with the business. If
communication within the organization has to be purposeful, people need to listen
to each other attentively. Hearing without listening is often a common refrain needing
attention. Progressive organizations encourage the people within to learn and adopt
active listening.
We have entered an information era and modern day organizations are
described as information processing units. There is so much that is happening that
needs to be shared with the clients as well as other interested parties. Similarly,
today’s worker is being described as the ‘knowledge worker’. People have to
constantly upgrade their skills and knowledge, whatever be the business or
profession they are associated with. While reading is undoubtedly an important
source for skill and knowledge upgradation, active listening too can make a significant
contribution.
One area where listening skills are becoming particularly relevant concerns
the service industry, such as banking and financial services. In these organizations,
businesses involve person-to-person interactions. Products are sold and services
are provided over counters and through customer outlets. Quite often, the product
is not standardized, but tailor-made to suit specific requirements. These
organizations are making relentless efforts to know customer requirements and
respond to them. There is a growing concern in every business to offer value
added services. This means that people at the counters, the sales force, the people
who make customer contacts and everyone concerned with understanding customer
needs should actively and sincerely listen to the customer. Organizations which
make a conscious effort in this regard are described as ‘listening organizations.’
Behavioural skills and attitudes that focus on attending to the customer are far
more relevant today than in the past. Training programs that cover these groups of
service providers are focusing on various communication skills including listening.
Good listening skills are particularly relevant in dealing with customer
complaints and employee grievances, in hearing the voice of dissent and while
seeking suggestions from customers and employees. Suggestions will be more
forthcoming when people in authority lend a patient ear. The customers of today
seek reassurance that they are being heard. When they come up with a complaint,
the minimum that an organization has to ensure is that there is someone there who
lends a patient ear to what the complainants have to say. Moreover, in most
organizations, there are meetings and other interactive forums where business-
related issues are discussed and issues resolved. All these can be effective only
when people learn to listen.
Self-Instructional
Material 57
Listening Skills Listening to Customers
Customers constitute an important segment of stakeholders for any business. They
are the very purpose of any business. If there are no customers, there can be no
NOTES business. The importance of customers gets further accentuated in a competitive
environment. Goods manufacturers and service providers have to make conscious
and continuing efforts to seek out and retain customers. In service organizations
like banks, customers visit branches and offices and seek delivery of service. In
such businesses, services are delivered in person. Service delivery takes place
through person-to-person interaction. During all such interactions with customers,
whether in person or over the telephone, listening attentively becomes crucial. The
manager in the cabin, the officer receiving the telephone call and the frontline staff
at the counter, in fact everyone should listen to the customer actively and attentively.
People good at listening are good service providers and poor listeners often
fail to provide good service to the customers. Good listening is a must to ensure
satisfactory service delivery. Be it a request, or a complaint, or a suggestion or a
piece of advice, listening to the customer is a must. Unless the listening is active
and purposeful, response to the customer cannot be effective. Quite often,
customers are dissatisfied because people in service organizations do not bother
to listen and respond. When the customer speaks, the service provider should
listen with patience and attentiveness. Indifferent listening results in customer
annoyance and customer complaints. In recent years, business organizations have
been setting up call centres which not only receive calls, but also make outbound
calls. Employees working in call centres work full time receiving and making calls.
Needless to say, attentive listening is a must in call centres.
Check Your Progress

5. Mention any two important guidelines to develop listening skills by the
listener.
6. What kind of body language should a listener maintain?

QUESTIONS
1. Effective listening is the process of analysing sounds, organizing them into

recognizable patterns, interpreting the patterns and understanding the
message by inferring the meaning.
2. Hearing is a physiological process which involves receiving the sound waves
by the eardrum and transferring them to the brain.
3. Two common poor listening habits are inattentiveness and pseudolistening.
4. Two most common physical barriers to listening are noise and poor
Self-Instructional accoustics.
58 Material
5. Two important guidelines to develop listening skills by the listener are Listening Skills
concentration and preparation.

6. A listener should maintain a positive body language— an upright posture
and eye contact with the speaker.
NOTES
3.7 SUMMARY
 Effective listening is the process of analysing sounds, organizing them into

recognizable patterns, interpreting the patterns and understanding the
message by inferring the meaning.
 Listening is not to be confused with hearing.
 HearingHearing is the first essential step in the listening process and relates
to the sensory perception of sound.
 Remembering relates to a process whereby the assimilated message is stored
in memory to facilitate future recall.
 Discriminative listeningDiscriminative listening is the most basic type of
listening. It involves identifying the difference between various sounds.
 Research shows that after two days we retain only one fourth of what we
hear.
 Inefficiency of listening can be harmful for the organization.
 It is possible to improve your listening habits by identifying which are the
poor listening habits and then working upon them to change them.
 Noise, poor acoustics, malfunctioning of the mechanical devices being used,
frequent interruptions and uncomfortable seating arrangements are physical
barriers that hamper effective listening.
 Both the speaker and the listener influence the communication process.
People-related barriers can be both physiological and psychological.
 Effective listening calls for efforts on the part of the speaker, listener as well
as others concerned with the process to remove the barriers that come in
the way of effective listening.
 Since communication is a two-way process, the onus of improving the
communication process not only lies with the listener but also with the
speaker.
3.8 KEY WORDS
 Listening: Listening is the active process of receiving and responding to

spoken (and sometimes unspoken) messages.
Self-Instructional
Material 59
Listening Skills  Hearing: Hearing refers to the process, function, or power of perceiving
sound; specifically : the special sense by which noises and tones are received
as stimuli.
 Acoustic: Acoustic refers to anything relating to sound or the sense of
NOTES
hearing.

EXERCISES
1. Differentiate between listening and hearing.
2. Briefly explain the types of listening.
3. What are the steps involved in the listening process?
4. What are the physical barriers in effective learning?
1. What is effective listening? Explain its importance with special reference to
organizational communication.
2. Discuss the various stages of an effective listening process.
3. Explain the barriers to effective listening.
4. Describe the various techniques to improve listening skills.
Publishing House.
Self-Instructional
60 Material
Language for
UNIT 4 LANGUAGE FOR Communication
COMMUNICATION
NOTES
Structure
4.0 Introduction
4.1 Objectives
4.2 Language and Communication
4.3 General Principles of Writing
4.5 Summary
4.6 Key Words
4.0 INTRODUCTION
Language is an inevitable part of communication. A good command over language,

proper usage of words, perfect pitch and good delivery of thoughts lead to better
exchange of ideas. The ability to use language properly helps a person to deliver
his ideas, thoughts and expressions clearly. Language is very important to establish
a good communication. If a person knows how to use words properly he or she
can build a rapport with anyone. Not only with individuals, language is equally
important in organizations. Language is required to establish good communication
across departments.
4.1 OBJECTIVES
 Discuss language as a medium of communication
 Describe the general principles of writing
 Explain measures for improving writing skills
 Examine the essentials of good style
 Recollect the expressions and words to be avoided
 Discuss Grammar and Usage
Self-Instructional
Material 61
Language for
Communication 4.2 LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION
A workable definition of language as used by linguists is where they see language

NOTES as a system of arbitrary vocal symbols with which a given speech community
cooperates. Language has been defined by some other scholars as a unified system
of signs that permits a sharing of meaning (Gamble & Gamble 1987:100). These
symbols or signs are known as words. Our language skills depend largely on the
way in which we use words. Most of the times, we take our ability to use language
so much for granted that we rarely recognize the role it plays in our lives until a
situation arises when it cannot be used, for example, when you have difficulty in
finding the right words to express yourself or when your meanings are misunderstood
by others.
Ever since the humankind developed their settlements, domesticated animals and
started living in a community, they found a way to communicate with each other
using various speech patterns for proper words for various things that they must
have used. That was the birth of a language which in later years became a tool to
express thoughts, ideologies and expressions. Social forces like establishments of
villages and later cities made the situation favourable for languages to develop
rapidly as a medium of communication.
The tradition of oral or verbal communication continued for ages until the
need for recording what had already been said was felt. Various records of the
societies, families, wisdom and skills of the communities were passed from
generations to generations only verbally. The disadvantages of this oral tradition
where the information and knowledge, when passed further was either found
incomplete or distorted or completely forgotten, paved the path for the need of
written word to store the knowledge not in memory but in records.
Written communication is a communication that makes use of the written word.
The content of a letter, book, manual, newspaper, report, office order and
application is communicated through written words. Written communication is
required in schools, colleges, work places or in our personal lives. It has become
an essential part in most of the business enterprises.
The best feature of written communication is that it is documented. It can be
consulted or reviewed any time. There is hardly any scope of tempering or distorting
the facts once they are written. Hence, written communication is not temporary,
cannot be forgotten and it spreads the same message to everyone, making it uniform
in nature as in the case of books, novels, reports, etc. There might be some
disadvantages also of written communication, like it is time consuming or it tends
to be formal, but as the written form is reliable and authentic, it would be appropriate
Self-Instructional to ignore its drawbacks.
62 Material
It is appropriately said that written word symbolizes a kind of power. Humans Language for
Communication
have undergone a journey of thousands of years to achieve this power. The art of
writing has been invented to replace the role of memory in advancing knowledge.
In earlier days memorizing the knowledge was considered a skilful job. Legends,
prayers and even family or tribe records were maintained orally. NOTES
The insight that everything could be represented by a pictorial symbol led to
the invention of writing. Expressing through pictures was first carried out on clay
tablets in Assyria sometimes in 3500 B.C. The pictures were cut with a wedge-
shaped tool in the damp clay which was dried to serve as a permanent record.
‘Cuneus’ is a term that originated in Latin which means a wedge. Hence, this style
of writing was known as cuneiform writing. Next, hieroglyphs came into use in
Egypt. These were painted or drawn on papyrus. In Egypt these pictorial writings
were meant only for the temples. The term hieroglyph is derived from two Greek
words namely, ‘hiero’ and ‘glypho’, they meaning sacred and engrave, respectively.
The Egyptian Empire encouraged its scribes in maintaining the accounts of its
temples and military accounts. Sumerian cuneiform writing and the Egyptian
hieroglyphs are the earliest forms of writing.
As in picture writing system, the glyphs represented objects, in the next
stage, i.e., phonetic system, glyphs referred to spoken symbols. This made the
task easy to make syllables where a limited number of sounds were combined to
make a number of words. Thus the Sumerian system now had only about a hundred
symbols as compared to their system that had thousands of symbols. This system
is known as the phonetic system of writing.
The new form of writing was based on the idea of the alphabet. People
were finding some system where each of the sound of spoken language could be
represented by one letter sign. The idea was to combine relatively few signs while
writing. From 100 symbols now people reduced the symbols to about two dozen
or more. Many types of alphabetical writings were developed by various
civilizations. Some like Phoenicians, Canaanites and Hebrews did not use any
vowel in their alphabet. But out of all, the Greeks developed the most simplified
and systematic system of writing by adding vowels to the alphabet.
Check Your Progress

1. Define language.
2. What do you understand by written communication?
4.3 GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF WRITING
Written messages can be broken down into the following parts:

 Words
 Sentences
 Paragraphs Self-Instructional
Material 63
Language for Words are the fundamental unit of writing. Words combine to make sentences
Communication
and sentences are arranged logically to form paragraphs. In addition to this,
paragraphs combine to set the overall tone of the message. Writing principles
apply to these four elements of the written message.
NOTES
The following are the principles of effective writing:
1. Clarity of writing: For the written message to be clear and understandable to
the reader, both clarity of thought and clarity of expression are required on the
part of the writer. By being clear about the purpose of the message and knowing
exactly what needs to be conveyed to the reader, one can obtain clarity of thought.
The writer needs to arrange his thoughts logically before writing them down.
In order to achieve clarity of expression, the message needs to be well-
expressed, because if encoding is faulty the message may be misinterpreted. Clarity
of expression can be achieved by the following means:
(i) Use simple words: Short and simple words are easily understood and are
less likely to be misused. Of course, variety in vocabulary makes the writing
impressive but too many long words in a sentence should be avoided. They
distract the reader and do more harm than good. It is a myth that the bigger
the words, the greater is the intellect of the writer. One needs to remember
that writing is to express rather than to impress.
(ii) Use familiar words: Use words which are familiar to you as a writer and
are also likely to be familiar to the reader. For this, you need to possess a
good vocabulary to enable you to select the words most appropriate for
the reader. Unfamiliar words unnecessarily confuse the reader and he may,
ultimately, get disinterested.
(iii) Use short sentences: To enhance the clarity of writing, use short sentences.
Long sentences can be confusing and many a time, they may be
misinterpreted. If the sentence is of more than thirty words, break it up.
(iv) Use concrete expressions and not vague expressions: While writing,
choose words that have definite and specific meaning. If the words chosen
are ambiguous the reader is likely to act based on his own interpretation,
which may be different from what the writer intended.
(v) Avoid unnecessary use of jargon: Jargon refers to technical vocabulary
used by members to communicate within a specialized group. It is alright to
use jargon to communicate within the same specialist group as the words
will be familiar to the members and will, hence, be understood by all of
them. However, if the reader is from a different field, he is likely to either
misunderstand the word or not understand it at all. For example the word
‘virus’ has different meanings for a doctor and a computer specialist.
Therefore, it is better to avoid the use of jargon especially for communicating
outside ones specialized group.
Self-Instructional
64 Material
Language for
Communication
NOTES
Fig. 4.1 The word ‘Virus’ has Different Meanings for a Doctor and
for a Computer Specialist
(vi) Avoid ambiguity in framing sentences: A message is ambiguous if it

means more than one thing. Avoid using ambiguous sentences in your
message as this may confuse the reader.
2. Completeness: In business communication, completeness of facts is absolutely
necessary. This is more so with written communication where immediate feedback
is generally not possible. Incomplete information may either result in an incorrect
decision or in time being wasted in the follow-up correspondence to complete the
gaps in the information. While answering a letter, make sure that you have answered
all the questions. While giving some information, check for the five Ws for ensuring
completeness, that is, tell the reader the who, what, where, when and why of the
information.
3. Accuracy: The accuracy of the message depends on what is said and how it is
said. Thus, the message has to be accurate both in terms of truthful presentation of
the contents, that is, the facts and figures mentioned in the message and in terms of
the timeliness of the message, that is, the message should be conveyed at the
appropriate time. The credibility of the written message depends on its accuracy.
Check and recheck the message for accuracy of the facts and figures,
especially where important decisions have to be taken based on the document
containing the information.
4. Appropriate tone and language: It is not only the accuracy of the contents
but the tone in which they are expressed which take away or add meaning to the
message. Tone refers to the feelings created by words used to communicate a
message. Just as the tone of voice is important in oral communication, the tone of
the written communication affects the reader. The selection of the appropriate
tone depends on the relationship between the reader and the writer and their
relative status in the organization. These factors determine the level of formality of
the message. Depending on the level of formality between the writer and the reader,
the tone of the message can be informal, semi-formal or strictly formal. The language
that involves the selection of words should also be appropriate. Some of the issues
to be considered are: Self-Instructional
Material 65
Language for (i) Avoid clichés and slang: Clichés are overused phrases that become boring
Communication
through overuse. They take away the originality and freshness of the message.
Avoid these to present your message from sounding stereotyped and
mechanical.
NOTES
Slang is an informal word or phrase which is not a part of the standard
language and is often used by a specific category of individuals. Use of
slang reflects a high degree of informality and should be avoided in written
business communication.
(ii) Use non-discriminatory language: Avoid the use of sexist language, that
is, words and phrases which show a gender bias. This involves replacing
words such as ‘chairman’ with ‘chairperson’, using ‘Sir/Mam’ in the salutation
if you are not sure of the person you are addressing. Do not assume that the
addressee is a male. With an increasing number of women forming a part of
the workforce, this is a common error that is committed.Do not use words
which lower the dignity of women. Refer to women and men in the same
way. Writing should also be free from bias based on factors such as race,
religion, disability, and so on. Our writing should reflect sensitivity and should
not offend others.
The following are examples of the use of masculine pronouns for both sexes
and their gender-neutral substitutes.
Gender biased use of pronoun: When a new employee joins the
organization, he undergoes an orientation programme of 15 days.
Gender-neutral substitute: A new employee who joins the organization
undergoes an orientation programme of 15 days.
Gender biased use of pronoun: When a customer asks for a replacement
during the guarantee period, he has to be provided one.
Gender neutral substitute: A customer who asks for a replacement during
the guarantee period has to be provided one.
Gender Neutral Substitutes
(iii) Avoid negative words: Some words have a negative connotation associated
with them. Avoid using such words. Instead, replace them with substitutes
that sound positive.
Some words that reflect negativity are unpleasant like disagree, damage
and complaint. Some examples of how negative sounding words can be
replaced by words that sound positive are as follows:
Negative – We will not be able to dispatch the goods till 12th
July.
Positive – We will be able to dispatch the goods by 12th
July.
Self-Instructional
66 Material
Negative – Complaint department Language for
Communication
Positive – Customer Service Department
Negative – Our product is very cheap as compared to others
in the same category. NOTES
Positive – Our product is economical as compared to others
in the same category.
Negative – I cannot attend the seminar.
Positive – I wish it were possible for me to attend the seminar.
5. Courtesy: Incorporate courtesy in your writing. Apologize sincerely for an
omission and thank generously for a favour. Do not be rude or harsh. Timely
response to correspondence also reflects courtesy. Follow the golden rule of not
replying to any communication when you are angry on upset. A tone of courtesy
and sincerity enhances the effectiveness of the message by making it more acceptable
to the reader.
Avoid offensive statements even though they may be the truth. Even though
such statements may be stating the obvious, they result in humiliating the reader.
6. Brevity: Being brief and to the point also contributes to making the writing
effective. Brevity in writing saves the reader’s time, and is clearer and more
interesting. Being brief means conveying only what is relevant and leaving out what
is irrelevant or words which are unnecessary. However, brevity at the cost of
clarity is not desirable. Shorter Substitute
7. Appropriate emphasis: In a message there are some items that are more
important than others and these need to be emphasized to get the desired effect of
writing. There are certain techniques which can be used to give proper emphasis
to the selected parts of the message. These techniques include:
(i) Using position for emphasis: The major emphasis positions are the
beginning and the closing of each sentence, paragraph or the message. Place
words, sentences or paragraphs at these positions if you want to emphasize
them. Other parts of the message that do not need emphasis can be placed
between these positions.
(ii) Using space for emphasis: It is natural that the more you say about
something, the more likely it is to draw attention. Thus repeating certain
points which require emphasis or elaborating them in detail is a useful
technique for emphasizing important parts of the message.
(iii) Using mechanics for emphasis: Using bold letters, italicized letters, capital
letters, underlining, using a different colour or a different font are some of
the ways in which a particular part of writing can be emphasized to readily
catch the attention of the reader.
8. Unity and coherence: The message consists of information in the form of
words, sentences and paragraphs that need to be logically arranged to give a
Self-Instructional
Material 67
Language for unified and coherent effect. There is a slight difference between a paragraph that is
Communication
unified and a paragraph that is coherent.
A unified paragraph gives information directly relevant to the topic and
presents it logically. A way of achieving unity in a paragraph is to give the sentence
NOTES
that contains the subject of the paragraph as the opening sentence. This helps the
writer to focus on the topic of the paragraph while writing the message.
A message is said to be coherent when each sentence is smoothly linked to
the succeeding sentence. Various techniques are known to impart coherence to
the message, that is, to bind together the information that is presented so as to
convey the big picture to the reader. These include the use of transitional words
and pronouns, repetition of key words and using parallelism in structure.
(i) Using transitional words: Transitional words tell the reader the thought
connection between sentences and the relationship between sentences. Some
commonly used transitional expressions are: in addition, moreover, besides,
also in contrast, although, but, however, as a result, in the same way,
likewise, thus, therefore, for example, in conclusion, to summarize,
meanwhile, and so on.
(ii) Using pronouns: As pronouns refer to words that have been previously
used, they help in connecting ideas and words they relate to. The use of
pronouns like this, that, these, those, he, they, and so on, help in relating
ideas in different sentences.
(iii) Repeating key words: By repeating key words from one sentence to the
next one can provide a link between two sentences. Avoid needless repetition
but use purposeful repetition to achieve coherence in the message.
(iv) Using parallelism in structure: Sentences need to have a parallel structure,
which means using a similar grammatical structure for similar ideas, that is,
matching adjectives with adjectives, nouns with nouns, infinitives with
infinitives, and so on. Parallel sentence structure enhances coherence.
 Before you can start writing incredible content, you will need at least an
intermediate understanding of the basic principles of writing.
 The best writers are also keen readers, and reading on a regular basis is an
easy way to start developing your writing skills.
 If the message is complex, outline it.
 Anticipate your readers’ questions.
 Don’t over-explain everything.
Writing style refers to the way in which the information is expressed and not the
substance. It is related to the choice of words and their arrangement into sentences,
Self-Instructional
68 Material
paragraphs and the complete message. The effectiveness of the message and the Language for
Communication
overall tone of the message largely depend on the style. Effective writing not only
needs to be error-free but should also have style.
Some of the characteristics of an effective writing style include the following:
NOTES
(i) Use of short simple words
(ii) Varied vocabulary
(iii) Crisp, concise and clear writing
(iv) Use of positive language
(v) Logical flow of ideas in paragraphs
(vi) Optimum paragraph length, that is, paragraphs which are neither too long
nor too short.
(vii) Use of a variety of sentence types
(viii) Reflecting courtesy
Writing style is about the mechanics of writing. Mechanics are elements of
writing that are of relevance when the message is in written form. Mechanics of
writing include spelling, punctuation, capitalization, abbreviations, and so on.
Good writers should learn how to avoid some common mistakes in English writing.
They should know how to use the right word and avoid the inappropriate word.
Let us look at the following examples:
 My manager and the customer were wearing same shirts.
(similar, not same.)
 The judge interfered when the lawyers started fighting. (intervene, not
interfere.)
 The general manager appraised the chairman about the incident.
(apprise, not appraise.)
 The pilot manipulated the aircraft very well. (manoeuvred, not manipulated.)
While both the words mentioned above appear to convey the same meaning,
in fact it is not so. Some words like interfere or manipulate even carry a negative
connotation. Good writers understand the subtle differences and avoid using
incorrect and negative words.
Every language has a grammar. In fact, the grammar comes into being even before
the language itself gets written. If you look up the dictionary, grammar is described
as the accepted rules by which words are formed and combined into sentences. It
is a description of these rules as applied to a language. Grammar is nothing but the
logic or discipline relating to a language. That explains why grammar becomes so
Self-Instructional
Material 69
Language for important to any language. Good writing is therefore grammatically correct writing.
Communication
What is acceptable in spoken English may not necessarily be so in written English.
Grammar deals with rules of writing or generalizations that are generally true. For
example, every sentence in English must have a subject and a verb. If these rules
NOTES are not followed, whatever be the other merits of writing, it fails to be counted as
good writing. What is being emphasized here is grammatical correctness of writing
such that there are no noticeable and obvious errors. Grammar is a vast subject
and mastery over it does not come easily. You may or may not master and remember
every grammatical definition such as a dangling modifier or conjunctive adverb or
ditransitive verb or a modal auxiliary. Nevertheless, what is absolutely essential is
the ability to identify and avoid an obvious grammatical error.
A paragraph is a group of sentences covering or describing a central idea. Good
writers take care to organize their paragraphs sequentially and ensure that each
paragraph is well structured. Paragraphs can be long and short depending on the
central idea that needs to be conveyed. The length of the paragraph depends
upon the details that the writer wants to cover in that paragraph. Every paragraph
essentially consists of topic sentences and supporting sentences.
A topic sentence is the key sentence of the paragraph. Good business writers
usually start the paragraph with a topic sentence. It describes the key thought that
is elaborated and substantiated in the following support sentences. Although some
writers use the key sentences in the middle of the paragraph, opening the paragraph
with a topic sentence makes the writing much more effective. When you start a
paragraph with a topic sentence, the reader knows exactly what will be dealt with
in the subsequent sentences.
Some examples of a topic sentence introducing the central theme of the
paragraph to the reader are given below:
 The bank achieved significantly higher profits during the year.
 The company suffered a severe setback during the quarter.
 Communication is a process that involves six different steps.
 Sport plays an important role in character building.
 While preparing a resume, it is important to know what a good resume can
achieve.
Each of the sentences above introduces a key message or thought that
should be elaborated by supporting sentences. Depending upon the nature of the
reader and what details the writer wants to share, the topic sentence is developed
into a full paragraph with the help of supporting sentences. Towards the end of the
paragraph, the central thought is often reiterated or summarized for greater impact.
A support sentence, as noted already, elaborates, substantiates and takes forward
the central theme. By its very definition, a support sentence does not bring a new
Self-Instructional
70 Material
idea or thought that is not in alignment with the topic sentence. The beauty of the Language for
Communication
paragraph gets enhanced when every support sentence adds clarity and further
dimension to the key thought expressed in the beginning.
A good paragraph should also necessarily consist of unity and coherence. A
NOTES
paragraph has unity when every sentence in the paragraph revolves around a
particular idea or thought. Unity ensures that there is no unrelated sentence or idea
in the paragraph. Similarly, coherence brings in logic or consistency of thoughts.
Ideas are developed in a logical order within the paragraph. Good writers learn to
make their paragraph convincing and interesting. Such paragraphs are neither too
long nor too short. When you are writing a letter, it is desirable to keep each
paragraph somewhat short. If you are writing a report or a lengthy article or text
message, you may keep paragraphs relatively long. If you are giving instructions
through a memo or a circular letter, it is better to keep the paragraphs short. The
grasp or absorption of the idea is easier in short paragraphs. If paragraphs extend
beyond a page, reading gets tedious. Take care of your paragraphs and your
writing becomes effective. To sum up, a paragraph is a section of a piece of writing
of variable length, starting on a fresh, often indented, line and dealing with a distinct
point or idea. Make sure that every paragraph of yours starts with an indent or an
appropriate margin.
Words make your writing. Effective writers know how to choose their words. Let
us take a look at these two sentences:
 The consequences of delaying action are obvious.
 But as the real economy worsens, there will be a ricochet effect and banks
and investors will continue to be affected by the developing crisis and the
losses in the real economy.
The first one is a short sentence with only seven words. The second one is
a long sentence with 31 words. Both are relevant and convey the intended message.
In any good writing, such long and short sentences both co-exist. Every idea
cannot be simplified and stated in a less than 10-word sentence. What a good
writer tends to do is to use both short and long sentences keeping in view the
readability of the target group.
We have noted that building a vast repertoire of words is both an opportunity
and a challenge. We have also noted that words and ideas are the raw material
that an effective writer requires in abundant supply. Copious supply of words and
ideas is a must to build an appealing writing style. In the following paragraphs, we
shall be studying in greater detail how one can go about choosing the right words.
Unlike a speaker, a writer has time to improve his or her writing. Good
writers do not necessarily use the first word that comes to their mind. They stretch
into their vocabulary. They delve into their word power and pick up the most
appropriate words. Every word, indeed, has many equivalents. Good writing is a
Self-Instructional
Material 71
Language for progressive accomplishment. One develops and evolves as a competent writer
Communication
over the years. If you do not accept the first or easiest option and are determined
to aim at consistent improvement, your writing gets progressively better.
Let us look at the vocabulary of a beginner. If he or she has limited word
NOTES
power and uses the first option, his or her writing would be somewhat like this:
1. The music was good.
2. The lunch was tasty.
3. The coffee was very nice.
4. The climate is pleasant.
5. The movie was funny.
6. It was a year of good performance.
7. He secured very low marks.
8. The situation is very bad.
9. He mentioned it again.
10. Her face showed no emotion or feeling.
11. It was a year of very ordinary performance.
12. The performance of the team was extremely good.
Apparently, there is nothing wrong with these sentences. They are simple and do
convey the meaning in general. But as the writer makes progress and addresses a
more informed audience, the same ideas may have to be expressed more specifically.
At the first level, writers tend to use words such as good, bad, ordinary, simple,
nice and pleasant. But as their word power improves, they will bring into play
words that have greater vigour or words that are more exact. Let us look at the
same ideas that we conveyed earlier and see how we can use different words.
1. The music was melodious.
2. The lunch was delicious.
3. The coffee was exquisite.
4. The climate is salubrious.
5. The movie was hilarious.
6. It was a year of robust performance.
7. He secured abysmally low marks.
8. The situation is grave.
9. He reiterated it.
10. Her face was impassive.
11. It was a year of lacklustre performance.
12. The performance of the team was superb/exceptional.
Self-Instructional
72 Material
We can see from the above sentences, how the writer’s ability to convey Language for
Communication
ideas and feelings improves as more equivalents become available. The choice of
words available to a writer while writing thus depends on his or her repertoire of
words and how readily they come to the writer’s mind.
NOTES
Good writers know how to economize on words. If you can convey the
intended meaning with fewer words, your effectiveness improves. The following
examples suggest how one can write with fewer words:
Table 4.1 Examples of Writing with Fewer Words
Instead of Use
In the near future Soon
In the same manner Likewise
In the region of About
Within a short time Shortly
Without intending it Inadvertently
With full knowledge Consciously
From this time onwards Henceforth
In view thereof Hence
Once in a while Occasionally
It is absolutely essential It is imperative
If the need arises If necessary
Please send your reply at the earliest Please reply expeditiously
We are in receipt of We received
In the month of September In September
I acknowledge the receipt of your I received your letter
letter
What we have given above are just some examples. In everyday business
writing, there would be many such occasions where a good writer can avoid
unnecessary words. Good writing relates to using simple words instead of verbose
or wordy expressions.
Good writers avoid sexist language and use gender-neutral words. The
world of business today accommodates a growing number of women. Workplaces
are no longer male dominated as they used to be. Similarly, market research studies
have shown that women play an important role in making decisions in buying
products and using services. Good writers, therefore, should be inclusive writers.
Modern writing emphasizes a non-sexist, non-discriminatory approach to business
writing. Sexist language suggests prejudice against women and often excludes
women. Sometimes the words or terms we use may exclude either men or women.
Apart from using gender-neutral words as suggested above, good writers should
also ensure that their sentences are not sexist. For example, the sentence ‘A good
writer keeps his writing short and simple’ is sexist. Instead you may say, ‘A good
writer keeps his or her writing short and simple. ’Another way of ensuring gender
neutrality is by making it plural. You may say, ‘Good writers keep their writing
short and simple.’Yet another way is to just say, ‘Good writing is short and simple.’
Self-Instructional
Material 73
Language for Gender-neutral writing also relates to avoiding masculine words. Masculine
Communication
words are generally used in a male-dominated society. Masculine words exclude
women. Today’s organizations call themselves equal opportunity employers.
Masculine words generally start or end with ‘man’. We have seen some
NOTES
masculine words already such as businessman, salesman, workman, spokesman
and chairman. Those beginning with ‘man’ include man-hours, man-days, manhunt,
man-made and mankind. While reasonable efforts should be made to avoid
masculine words and make the writing inclusive, it cannot be stretched beyond a
point. Some words like man-eater, manhandle and manslaughter may have to be
accepted as non-sexist words. Similarly, the word ‘manageress’ though refers to
a female manager of a business is considered offensive and not usually used in
official titles. It is desirable to use the word manager to refer to someone who
manages, be it a ‘he’ or a ‘she’.
Good writers should also make it a point to avoid cliches and hackneyed or
trite phrases. Cliches and trite phrases make writing dull and lacklustre. Cliches
are overused expressions. Cliches are described as once striking and effective
phrases or combination of words that have become stale and hackneyed due to
overuse. Clichés are to be avoided because their continued use becomes annoying.
Some examples of cliches are given below:
 ‘last but not the least’
 ‘needless to say’
 ‘thanking you in anticipation’
 ‘there is no room for complacency’
 ‘assuring you of our best services always.’
 ‘better late than never’.
One comes across such phrases so often, both in written and spoken English
that the audience finds them dull and lacklustre. Similarly, some phrases are used
so frequently that these expressions have lost their freshness and effectiveness.
They are described as trite or hackneyed. A hackneyed phrase is something that is
commonplace or banal. Some overused phrases in business writing are—‘assuring
you of our best services always’, ‘leave no stone unturned’, ‘achieve greater heights’
and ‘giving a thoughtful consideration.’ Such phrases are used in such a routine
manner that the reader sees no sincerity behind these statements.
Precise words are words that are clear and accurate. A precise writer is
one who writes providing detailed and accurate information. Precise writing is
careful and meticulous writing. The opposite of precise is careless or vague.
Sometimes, we may use words that convey somewhat vague meanings. Words
like soon or early may convey different meanings to different persons. If you assure
a customer that “you will attend to his request soon”, by soon you may mean three
days, whereas the customer may interpret soon to mean today or tomorrow.
Effective writers and speakers choose words with precision.
Self-Instructional
74 Material
Capitalization Language for
Communication
Capitalization relates to the use of capital letters. A capital letter is the alphabet in
its large form. A capital is also called uppercase. Capitals are used in the following
ways: NOTES
1. At the beginning of a sentence:
 Be an upright citizen.
 Small is beautiful.
2. After a full stop:
 We must do it. No time to waste.
 Look. There is a tiger.
3. As the first letter of places, people and other proper nouns.
 The Sri Lankan cricket team plays first.
 In the centre of Nagpur.
 The book written by James Hadley Chase.
 As approved by the Government of India.
 The Niagara Falls
4. While using brand names:
 It is a Reebok shoe.
 We had our dinner at the Pizza Hut.
 She was wearing a Titan watch.
5. While referring to the titles of books, novels, etc.:
 A Tale of Two Cities by Charles Dickens
 Dustin Hoffman acted in All the President’s Men.
 He acted in Merchant of Venice.
 I have read the Bible and Quran, besides the Bhagvad Gita.
6. While referring to organizations:
 I studied in the Indian Institute of Management at Bengaluru.
 She works as a manager in Canara Bank.
 I have applied to the Harvard Business School.
The capital letter serves its purpose by drawing attention. While we have
mentioned the different ways in which capital letters can be and should be used in
English writing, it is also essential to avoid using capitals where they are
unnecessary. Use of capitals where it is not appropriate makes the writings clumsy,
and may even mislead the reader. Let us look at the following examples:
Self-Instructional
Material 75
Language for  Indian Businesspersons were Reluctant to Sign that Deal.
Communication
 The trade Volume Between India and north korea is quite Insignificant.
 The Child and His father were the First to enter the British museum.
NOTES  During my next Tour, I want to see The ganges, himalayas and Snowfall.
 Dr. Abdul Kalam was one of the Finest Presidents of India.
In all these examples, there is an excessive and unnecessary use of capital
letters. Moreover, the capital letter has not been used where it is essential. A good
writer should know when to use the capital letter and when to refrain from using it.
Where to Use Capitals
1. All proper nouns—Alexander, Ayan, Margaret, Fatima, Singh
2. Titles used with the names—Dr. Kalam, Prof. Ranade
3. Names of places—Bangalore, Sydney, Portland
4. Months—June, August, December
5. Days—Thursday, Saturday, Sunday
6. Holidays and Festivals—Republic Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas,
Diwali, Ramzan
7. Rivers—Ganges, Cauvery, Nile, Amazon
8. Mountains—Himalayas, Nilgiris, Alps
9. Planets—Jupiter, Earth, Mars
10. Universities—Delhi University, University of Texas, Benares Hindu University
11. Official title—Mayor Muthanna, Senator Kennedy, Pope Paul
12. Historical events—Battle of Panipat, Great Depression
13. Countries—India, Australia, Brazil
14. Streets and Localities—Anna Salai, Park Street, Janpath, Mohali
15. Religions—Christianity, Hinduism, Buddhism
16. Languages—English, Latin, Hindi, Urdu
Abbreviations
Abbreviation refers to the short form of a word. To abbreviate means to make a
word, phrase or name shorter by leaving out letters or using only the first letter. A
good writer should know when to use abbreviations and when not to use them.
While well-known and generally used abbreviations can be and often should be
used, using not so well-known and unfamiliar abbreviations is to be avoided. Good
writers, in fact, make it a point to state and explain the use of abbreviations up
front or in the very beginning. For example, the dictionaries mention the abbreviations
used in the very beginning.
Self-Instructional
76 Material
Some commonly used abbreviations are discussed below. Language for
Communication
1. While referring to titles like mister, miss, etc.:
 Mr. Madhukar
 Mrs. Margaret Thatcher NOTES
 Ms. Noor Begum
2. While referring to professors, saints, doctors, etc.:
 Prof. Mukherjee
 St. Joseph
 Fr. D’souza
 Dr. Khan
3. While referring to Latin expressions:
 i.e. - that is
 e.g. – for example
 viz. – namely
It should be noted that abbreviations like ‘&’ for ‘and’ should be sparingly
used. ‘&’ is used in place of ‘and’ when mentioning the names of teams,
partnerships, etc.
 Cox & Kings
 Khanna & Kapoor
 Murthy & Co.
Italics
Italics denote printed or written words leaning to the right. Italics are fonts different
from the normal English letters. Italics are commonly used in business writing.
When something is written in italics, it is italicized.
1. For showing emphasis:
 You can go there – I shouldn’t.
 We shall achieve the goals, come what may.
2. For indicating the titles of books, papers, etc.:
 Shakespeare’s Macbeth
 An article in The Hindu
 He acted in the play, Merchant of Venice
3. While using foreign words and phrases:
 He said, que sera sera.
 I did that work gratis.
Self-Instructional
Material 77
Language for Numbers
Communication
In English language, numbers one to nine (single digit) are usually written in words
and numbers ten and above are written in numerals.
NOTES  I want two volunteers.
 She ate six biscuits.
 Before the month-end, I have to submit 14 reports.
 This book runs to 240 pages.
There are some exceptions to this general rule.
 Twelve cows do not yield any milk. (at the beginning of a sentence)
 You owe me five thousand rupees. (while mentioning amounts)
 I scored sixty-six per cent. (while referring to percentages)
These examples look clumsy.
 It touched a high of forty-two degrees Celsius yesterday. (use numerals
and symbols)
 We have to reach National Highway fifty eight. (use numerals)
 I want twenty six inch screws. (say twenty 6-inch screws)
 India’s population is one point two billion. (say 1.2 billion)
It is clear from the above that if the numerals are not used appropriately, the
writing becomes clumsy. Both errors of omission and commission are to be avoided
by a good business writer.
Spellings
A spelling is a group of letters used in a certain sequence to describe the words.
Every word is made up of letters. Just as it is imperative to know the right word
for every idea, it is also essential to know the right way of spelling the word.
Spellings are fixed or specific. Everyone must spell in the prescribed manner. Any
deviation is unacceptable. What is not spelt correctly is an error. Incorrect spelling
makes the writing shoddy and exposes the writer. Not only that, incorrect spelling
may even change the meaning of the word. A word is spelt properly when the right
set of letters is used. Also, they should be used in the exact sequence. Spellings
carry a precision that must be followed by a good writer. There can be no good
writer with a bad spelling.
Good News and Bad News Communication
Good news writing relates to communicating messages which the reader finds
pleasant and is keen to receive. Instances of good news include the following:
 A request for a loan is considered favourably.
 A job applicant has been selected.
Self-Instructional  An employee has been promoted.
78 Material
Good news is best communicated in a direct manner. Your opening sentence Language for
Communication
should start on a pleasant note. Cover the good news in brief sentences. Follow a
friendly tone. Convey the positive content of the message. Avoid irrelevant details.
Do not wait till the end of the letter to convey the good news. If the good news has
a limiting factor or a portion that is not considered favourable, put it across in a NOTES
positive manner. Make sure the letter or writing leaves a positive impression in
tune with the content of the letter. Otherwise, the good news will be marred by
poor writing.
Persuasive Writing
Writing effective persuasive messages constitutes a challenging task for any good
writer. Here the writer has to go beyond a mere statement of fact. The writer has
to not merely inform, but has to go beyond and persuade. Persuasive messages
call for planning in advance and working out an appropriate strategy. The writer
should be clear about his or her approach towards persuading the reader. The
type of persuasion would vary depending upon the target group and the objective
of the persuader.
In order to make persuasive writing effective, the writer should first be clear
about the meaning of persuasion, and how to persuade. According to the Business
Dictionary.com, persuasion is a process aimed at changing a person’s (or group’s)
attitude or behaviour toward some event, idea, object, or other person (s) by
using written or spoken words to convey information, feelings or reasoning, or a
combination of them. Thus, persuasion is a process which calls for deliberate and
planned efforts. In written communication, it means writing in a manner that
influences the reader to respond as intended by the communicator.
The process of persuasion has several approaches, and a look at some
related words helps us in understanding how to be persuasive in writing. The word
persuade has several synonyms or shades of meaning. They include satisfy, impress,
urge, assure, prompt, prevail upon, cajole, induce, reason, gain confidence of and
work over. When the writer starts writing to persuade, he or she should be conscious
of these options, and choose the most appropriate one or a combination of those
to make the persuasion effective.
Persuasive communication, generally speaking, should cover the following
steps:
1. Gain reader’s attention.
2. Make your opening statement so as to get the reader interested in what you
want to say.
3. State clearly and reason out.
4. Anticipate probable resistance and try to address it.
5. End by seeking action.
Self-Instructional
Material 79
Language for The objective of any persuasive writing is to seek the desired action. Your
Communication
effectiveness in persuasion depends on the extent to which your written message
influences the readers and wins them over. Persuasion succeeds when the reader
is induced, convinced or prevailed upon to act as intended. Your strategy will
NOTES determine what would be the most appropriate approach to persuade the reader
in any given context - whether to make an emotional appeal, or to follow a strong
logical reasoning, or emphasize and highlight the benefits and advantages, or use a
combination of these, depends upon the subject and the target group. You need to
be clear about the audience or target group, their needs, beliefs, attitudes, values,
expectations, and so on. You cannot really woo them or influence them without
understanding them. Make your writing as target-specific as possible.
In the real world of business, persuasive communication is an everyday
happening. There are multifarious ways in which persuasion takes place. When
you are inviting someone, when you are seeking an appointment, when you are
organizing a customer meet, when you are sending a proposal, when you are
seeking a favour, when you are applying for a loan, when you are seeking an
admission, when you are enlisting someone’s support, when you are bringing
something to notice, and in many other different ways persuasion is taking place.
Of course, the intensity and the words you use may vary depending upon the
context.
The most ubiquitous or pervasive type of persuasive communication relates
to the sales letters and advertising communication. Sales letters, product
demonstration meets, direct mailers, brochures, pamphlets, customer oriented
letters, and a host of such other written messages flowing from business
organizations are all examples of persuasive communication. In writing such
messages, the business writer should ensure clarity, presentation appeal, the ‘you’
factor, vibrant and vigorous words, and all such factors which make persuasion
result-oriented. Often, persuasion calls for repetitive efforts. The initial message
will have to be supplemented by follow-up letters and reinforcing messages.
Rules of Grammar
It is very important it is to ensure grammatical correctness. Since bad grammar
stands out like a sore thumb and mars elegance of writing, let us study more about
the subject. Grammar is learnt the hard way. One should read a good book on
grammar to understand and appreciate the fundamentals.
Full sentences are made with the help of different kinds of words known as
parts of speech. The parts of speech refer to word classes. Thus, the parts of
speech relate to classes into which words are divided according to their grammar.
They fall traditionally into nine categories––a noun, a pronoun, a verb, an adjective,
an adverb, a preposition, a conjunction and an interjection and articles.
It is a fairly vast subject and calls for a dedicated step-by-step approach.
Even experts agree that when it comes to grammar, very few indeed are absolutely
Self-Instructional
80 Material
free from the uncertainties. There is always a lingering doubt relating to grammar Language for
Communication
and whether your writing is grammatically correct. That makes ensuring grammatical
correctness all the more challenging for any business writer. What we propose to
do here is to look at some examples of incorrect grammar and bad English.
NOTES
Singular and Plural
While singular refers to one person or thing, plural refers to more than one person
or thing. Person is singular and persons are plural. In most cases, plural is indicated
by adding an ‘s’. There are, however, instances where the plural is not achieved
by adding ‘s’, but by spelling the word differently.
In the following sentences, some are right and some are wrong. Can you
note them?
 Our country needs well educated peoples.
 Only one children was waiting.
 At the end of the day, my foot get tired.
 Man is kind but men are cruel.
 What I need are three umbrellas.
 Our team stand a very good chance
Articles
Articles are three in number—‘a’, ‘an’ and ‘the’. While ‘a’ and ‘an’ are indefinite
articles, ‘the’ is a definite article.
Let us look at the following sentences and note which are right and which
are wrong:
 Human mind is like the monkey.
 You should bring with you a apple and umbrella.
 He is an ardent admirer of the chairman
 It was an unique experience.
 It is a honour to meet a person like you
Participles
A participle shares some of the characteristics of a verb and is used as an adjective.
What is relevant while using it is that a participle used in a sentence should be
related to its subject. When there is no relationship or reference, it is called a
dangling or unattached participle. In the following examples, some participles are
used properly and some are dangling:
 Driving carefully, he arrived in time.
 Playing on the road, the car hit the child.
 Being a sought-after artist, the auditorium was full.
Self-Instructional
Material 81
Language for  Reaching late in the morning, the bus had left.
Communication
 Looking for something sharp, she picked up a knife.
Question Tags
NOTES
Question tags are used in spoken English and are not used much in formal written
English. Question tags follow certain well laid down principles. For example, if the
statement is positive, the tag is negative and vice versa. Let us again look at the
following question tags, where some are right and some are not.
 You are not going there, are you?
 I am not coming there, am I ?
 This is a lovely dress, is it?
 Anyone can do it, can they?
 Jamuna speaks well, doesn’t she?
We have noted the important rules to be observed by a good writer. We
have appreciated the significant aspects of grammar, punctuation, spellings and
capitalization. We have seen how good writers can improve their writing by avoiding
hackneyed phrases, dull and outdated words and expressions, and instead use
strong and vibrant words. We have also noted several examples of common
grammatical and other mistakes that good writers need to avoid.
Through conscious efforts and regular practice, one can accomplish
continuous refinement.
Check Your Progress

3. In how many parts can written messages be broken down?
4. Mention any two principles of effective writing.
5. What is abbreviation?

QUESTIONS
1. Language has been defined by some other scholars as a unified system of

signs that permits a sharing of meaning.
2. Written communication is a communication that makes use of the written
word.
3. Written messages can be broken down into three parts, words , sentences
and paragraphs.
4. Two principles of effective writing are completeness and clarity of writing.
5. Abbreviation refers to the short form of a word.
Self-Instructional
82 Material
Language for
4.5 SUMMARY Communication
 A workable definition of language as used by linguists is where they see

language as a system of arbitrary vocal symbols with which a given speech NOTES
community cooperates.
 The tradition of oral or verbal communication continued for ages until the
need for recording what had already been said was felt.
 Written communication is a communication that makes use of the written
word.
 The best feature of written communication is that it is documented. It can be
consulted or reviewed any time.
 Words are the fundamental unit of writing. Words combine to make sentences
and sentences are arranged logically to form paragraphs.
 Clichés are overused phrases that become boring through overuse.
 Avoid the use of sexist language, that is, words and phrases which show a
gender bias.
 Incorporate courtesy in your writing. Apologize sincerely for an omission
and thank generously for a favour. Do not be rude or harsh.
 Being brief and to the point also contributes to making the writing effective.
Brevity in writing saves the reader’s time, and is clearer and more interesting.
 A unified paragraph gives information directly relevant to the topic and
presents it logically.
 Writing style refers to the way in which the information is expressed and not
the substance.
 Every language has a grammar. In fact, the grammar comes into being even
before the language itself gets written.
 Words make your writing. Effective writers know how to choose their
words.
 Question tags are used in spoken English and are not used much in formal
written English.
4.6 KEY WORDS
 Linguists: A person accomplished in languages especially one who speaks

several languages is known as a linguist.
 Manual: A book giving instructions or information is called a manual.
 Jargon: Jargon refers to special words or expressions used by a profession
or group that are difficult for others to understand
Self-Instructional
Material 83
Language for  Slang: Slang refers to a type of language consisting of words and phrases
Communication
that are regarded as very informal.
NOTES
EXERCISES
1. Write a short note on language as a medium of communication.
2. How did the tradition of written communication develop?
3. Why is clarity of writing important?
4. How can one write a coherent message?
5. Why should one emphasize on selection words while communicating with
other?
1. What are the general principles of effective writing? Discuss.
2. Why is it important to maintain appropriate tone and language in
communication? Explain.
3. ‘Good writing is therefore grammatically correct writing.’ Throw light on
the statement with reference to the context.
4. What makes a person a good writer? What are the factors that a good
writer keeps in mind while writing?
Publishing House.
Self-Instructional
84 Material
Communication in
Organizations
BLOCK - II
TYPES OF COMMUNICATION, BUSINESS LETTER
NOTES
UNIT 5 COMMUNICATION IN
ORGANIZATIONS
Structure
5.0 Introduction
5.1 Objectives
5.2 Meaning of Communication in Organizations
5.3 Internal Communication: Stakeholders and Channels
5.4 External Communication: Stakeholders and Channels
5.6 Summary
5.7 Key Words
5.0 INTRODUCTION
Organization as a means to get things done has been practiced by humans since
time immemorial. Interaction between the members of organizations to achieve
shared goals became the central feature of such organization. Eventually, human
organizations took the shape of much complex and diverse business organizations,
and as a result, the role and importance of communication in organizations her
increased manifold. Today, effective organizational communication has become a
prerequisite for organizational excellence.
Almost all the modern organizations of the 21st century have been witnessing
and operating in turbulent times characterized by changing technology, economic
pressures, globalization, diversification and several other factors. Many of these
modern organizations which have survived the turbulence give credit to effective
organizational communication.
Managers today have realized that an important part and the majority of
time spent on their work is on communication whether it is meetings, face-to-face
discussions, memos, letters, e-mails, business reports, and so on. A study published
in Business Outlook revealed that executives and managers in an organization
spend staggering amounts of time in communicating. The study, which was based
Self-Instructional
Material 85
Communication in on the responses of 1000 employers of Fortune 1000 companies, found that
Organizations
workers send and receive an average of 1798 messages each day via the telephone,
email, faxes, papers, and face-to-face communications. Some experts believe
that the average business executive spends 75 to 80 per cent of the time or about
NOTES 45 minutes of every hour communicating.
Effective organizational communication has become a prerequisite in every
organization and serves at two levels, both inside and outside the organization.
Internally, effective organizational communication infuses confidence towards an
organization’s vision and mission, connects employees and motivates them, eases
change and contributes to overall development. Externally, it assists in creating
and developing an organization’s image, exploring newer avenues and linking with
society. The first unit of the book aims at introducing the concept of organizational
communication, its importance for an organization, its development and important
components.
5.1 OBJECTIVES

 Discuss the process of communication in organizations
 Identify the stakeholders in internal communication
 Describe the channels of internal communication
 Know about the channels of external communication
5.2 MEANING OF COMMUNICATION IN

ORGANIZATIONS
To properly define organizational communication, one first has to diagnose and

define the two words that make up the term ‘organizational communication’
independently, namely, ‘organizations’ and ‘communication’.
Simply put, organization relates to the process of organizing, which is nothing
but a grouping or putting together of things or people to bring stability. Organization,
therefore, is an age old process where in the roles and positions are defined and
arranged and concerted action takes place to achieve those shared goals. The
Israeli American sociologist Amitai Etzioni (1964) has described organizations as
social units or groupings of people deliberately constructed and reconstructed to
strive for specific goals. The author Katherine Miller (2003) identifies five features
she believes are possessed by all organizations: two or more people (a social
collectivity), goals, coordinating activity, structure, and environmental
embeddedness.
The author Gerald Pepper (1995) provides a communication-based
definition when he describes organizations as consisting of the organizing activities
Self-Instructional
86 Material
of its members. Pepper argues that, ‘Though this definition may seem circular, it Communication in
Organizations
really is quite descriptive of a communication explanation of organizations. The
definition accounts for traditional, pyramidal organizational form just as easily as it
accounts for non-traditional democratic, ‘feminist’ organizational forms, because
the key to the definition is the communicative relationships among the members, NOTES
rather than arbitrary components assumed to define the organization’. The author
of Organizational Behaviour Stephen P. Robbins (2001) defines an organization
as a ‘consciously coordinated social unit composed of two or more people that
functions on a relatively continuous basis to achieve a common goal or set of
goals’.
Communication is the key to functioning of organizations and takes place
constantly in different forms. In the current era of an information rich society,
communication is inseparable and has therefore become the lifeline of every
organization to a large extent. The authors Weick and Browning (1986) define it
as ‘Communication is the process of conveying the message from one person to
the other’. The authors Weihrich and Koontz state that the function of communication
in the organization is to connect the employees of that organization in order to
reach mutual goals. Hence, communication in the organization is important:
 To realise the company’s objective;
 To develop plans and work towards their realization;
 To manage human and other resources in the most successful and appropriate
way;
 To help in performance evaluation of organization members; and
 To help manage, guide, motivate and create a climate in which people want
to contribute.
R. Fox, the author of Business Communication defines communication as,
‘Communication in the organization represents a complex system of the flow of
information, orders, wishes and references made out of two partially complementary
systems: formal communication network and informal communication network.’
Check Your Progress

1. What do you understand by the term 'organization'?
2. Mention the five features of organization.
5.3 INTERNAL COMMUNICATION:

STAKEHOLDERS AND CHANNELS
The success of any organization depends on its internal communication.

Communication between employers and employees is very significant for the
betterment of any organization. Internal communication is required in all the
Self-Instructional
Material 87
Communication in processes. The transmission and reception of information between all members of
Organizations
an organization requires a good internal communication. The communication can
be of various types such as vertical, diagonal or horizontal depending on the parties
involved.
NOTES
What is internal communication?
Vertical communication is communication either up or down the formal hierarchy
established in a business. The message could move down the hierarchy to the
lowest level and the feedback moves back up the same hierarchy.
Horizontal communication is among people in the same level in the
organization. Horizontal communication is also known as lateral communication.
It is important when people on the same organizational hierarchy need to collaborate
on a project.
Formal communication is when the information is passed through the formal
channels of communication preset in the organization.
Every member of an organization from employees, owners, the board of
directors, managers to investors constitute a part of internal stakeholders . These
individuals are also known as primary stakeholders and know all the ins and outs
of the profitability, performance, and significant decisions that will eventually reach
the external stakeholders who are responsible for the company’s overall
performance.
Channels of internal communication
 Letters to staff
 Email
 Employee newsletter
 Staff meeting
 Bulletin boards
 Employee app.
Internal communication is communication within the organization. Internal
communication integrates and coordinates all the managerial functions, that is, it
facilitates planning, organizing, staffing, directing and controlling. Internal
communication is thus considered important for the following reasons.
(i) It facilitates planning: Effective communication systems facilitate both
the establishment and the dissemination of objectives in an organization. It
further helps in planning for the achievement of these objectives by collecting
timely and accurate information. In fact, the success of planning is largely
dependent on the quality of information on which it is based.
Self-Instructional
88 Material
(ii) Increasing complexity of business: Businesses are becoming increasingly Communication in
Organizations
complex. Due to specialization, different functional areas like advertising,
finance, sales, production, training and recruitment are handled by different
departments. For the coordination of the various departments, effective
communication is essential amongst them. For example, the planning NOTES
department may have spent a month to work out the details of a new project,
but it will all prove to be futile if the finances are not available to execute the
project.
(iii) Growth of businesses: Organizations have a number of branches both
within the country and abroad. Therefore, for healthy and even growth, an
effective and efficient network of communication is required. This will facilitate
effective information transfer amongst various branches and will also update
information at the head office to facilitate planning and decision making.
(iv) Promotes cooperation and understanding: If there exists effective and
smooth communication between the management and employees, it helps
to bring about an atmosphere of mutual trust and confidence which is beneficial
to both the parties. The management gets better returns as there is an increase
in productivity. The employees get increased job satisfaction and also develop
a sense of loyalty and belongingness towards the organization.
Fig. 5.1 Communication Exchange
(v) Helps in the decision-making process: The decision-making process, like

planning, is also based on the availability of information. If the right type of
information is not available at the right time due to the lack of effective
communication, the management will be unable to consider all the pros and
cons before taking the decision. Effective communication results in high
quality decision-making.
Self-Instructional
Material 89
Communication in (vi) Increases employee morale: Communication in organizations is the basis
Organizations
of morale building. Through an effective communication system, the
employees can bring their grievances to the management and get them
redressed satisfactorily. It thus creates trust and ensures job satisfaction.
NOTES
5.4 EXTERNAL COMMUNICATION:
STAKEHOLDERS AND CHANNELS
The communication that occurs among various organizations is called external

communication. In order to achieve one’s goals, every organization needs to
maintain relation with other organizations or individuals. So, when a business
organization exchanges information with other organizations, banks, insurance
companies, customers, suppliers, leaders and people, it is known as external
communication.
The goals of external communication are to facilitate cooperation with groups
such as suppliers, investors and stockholders. It is also endowed with the
responsibility of and presenting a favorable image of an organization and its products
or services to customers and to society at large.
External stakeholders are individuals or groups who are outside of the
company but still impact the decisions and performance of the organization. These
can include suppliers, customers, competitors, governmental agencies, and society
as a whole. These groups hold a lot of weight concerning how the organization is
seen and heard by the public.
A variety of channels may be sued for external communication, including face-
to-face meetings, print or broadcast media and electronic communication
technologies such as the internet. However, internal stakeholders have a broad
influence that affects the culture and voice of the company before messages or
products even reach the public at large.
So, external communication is an informal exchange of information and
message between an organization and other organizations, groups or individuals
outside its formal structure.
While external business communications seem like an effective way to reach
out to the public, it is not without its challenges. The public impression of an
organization can define the success or failure of the company in the long-run. One
misplaced quote, or badly worded newsletter will not only ruin an expensive external
communications plan, but also has the potential to affect corporate revenue.
Therefore, those in charge of external communications for the company need to
be aware of their audience and the company image they wish to convey.
External communication refers to the communication of the organization with
external agencies, both government and private. External agencies include
Self-Instructional
90 Material
government agencies and departments, distributors, retailers, individual customers Communication in
Organizations
and competitors. Business organizations are required to deal with licensing
authorities, foreign trade offices, banks, custom offices, income and sales tax offices,
transporters, and so on, which call for effective communication. Modern businesses
are highly competitive and organizations which communicate better are undoubtedly NOTES
more successful. External communication is thus considered important for the
following reasons:
(i) Contact with the external environment: Organizations do not exist in
isolation. It is important that they keep in touch with the external environment
to follow the changes taking place and the effect they will have on the
functioning of the business. Good communication networks will enable to
anticipate changes and prepare accordingly.
(ii) Improves ability to handle competition better: This is an era of competition
for businesses. Effective communication helps in handling information about
competitors, their products, policies, and so on, to meet the challenges of
competition. The right kind of information at the right time can thus help in
handling competition better.
(iii) Improves public relations: Communication helps in building relationships
with all stakeholders which include customers, suppliers, competitors, press,
and so on. Good communication promotes goodwill amongst the various
stakeholders.
Check Your Progress

3. Define external communication.
4. What are the goals of external communication?

QUESTIONS
1. Organization relates to the process of organizing, which is nothing but a

grouping or putting together of things or people to bring stability.
2. The five features of organization are two or more people (a social collectivity),
goals, coordinating activity, structure, and environmental embeddedness.
3. The communication that occurs among various organizations is called external
communication.
4. The goals of external communication are to facilitate cooperation with groups
such as suppliers, investors and stockholders.
Self-Instructional
Material 91
Communication in
Organizations 5.6 SUMMARY
 To properly define organizational communication, one first has to diagnose

NOTES and define the two words that make up the term ‘organizational
communication’independently, namely, ‘organizations’and ‘communication’.
 Organization relates to the process of organizing, which is nothing but a
grouping or putting together of things or people to bring stability.
 Communication is the key to functioning of organizations and takes place
constantly in different forms.
 The success of any organization depends on its internal communication.
 Communication between employers and employees is very significant for
the betterment of any organization. Internal communication is required in all
the processes
 Every member of an organization from employees, owners, the board of
directors, managers to investors constitute a part of internal stakeholders.
 Internal communication is communication within the organization.
 The communication that occurs among various organizations is called
external communication.
 External stakeholders are individuals or groups who are outside of the
company but still impact the decisions and performance of the organization.
 External communication refers to the communication of the organization
with external agencies, both government and private.
5.7 KEY WORDS
 Stakeholder: Stakeholder refer to an independent party with whom each

of those who make a wager deposits the money or counters wagered.
 Media: Media are the collective communication outlets or tools used to
store and deliver information or data.
 Internet: Internet refers to a means of connecting a computer to any other
computer anywhere in the world via dedicated routers and servers.

EXERCISES
1. What is the importance of communication in organization?
2. Write a short note on organizations.
Self-Instructional
92 Material
3. What is internal communication? Communication in
Organizations
4. Why is external communication important?
1. Who are the stakeholders in internal communication?What are the different NOTES
channels of internal communication?
2. Why is internal communication important? Discuss.
3. What are the goals of external communication? Discuss.
Publishing House.
Self-Instructional
Material 93
Communication Network
UNIT 6 COMMUNICATION
NETWORK
NOTES
Structure
6.0 Introduction
6.1 Objectives
6.2 Scope and Types of Communication Network
6.3 Formal and Informal Communication Network
6.5 Summary
6.6 Key Words
6.0 INTRODUCTION
Business employees communicate in a variety of different ways. Some discuss

ongoing business activities with their supervisors, while others enjoy talking about
their weekend plans with their colleagues. These examples of organizational
communication exemplify the types of communication networks within a business.
Typically, organizational communication travels throughout a business’s employee
sector on one of two paths: an informal or formal communication network. The
type of network used typically depends on the information being shared and the
role of the employee who is sharing that information.
6.1 OBJECTIVES

 Describe the scope and types of communication network
 Discuss the formal and informal communication network
 Identify the difference between upward and downward communication
network
 Examine the horizontal and diagonal communication network
Self-Instructional
94 Material
6.2 SCOPE AND TYPES OF COMMUNICATION
NETWORK
Basic networks of communication can be classified into different forms. Research NOTES
has established the presence of wheel, chain, circle and all channel types of network.
The wheel or star network as is illustrated in the figure below consists of an
individual at the centre of the wheel. Other individuals at the subordinate level
have the role of channeling information and opinions to the centre. The flow of
information and opinion is sometimes one-way and sometimes two-way.
Fig. 6.1 Wheel or Star Network
The chain network takes two forms. The first one is a vertical chain and the
other a horizontal chain. The vertical chain represents the traditional hierarchy with
a very narrow span of control. The horizontal chain, on the other hand, is a work
group in which the two outer individuals are so introverted that they only speak to
the person next to them, while those in the middle may be prone to interact with
each other.
Fig. 6.2 Horizontal Chain
The circle network illustrated below is a group without any leader. In such
a group, each individual only communicates with the two others immediately
adjacent to them. When all members of a circle network can communicate with
each other, then the circle becomes a free circle or all-channel network.
Self-Instructional
Material 95
NOTES
Fig. 6.3 Circle Network of Communication
Finally, the All-channel network is the one where multiple interactions

between all members of a group, whether actual or virtual becomes possible. In
such a group, the potential for brainstorming and maximum interchange of
information is the greatest but, the model is also plagued with the possibilities of
information overload, paralysis by analysis, and difficulty in reconciling differences
by consensus or other decision-making methods.
Fig. 6.4 All Channel Network of Communication
Check Your Progress

1. What is a circle network?
2. Define all-channel network.
Self-Instructional
96 Material
6.3 FORMAL AND INFORMAL COMMUNICATION
NETWORK
Let us now go through the various types of communication network: NOTES

A formal organizational structure assists in arriving at a framework that helps us
understand working of communication in organizations.
However, there always exist an unofficial organization within a formal
organization – the informal organization. Authors like Mintzberg and Van Der
Heyden; Rosner; Rummler and Brache strongly believe that organizational charts
and diagrams show the official structures, but often conceal other important
information. For example, customers or other stakeholders, the patterns of power
and influence, the pathways of unofficial communication etc. are not evident in any
of the organizational charts. There are people who work in different department
but are following the same sports, some of them are meeting over the lunch or tea,
some are old school friends, some see each other at children’s park and some are
having an affair. All these follow an unofficial pathway of communication that has
no sanction and therefore deviates from the top-down or bottom-up communication
channel.
The major part of this informal organization is the informal communication
which is referred to as grapevine. The term was first used for the temporary telegraph
wires, often strung from trees, used during the North American Civil War. The
information carried via this system was not always accurate.
Hellweg (1987) notes the following about grapevines or informal
organizational networks:
 Five out of every six messages in the organization are transmitted by the
grapevine.
 Secretaries play a key role in grapevine communication.
 Liaisons play a key role in grapevine communication.
 As the size of the organization increases, grapevine activity increases.
 Grapevine communication is fast.
 Grapevine information generally is incomplete.
 Rumours are more prevalent in organizations that foster secrecy.
 Once a rumour is assigned credibility, other events in the organization are
altered to fit in with and support the rumour.
 Employee gender is not a predictor of participation in grapevine
communication.
Self-Instructional
Material 97
Communication Network  Grapevines, if not controlled, can be very harmful for any organization.
Grapevine communication has no specific source and it is always difficult to
control, eliminate or reduce them.
Crampton, Hodge and Mishra (1998) suggest following measures to manage
NOTES
grapevines:
 Increase the levels of participation in decision making, so that an information
vacuum will be less likely to form. Likert (1976) suggests that in truly
participatory organizations the informal organization will simply wither or
merge with the formal one.
 Reduce or eliminate secretive communication, and abolish information
vacuums.
 Be aware of unclear communication (vague words) that may lead to
misinterpretation; encourage two-way communication and ensure that
information exchanged is accurate.
 Send out messages using more than one channel.
 Resist the temptation to hide bad news from employees. Don’t censor reality
and thus sacrifice credibility.
 Work as a sounding board, allowing staff to let off steam and reduce stress.
 Create a socialisation milieu in which new staff learns about informal group
norms.
 Give a sense of belonging to staff who may feel alienated in a bureaucratic
environment.
 Process information not handled by formal channels.
 Help to get work done, when official channels and chains of command are
too bureau-cratic and slow, by using connections, influence and ‘quick and
dirty’ methods and other types of knowledge.
 Demonstrate that the staff is actually interested in their jobs and shoptalk.
 Act as a countervailing restraint on management, who may take extra pains
in planning for fear the informal organization would passively resist ill-
considered initiatives.
The formal communication networks are as follows:
1. Upward Communication
Businesses, railways and such other people-oriented organizations have typically
a three-tier or a four-tier structure. The process of communication to be complete
and effective should encompass all these levels and tiers. Upward communication
is one which moves upward, i.e., from the bottom to top levels in the hierarchy.
Any communication that moves from employees to supervisors, supervisors
Self-Instructional to managers, managers to executives and regional manager to general manager
98 Material
may be categorized as upward communication. Similarly, communication from Communication Network
branches to regional offices, regional offices to zonal offices, zonal offices to the
head office is referred to as upward communication. Employee suggestions, market
reports, performance reports, feedback on new products and requests for facilities
or instructions are all examples of upward communication in the organizational NOTES
context. Refer to Figure 6.5
Fig. 6.5 Upward Communication
2. Downward communication
Downward communication moves from top to the bottom, i.e., from the CEO
downwards. It travels through senior executives to junior-level functionaries, from
the controlling office to the branch, from the head of the division to the head of the
unit. Corporate goals, business priorities, motivational letters, work-related
instructions, newsletters, letters from the CEO/General Manager’s desk are all
typical examples of downward communication.
There may be some communication which would move both upward and
downward. A typical example of this is performance budgeting, which is a two-
way process. It is a top-to-bottom as well as bottom-to-top exercise. Refer to
Figure 6.6
Fig. 6.6 Downward Communication
3. Horizontal communication
Horizontal or lateral communication, on the other hand, takes place at the same
level of the hierarchy. It is referred to as sending and receiving messages between
the people who are at same levels in an organization. This is often visible within
teams, among heads of department, among others in coordination and liaison roles,
or among virtually everyone at the lower levels of the pyramid. The figure below
illustrates the horizontal communication.
Fig. 6.7 Horizontal Communication
The advantages of horizontal communication are as follows:

 Informal and sweet relationship: Horizontal communication takes place
at the level of the same position. Communication happens within teams and Self-Instructional
Material 99
Communication Network people share ideas, knowledge and thoughts. This can facilitate informal
and better relationships between the team members.
 Co-ordination of activities: Horizontal communication is very effective in
facilitating coordination within teams and departments.
NOTES
 Departmental communication: Horizontal communication is the best
system of communication in departmental communication.
 Quick communication and solution of problems: Since, horizontal
communication happens at the same level and does not follow any hierarchy;
it facilitates quick transmission of messages and solves complex problems
in the organization.
The disadvantages of horizontal communication are as follows:
 Overloaded by information: Horizontal communication does not follow
any hierarchy and is therefore less filtered. This often results in the overloading
of information.
 Wastage of time: Horizontal communication requires a lot of sorting of
data which can kill the useful and valuable time of superiors.
 Lack of understanding: Horizontal communication may promote a lack
of understanding among team members.
 Lack of motivation: Horizontal communication often fails simply because
organization members are unwilling to expend the additional effort that it
requires. It may require contact with people in units, and the channels and
rules of interaction may be unclear. Sometimes we do not really know these
people. The need to communicate with them makes us uneasy or takes too
much time.
 Ignoring vertical communication: In horizontal communication, the same
level of organizational members contact or exchange information with each
other. In most of the cases, they do not inform managers of the hierarchy
which break down or ignore the vertical communication.
4. Diagonal communication
In certain low performing organizations, there also exists another kind of
communication which cuts across both vertical and horizontal dimensions and is
referred to as diagonal communication. For instance, a junior might jump over the
immediate supervisor and consult a senior consultant to get information about a
particular job.
Check Your Progress

3. What is the role of a formal organization?
4. What are different types of formal communication?
Self-Instructional
100 Material
QUESTIONS
1. A circle network is a group without any leader. In such a group, each NOTES
individual only communicates with the two others immediately adjacent to
them.
2. All-channel network is the one where multiple interactions between all
members of a group, whether actual or virtual becomes possible.
3. A formal organizational structure assists in arriving at a framework that helps
us understand working of communication in organizations.
4. The different types of formal communication is upward, downward, horizontal
and diagonal communication.
6.5 SUMMARY
 Basic networks of communication can be classified into different forms.

Research has established the presence of wheel, chain, circle.
 The chain network takes two forms. The first one is a vertical chain and the
other a horizontal chain.
 When all members of a circle network can communicate with each other,
then the circle becomes a free circle or all-channel network.
 A formal organizational structure assists in arriving at a framework that helps
us understand working of communication in organizations.
 Five out of every six messages in the organization are transmitted by the
grapevine.
 Grapevines, if not controlled, can be very harmful for any organization.
 Upward communication is one which moves upward, i.e., from the bottom
 Downward communication moves from top to the bottom, i.e., from the
CEO downwards.
 Horizontal or lateral communication, on the other hand, takes place at the
same level of the hierarchy. It is referred to as sending and receiving messages
between the people who are at same levels in an organization.
 In certain low performing organizations, there also exists another kind of
communication which cuts across both vertical and horizontal dimensions
and is referred to as diagonal communication.
Self-Instructional
Material 101
6.6 KEY WORDS
 Horizontal communication: Horizontal communication is the transmission

NOTES of information between people, divisions, departments or units within the
same level of organizational hierarchy.
 Socialization: Socialization is the process of internalizing the norms and
ideologies of society.
 Hierarchy: Hierarchy refers to a system in which members of an organization
or society are ranked according to relative status or authority.

EXERCISES
1. What is chain network?
2. Write a short note on diagonal communication.
3. What are the disadvantages of grapevine communication?
4. What do you understand by upward communication?
1. What are the different types of communication network? Discuss.
2. What is the difference between formal and informal communication network?
3. How can an organization manage grapevines?
4. What are the different types of formal communication network?
Publishing House.
Self-Instructional
102 Material
Business Letters
UNIT 7 BUSINESS LETTERS

Structure NOTES
7.0 Introduction
7.1 Objectives
7.2 Writing Business Letters and its importance
7.3 Structure and Format of Business Letters
7.5 Summary
7.6 Key Words
7.0 INTRODUCTION
The world of business is replete with various types of written communication.

Written communication is so much a part of everyday business that one cannot
think of a business without related correspondence. Think of any organization or
institution—bank, electric company, hotel, college or library dealing with people
and there is obviously some written correspondence. It may be handwritten,
typewritten or printed. In the olden days, there were people who were specially
assigned the job of taking care of correspondence, even in small businesses. Such
persons were popularly referred to as ‘writers.’
Business writing always has a purpose. The purpose of any writing is to
communicate and convey a message. When you write, you want to communicate
your ideas, thoughts sentiments, feelings, events, experiences, etc. Written
communication has certain distinct advantages as compared to verbal
communication. It has a much larger reach whereas verbal communication can
only go as far as the voice or oral messages can travel. Moreover, while verbal
communication goes with the non-verbal message, written communication creates
a solo impact. Business letters, it should be noted, are a prominent part of written
communication in business. Before discussing business letters as such, we need be
clear about the advantages of written communication. Written communication has
certain clear advantages as detailed below:
1. Written communication has an extremely wide reach, co-terminus with the
literate world.
2. Written communication can be well organized to convey the precise message.
Self-Instructional
Material 103
Business Letters 3. Written communication, generally speaking, can be prepared at the time
when the communicator is best prepared to do so.
4. Written communication, unlike oral communication, can be effective as a
NOTES stand-alone medium.
5. Written communication can be targeted to reach specific individuals/sections.
6. Written communication can be composed in a language that the receiver
can read and understand.
7. Written communication can carry the much desired personal touch.
8. Written communication can be erased, revised and re-written.
9. Written communication, when stored, can be exactly reproduced or
repeated.
10. Written communication, organized properly, can be cost effective.
11. Written communication, very importantly, creates records and reference
sources.
12. Written communication, when presented in an appealing manner can create
the right impression.
The advantages of written communication far outweigh its limitations and
this method of communication is extensively used in the business world. Business
letters are extremely popular because they have all these advantages which a
written correspondence enjoys.
Although written communication may not provide the depth and intensity of
a face-to-face communication, it meets very well the requirements for a variety of
simple and direct correspondence/messages that a business needs for its everyday
transactions. There may be occasions when the first letter may not give all the
details the recipient wishes to have, necessitating further correspondence.
Nevertheless, a good business letter constitutes the basic plank on which effective
business correspondence rests. A good business letter has to create, nurture and
sustain a good business relationship.
7.1 OBJECTIVES

 Describe how to write business letters
 Examine the importance of business letters
 Discuss the difference between personal and business letters
Self-Instructional
104 Material
Business Letters
7.2 WRITING BUSINESS LETTERS AND ITS
IMPORTANCE
Business letters, to be good and effective, must contain certain essentials. In other NOTES
words, business letters should conform to certain minimum standards of letter
writing. One can look at these essentials from different angles—language, content,
context, length, structure, layout, taste, tone, impact and purpose orientation. Any
letter is amenable to description in terms of these characteristics or features. To
qualify, the letter should measure up as good when viewed from any of these
considerations. It may or may not encompass all these features. Nevertheless, a
good letter writer should have a clear understanding of all the characteristics that
make the letter effective. In order to be clear about what is a good letter, it is also
very necessary to know what a bad letter is. While a good letter can be good on
many counts, a bad letter may have one undesirable feature which can mar the
beauty of the entire letter.
A bad letter stands out like a sore thumb for any of its deficiencies, which
might be any of the following:
1. Lack of clarity
2. Poor use of words and expressions
3. Incorrect spelling and grammatical errors
4. Too short or very lengthy
5. Too many ideas crowded into one letter
6. Not accurate or factually incorrect
7. Fails to convey the main purpose
8. Not to the reader’s wavelength
9. Too much jargon and technical words
10. Lacking in aesthetic sense
11. Language used not familiar to the reader
12. Lengthy paragraphs
13. Offensive in nature
14. Absence of personal touch
15. Lacking in courtesy
16. Creates ill-will
17. Written out of context
18. Absence of relevant information
19. Use of poor-quality paper and ink
Self-Instructional
Material 105
Business Letters 20. Wrong address
21. Absence of address
Business is all about creating goodwill, favourable impressions, attracting
NOTES attention, creating interest, wooing customers, reaching prospects and building
relationships. All this calls for conscious efforts, concerted action and
correspondence on a regular basis. As this has to be done in a world that is full of
competition, one bad letter can cause avoidable damage to the reputation of the
business. Badly written letters cause embarrassment to the people behind the
business and show the organization in poor light.
Before discussing the essentials of a good business letter, it would be
desirable to keep in view what such a letter can achieve for business. A good
business letter can reach out and directly address the target, be it a customer or a
prospect or a patron or the regulator. A good business letter can address the
prospect and set the sales pitch. A good business letter can act as an effective
salesperson. A good business letter can strengthen the bond and provide further
details to an existing customer. A good business letter can, thus, act as your
relationship officer. A good business letter can dispel disinformation and create
goodwill. It thereby acts as your ambassador. A good business letter can make
announcements, share relevant information and keep you in touch with people
who matter. In this way, a good business letter can be your public relations officer
(PRO). Well-written and imaginatively drafted letters can play the role of a
salesperson, a relationship officer, an ambassador and a PRO for business
establishments. This is true especially for small businesses which cannot afford to
employ people specifically for carrying out these functions.
Business letter refers to formal written letter through which business-related issues
and information are exchanged with the suppliers, customers, banks, insurance
companies and other external parties of the organization.
On the other hand, personal letter is written for exchanging personal or
family affairs with family members, relatives, friends, lovers, teachers, students
etc. are known as personal letter.
There are following differences between business letter and personal letter:
1. Nature: Business letter or commercial letter is impersonal and universal in
nature. Personal letter is fully personal in nature.
2. Purpose: The purpose of business letter is exchange of various business-
related issues and information. Personal letter is exchanged for personal or
family related affairs and information.
3. Scope: The scope of business letter is wide and contains various types of
business information. The scope of personal letter is limited and contains
only personal information.
Self-Instructional
106 Material
4. Structure: Business letter follows the officially recognized structure. Personal Business Letters
letter does not follow any recognized structure.

5. Formality: Business letter maintains formal rules and procedure. Personal
letter is informal.
NOTES
6. Size: Generally, business letter is concise in size and avoids irrelevant matter.
Personal letter may be concise or large in size.
7. Types: Business letter can be categorized differently. Personal letter generally
cannot be categorized.
8. Salutation: The salutation of business letter salutation is sir, dear sir, dear
Mr. x etc. The salutation of personal letter is Dear friends, my dear x, dear
x etc.
9. Language: The language of business letter should be easy and simple. The
language of personal letter may be easy, poetic, emotional etc.
10. Copy:Copy of business letter is preserved. Copy of personal letter may not
be preserved.
11. Method: Business letter uses direct and persuasive method. Personal letter
uses only direct method.
Check Your Progress

1. Mention any two deficiencies of a bad letter.
2. What is a business letter?
7.3 STRUCTURE AND FORMAT OF BUSINESS

LETTERS
Business letters are different from personal letters and carry a distinct format and
style. Business letters are known to cover several widely accepted parts and a
good business letter should be drafted in accordance with the principles of such
formatting. Although there are different types of letters, each is relevant in a specific
context and the parts are generally common to all such letters. One needs to be
familiar with not only the different parts of the letter but also, equally importantly,
about their positioning in the letter. When we refer to a business letter, we refer to
it in its totality, including both external and internal features. As we have seen in the
earlier chapters, a good business letter not only carries across the message as
intended, but also creates the right impression on the reader.
A letter has many parts—outside, inside, top, bottom, middle, left, right,
first page, second page, enclosures and annexure. Each one of these parts has a
certain significance and carries a definite place in the context of letter writing. All
these external and internal features concerning a business letter carry a time-tested
Self-Instructional
Material 107
Business Letters position and significance. All the same, when we refer to a position or placement,
we are not necessarily referring to a very rigid position for all times. Over a period
of time, business writers have brought in flexibility and improvisations resulting in
certain choice of positioning as well. Thus, notwithstanding the various types and
NOTES places relevant to a business letter, it is possible to have different styles in writing
a business letter.
Let us take a look at the various parts of a business letter which makes up
its structure and format.
Letterhead
The letterhead announces the name of the business. It often suggests what the
business is about— whether it is a bank, an insurance company, a transport agency,
a trading firm, a building contractor or an estate agent. While some businesses
choose to mention their name as well as their line of business in their letterhead,
others confine only to the name. Quite often the constitution of the business is also
stated—public limited, private limited or government undertaking. Along with the
name and line of business, some relevant particulars such as date of establishment,
location of head office or registered office, telephone number, fax number and e-
mail address are also furnished on the top of the letterhead.
Apart from all these details, the letterhead also carries prominently the logo
of the business. If it is a public sector undertaking, as per the official language
policy, all these details will have to be furnished bilingually. Each business decides
what details it wants to include about itself on the top of the letterhead. Sometimes
the details are distributed among the top and bottom portions of the letterhead.
The name and logo are covered in the top and the address, phone number, fax
number and website are given at the bottom.
Letterheads have the potential to create a favourable impression and hence
much thought and effort should go into their design and selection. The colour and
quality of paper, the size of the letterhead, the types and fonts used and the spacing
are all carefully decided. Such is the importance of the letterhead that some
businesses even seek the assistance of advertising agencies or other such specialists
in designing their letterheads. A good letterhead not only informs, but also impresses.
If the letterhead is the first introduction of the business, one must ensure that it is
done well.
When the letterhead does not give the full address or the exact place from
where the letter is emanating, the letter writer will have to incorporate these details
himself. The writer should mention specifically the branch, the zone, the section
and the department from which the letter is emanating. In its absence, if the business
is a large multi-branch, multi-department and multidivision establishment, the
receiver of the letter will have difficulty in knowing the exact source of the letter
and may fail to respond. In practice, this keeps happening quite frequently in large
Self-Instructional
108 Material
organizations and people keen to respond will have to waste much time and effort Business Letters
in finding out from which branch, office, division or department the letter has been
sent. Too many details, thoughtlessly placed on the letterhead rob the elegance out
of it. On the other hand, not furnishing relevant details makes the letterhead an
understatement or inadequate. It is essential to strike a proper balance between NOTES
the two.
Reference Line
Business letters have reference details which help in clearly tracing the letter to its
source and context. When the business is large, in terms of functions and customers
covered, it becomes necessary to compartmentalize the activities into different
regions and functions. A separate file can be maintained for each customer.
Reference details usually consist of abbreviations, letters and numbers. They may
also carry the initials of the person drafting the letter or maintaining the file. The
reference line helps both ways. On the one hand it helps the letter writer or anyone
else within the organization to know the exact context in which the letters were
written, and makes it easy to relate it to the specific context on receipt of the reply.
On the other hand, it also helps the receiver of the letter to make out the exact
source and context of the letter and helps the receiver to respond.
Each organization or business would have normally evolved its own reference
pattern and the business letter writer has to become familiar with the method
followed. In the absence of such reference particulars, the business will have to
spend considerable time in relating it to the exact file even after it reaches the
branch or department concerned. Not taking any chance on this, some organizations
make it a point not only to mention the reference number but also request the
recipient of the letter to ‘Please quote this reference number in all future
correspondence.’
The originating reference number of a letter for any business would be stated
thus: ‘Our reference number’. Similarly, in any business letter, it would be necessary
to refer to the other party’s reference details as well.
This is stated as, ‘Your reference no. ...... dated ......’. This may be stated
below the subject line or as the first sentence of the body of the letter.
When a particular business letter is part of a series of such communication
over a period of time, or part of a protracted correspondence, the letter writer
may have to refer to the earlier correspondence, in which case one may have to
list out the relevant ‘Our letters dated ......’ and ‘Your letters dated ......’. If the
relevant letters are too many, instead of referring to all such letters the letter writer
may state, ‘Please refer to our earlier correspondence on the subject, resting with
our letter dated ......’.
Self-Instructional
Material 109
Business Letters Date Line
The date line follows or stays close to the reference line and clearly mentions the
date, month, and the year of the letter. The date is mentioned in many ways—
NOTES 22.05.2017 or 22 May 2017 or May 22, 2017. The most appropriate way of
stating the date would be the second one, i.e., 22 May 2017 for its lack of
ambiguity. It is worth noting that the sequencing of date, month and the year, when
written only in figures, varies from country to country. In the United Kingdom, like
it is in India, the date, month and the year are written in that order, viz., 22.5.2017.
In the United States of America, however, the practice is to write the month first
and then the date and the year. For example 12 May 2017 is written as 5.12.2017.
In view of these different practices, writing the date as 22 May 2017 ensures that
there is no misreading of the date of the letter. To ensure elegance, it is also
appropriate that writing the day in letters—ninth or eighteenth—and using
abbreviations for months—Feb or Apr—are avoided.
Inside Address
Inside address refers to the addressee or the person to whom the letter is addressed.
It may be an individual, a functionary, a group or an institution. The letter may be
addressed by name or by designation. The inside address need not give the full
postal address which has to be necessarily furnished outside. It is generally
restricted to the name and/or the designation, the department and the office, since
this position is well recognized. The word ‘to’ may be avoided for greater elegance.
Another place normally used for inside address is the bottom of the letter, on the
left side at the end of the letter. When the letter is addressed by name, care should
be taken to mention the correct initials, name and surname as the individual would
like to be addressed. Please take due care in writing the correct name, for that is
the least that the letter writer owes to the addressee. If the letter writer does not
make due effort to ascertain and mention the correct name of the addressee, it
amounts to indifference and discourtesy and qualifies as a bad letter. Spell the
name correctly, for it makes the reader or the addressee much more responsive.
Mr Jagdish should not be mentioned as Mr Jagdeesh or vice versa. Mrs Rajashree
cannot be addressed as Mrs Rajashri. Same is the case with the surnames and
initials. If it is Banerji do not change it to Bannerjee or vice versa. In good business
letter writing, it is very essential to write the name exactly as the person spells it. If
the person has a title such as Professor, Doctor, Father, Revered, Justice, Captain
or Brigadier the same is to be correctly stated. When there is no title, Mr or Shri
is commonly used for men and Mrs, Miss, Smt. or Kumari, as the case may be, is
used for ladies. Ms is used when one is not sure of the marital status of the lady
who is being addressed. The plural of Mr is Messers, which is used in addressing
partnerships and groups. Likewise, the designation of the person, whenever
mentioned, should be proper.
Self-Instructional
110 Material
One should be particularly careful when addressing letters to dignitaries like Business Letters
the President, the Governor, the Chancellor, the Ambassador, the Pontiff or to
religious heads. The appropriate title such as His Excellency, His Highness or His
Holiness will have to be used after ascertaining the same from the appropriate
authority. Many such exalted offices will have what are known as protocol officers. NOTES
Any mistake in addressing the person inside the letter certainly distracts the impact
of an otherwise well-drafted letter.
Attention Line
Attention line usually appears on the right side of the inside address and is relevant
when the letter is addressed to a designation, to the group or to a firm. The attention
line draws the attention of the specific person to the contents of the letter. There is
no need for an attention line when the letter is addressed to a specific person.
Attention line usually reads, ‘Kind attention of Mr so and so.’ The attention line
does the important function of ensuring that the letter reaches the particular person
whose response is essential.
Salutation
Salutation is a must for every letter. It relates the letter to the reader. It can take
many forms such as
‘Dear Sir’ or ‘Dear Madam’ or ‘Dear Mr so and so’ or
‘Dear Shri so and so’ or ‘Dear Mrs so and so’ as the case may be.
When the letter is addressed to an organization or a group, the salutation is
in the plural form, i.e., Dear Sirs. When the status of the person is high and additional
respect is intended to be conveyed, ‘Dear’ is omitted and the salutation is Sir or
Madam.
Expert Speak: “Dear” is Still Dear
The long-penned salutation “Dear” appears to be headed for extinction,
thanks in part to the proliferation of informal communication like email,
the Wall Street Journal reports. Even one spokesperson for a member
of Congress, who tries to keep her communications for the press at
the “utmost and highest level of professionalism,” won’t use “dear”
because it’s “too intimate,”she says. What does she use instead? “Hey,
folks.” Some others use “good morning,” ‘hi,” “hey” or “to whom it
may concern,” depending upon whom they are addressing.
Some etiquette experts, however, insist that such salutations “lack
polish.” And business experts recommend keeping “dear” in formal
communications. Says one, “we don’t use dear because someone is
dear to us, but because we understand the standards of business
writing and recognize the standards of intelligent business people.” “I
find that I am most likely to start a letter with ‘dear’ exactly because
I have never met the person,” Chris Allison, an international trade
analyst, said.
(Source: Bangalore Mirror, 8.11.2011, quoting Wall Street Journal)
Self-Instructional
Material 111
Business Letters Although in our Internet age, “dear’ is considered too intimate by some,
and too formal by others, the student of communication should note that this
salutation is still the most appropriate one for all formal written business letters.
Communication Clue: Dear or No Dear
NOTES
In business writing, since long, the use of ‘Dear’ in starting business
letters has been widely accepted. Accordingly, over the years, text
books have averred that the business letters should start with ‘Dear
Sir’ or ‘Dear Madam’. Of late, however, the use of ‘Dear’ in non-
personal writing has become controversial. There are suggestions
for dropping the prefix ‘Dear’ from business correspondence and
make it plain Sir or Madam, as the case may be.
Instead of taking a rigid stand, it is better that we use our discretion
and use what the context approves. One should not deviate from
time-tested practices just because of some reports.
Subject Line
After the salutation, the next part of the letter is the subject. The subject of the
message is stated clearly and boldly at the centre of the letter. This helps to draw
and focus the attention of the reader on the specific subject or topic or area which
the letter covers. The subject should be stated clearly yet briefly, i.e., in a few
words. Often the receiver of the letter looks at the subject and decides as to how
important or urgent its contents are for him. A skilled letter writer learns to state
the subject in a manner that attracts attention. The subject should fairly reflect the
essence of the letter. Furthermore, since this particular position in a letter is meant
for the subject line, mentioning ‘subject’ may be avoided to ensure greater elegance.
Where appropriate, the subject itself may be mentioned in distinct letters.
Message
The message is the body of the letter which comprises the opening line and the
message to be conveyed. The message is organized into appropriate paragraphs
in order to convey thoughts sequentially. The paragraphs are so designed as to
cover related thoughts and facts. The opening line usually starts with an
acknowledgement or introduction. It may draw reference to earlier
correspondence, if any. The opening line or the introductory paragraphs endeavour
to put the message in perspective. In the next paragraph or paragraphs, as the
case may be, the message of the relevant communication is dealt with. It is important
to note that the message is the essence of communication and the very reason for
writing the letter. The length of the message would vary depending upon the thoughts
and details which the letter writer wishes to convey. The message is the crux or
core of the letter and all other features are embellishments or accompaniments.
The message of the letter, in other words, is usually the content or subject of the
communication. The letter is written because the message has to be conveyed.
Self-Instructional
112 Material
Closing Line Business Letters
The closing line paragraph is very important for the letter. It should sum up the
message and emphasize the action intended. Good writers take pains to make the
closing line as effective as possible. NOTES
The complimentary closing line comes after the message and before the
signature. It is ‘Yours faithfully’or ‘Yours sincerely’or ‘Faithfully yours’or ‘Sincerely
yours’ as the case may be. When the salutation is ‘Dear Sir’ or ‘Dear Madam’,
the closing line is ‘Yours faithfully’, and when the salutation is ‘Dear Shri’ or ‘Dear
Mrs’, the closing line is ‘Yours sincerely’. It is also common to see the closing line
ending with plain ‘Cordially’ or ‘Sincerely’, omitting Yours. The business writer
should choose the style appropriate to the context.
The complimentary closing line is followed by the signature. Every letter
must end with a signature. The signature gives authenticity to the message. An
unsigned letter is usually of little significance. Unsigned letters are deficient and the
addressee may not act upon them. Official letters also carry the designation of the
person below the signature.
Postscript
Postscript or P.S. is an afterthought. Sometimes, however, a postscript is used by
a letter writer to re-emphasize a particular point in the message. It is an additional
remark that comes at the end of a letter, after the signature. For example, as a
postscript to the letter, she may add, “ P.S. I will write to you again soon”.
Some of the other parts or related aspects of the letter are enclosures or
annexure, continuation page, spacing, folding, outside address, envelopes and
window covers. These too, call for adequate attention in order to ensure the
elegance of the letter. Enclosures contain related relevant information and
accompany the letters. The reference to the enclosures is made at the end of the
letter—Encl: 2 or Encl: Copy of draft agreement or in the body of the letter
appropriate to the message— (Please see annexure 1) or (Please refer to the
table enclosed). Reference to the continuation of the matter in the next page is
indicated for greater clarity. The spacing of the letter is important in terms of ensuring
elegance and making the letter attractive. Spacing should be such that there is
neither crowding of sentences nor undue gaps in between. When the letter extends
over several pages, it is essential that all the page numbers are clearly mentioned
and appropriately stapled. Quite often, seemingly elementary aspects are
overlooked—the stapling or pasting is done so badly that one has to struggle to
open the letter intact or the enclosure which is mentioned in the letter is left out.
One can bring in considerable imaginativeness in letterheads, envelopes, colour of
the type, spacing and page presentation. While commonly accepted and widely
followed positions of various parts are stated in the foregoing paragraphs, it is
pertinent to reiterate that a skilful letter writer can bring in variety and flexibility in
Self-Instructional
Material 113
Business Letters approach without sacrificing the principles. Good letters do stand out and gain
attention.
Communication Clue: Check Before You Send
Don’t ever send any letter or written message in business without re-
NOTES
reading it. Make sure that your words convey precisely what you
want to convey. Ensure the correctness of name, address, content,
and signature, enclosure, etc. Inadvertent omissions and mistakes
can cause embarrassment and damage.
Good Business Letters—A Checklist
Good Business Letters have to have good appeal, appropriate content, proper
style, clear impact and keen review and editing.
APPEAL: Is the letter appealing? – quality paper, good font, proper margins and
alignment and short paragraphs.
CONTENT: Is the content appropriate, adequate and clear?
STYLE: Is the message simple, direct and concise?
IMPACT: Is the letter audience-focused and timely? Does it achieve the writer’s
objective? Does it create goodwill?
EDITING: Have we ensured that there are no grammatical, punctuation and spelling
mistakes? Is the letter well organized and the matter logically presented?
LANGUAGE: Is the language reader-friendly? Have we used simple, familiar
and precise words and phrases?
These days there is a tendency to adopt a friendly informal style. However, one
should follow an established type or form to avoid inconvenience, confusion and
wastage of time. The company’s in-house style includes rules on the layout of its
business letters. A proper layout also gives the letter a formal look.
For most business letters single line spacing is used as this gives the letter a
compact look. In case the letter is very short one may need to use double spacing
.There are various styles of layouts available for business letters. In different forms
there are different systems of indentation followed. The various styles include:
(i) Fully indented style
(ii) Semi indented style
(iii) Fully blocked style
(iv) Modified blocked style
Fully indented style
This style has become old fashioned and is being fast replaced by other styles.
Each paragraph appears prominently in this type of layout. This style is at times
Self-Instructional
114 Material
found cumbersome because of its numerous indentations. It has the following Business Letters
characteristics
(i) The name, address and paragraphs of the body are five spaces indented.
(ii) The letter is typed in single line spacing. NOTES
(iii) The subject heading is two line spacing below the salutation which is three
line spacing below the inside name and address.
(iv) The paragraphs are separated by double line spacing.
(v) The complimentary close begins at the centre of the typing line and the
typed signature and designation follow ten spaces and five spaces as is
determined depending on the length of the two.
(vi) The inside address is offset to give the letter a balance.
Fig. 7.1 Fully Indented Business Letter Format
Self-Instructional
Material 115
Business Letters Semi-indented style
This is a modified version of the fully indented style. It has the following
characteristics:
NOTES (i) The inside name and address does not have any indentation and is in a
block form.
(ii) The complimentary close and designation are typed evenly across the centre
of the typed line. However sometimes they are placed on the right hand
side.
(iii) This style provides a neat and compact look because of the block form of
name and address.
Fig. 7.2 Semi-Indented Business Letter Format
Fully blocked style

This is a modern style and is most commonly used. Earlier the ‘indented’ format
was used for business letters, but as a result of word processing, the ‘fully blocked’
format is the most commonly used one now, as it saves time setting up tabs and
indents and the letters look more neat and tidy. It has the following characteristics:
(i) All typed entries including date, inside name and address, subject line
paragraph, complimentary close, signatures begin at the left-hand margin,
form a vertical line down the page.
Self-Instructional
116 Material
(ii) There is a complete absence of punctuation marks from the date, salutation, Business Letters
the complimentary close and the endline of the inside name and address.
(iii) In some letters, the date and complimentary close are placed towards the
right margin so as to give the letter a more balanced appearance. This style
NOTES
is known as semi-blocked style.
Fig. 7.3 Fully Blocked Single Business Letter
Modified blocked style

This style is similar to the fully blocked style. The difference in this style is that the
date, subject heading and the complimentary close signature are placed like semi
indented style. There is a treble line spacing between paragraphs to differentiate
between paragraphs as paragraphs do not have indentation.
Self-Instructional
Material 117
Business Letters Modified Blocked Style
NOTES
Fig. 7.4 Modified Blocked Style Business Letter
Form letters
When a number of identical letters are to be sent to many individuals organisations
on a regular basis, form letters may be used. These letters are printed and blank
spaces are left for filling in the name, date, address and sometimes some other
minor details. These type of letters are generally used for acknowledgement of
orders, thank you letters, debt collection, etc.
Use of form letters saves time and even a clerk can deal with this kind of
correspondence. However these letters lack personal touch and flexibility.
Guidelines for writing effective business lettersGuidelines for writing effective
business letters
Following are some guidelines for writing business letters:
(i) Business letters, as all other types of correspondence, should follow the
structure of a beginning, a middle and an end.
(ii) The first paragraph would be the introduction and should state the reason
for the correspondence.
(iii) The middle should add detail to the information in the introduction.
Self-Instructional
118 Material
(iv) The ending is the conclusion and should state clearly what action one hopes Business Letters
or expects the recipient to take.

(v) Words should be effectively used so as to appeal to the level and sensibilities
of the recipient. NOTES
(vi) Keep to the point.
(vii) Be brief without being curt.
Businesses are of numerous types. They may be big or small, old or new, local or
national, public or private, proprietary or partnership, monopolistic or competitive
and manufacturing or service units. Nevertheless, by and large, all these businesses
have certain common concerns and approaches within any given business
environment. They deal with people internally as well as externally. They have
their stakeholders in owners, employees, customers and the community. Businesses
are also organized into various functional areas such as personnel, marketing, sales,
purchase, accounts, administration and secretarial. Business letters are of a wide
variety and emanate from all these sources.
Similarly, people who deal with these businesses also correspond with all
these departments at some stage or other. To be able to correspond effectively
with all these departments under various business situations, one has to familiarize
oneself with various types of letters and their features. Although the general
principles of good letter writing discussed earlier hold good, the approach will
have to vary depending upon the functional area to which the letter relates.
When we refer to various types of business letters and their replies, we are
covering letters that move both ways, i.e., letters from business organizations to
various other agencies as well as individuals and other agencies to business
organizations.
Some common areas of business correspondence or the specific types of
letters with which a business letter writer should be well versed with are as follows:
From the Purchase Department:
1. Calling for quotations for products and services.
2. Inviting tenders for jobs and supplies.
3. Asking for samples and drawings.
4. Placing test orders.
5. Placing orders.
6. Status enquiries.
7. Technical bids and commercial bids.
Self-Instructional
Material 119
Business Letters When we refer to tenders, quotations and orders it must be emphasized
that there are financial implications. The subject matter and the details of the
quotation, tender or order have to be specifically and clearly stated such that there
is no ambiguity.
NOTES
From the Sales/Marketing Department:
1. Sales letter.
2. Circular letters.
3. Preparation of sales letters with the conditions of sale on the reverse.
4. Preparation of market survey reports.
5. Reports from salesperson to sales executives.
6. Offer of discounts and business concessions.
7. Launch of a new product or scheme.
8. Mailing of company literature.
9. Letter of acknowledgement.
In this category, there are two types of business letters. One set relates to
the letters emanating from within the sales departments, or from sales persons and
marketing personnel in the field to other departments or to their own executives.
The other set of letters relates to letters written by people in sales and marketing
to people outside the organization—customers, prospects, agents and distributors
and other agencies. It is the latter category that needs particular attention. Letters
to the customers and prospects either substitute or supplement personal contacts
and as such can make or mar the business promotion efforts. They carry the
image of the organization and the people behind the letters. Sales letters should
also be elegant and appealing. The presentation should be such that it elicits the
attention of the addressee.
From the Accounts Department:
1. Dues and collection letters to various agencies and customers.
2. Follow-up letters.
3. Correspondence with banks.
4. Opening/closing of accounts.
5. Regarding overdrafts, cash credit and current accounts.
6. Stop payment instructions.
7. Request for issue of letters of credit (LCs).
8. Protest for wrongful dishonouring of cheques.
9. Letters relating to interest payments and service charges.
Self-Instructional
120 Material
10. Complaint letters covering wrong credits and debits and delays in realization Business Letters
of instruments.
11. Correspondence with insurance companies regarding payment of premium,
renewal of policies, claims and settlements.
NOTES
12. Correspondence with agencies like the Telephone Department, Post and
Telegraph authorities, the Provident Fund Office, Income Tax Office and
Commercial Tax Department.
By their very nature, these types of business letters should be accurate,
brief, simple and to the point. In particular, letters relating to collection of dues and
recovery of money need to be drafted with a keen sense of understanding and
sensitivity. Such letters should necessarily vary in terms of terseness or intensity
and choice of words depending upon the nature of dues, age of dues and other
such relevant factors. Some of them have to be polite, some persuasive and some
firm.
From the Personnel Department:
1. Calling candidates for written tests.
2. Interview call letters.
3. Offer of appointment.
4. Provisional and final appointment orders.
5. Confirmation in service.
6. Changes in emoluments.
7. Disciplinary matters—show cause notices, charge sheets, calling for
explanation, discharge, other punishments and letters of dismissal.
8. Leave and travel sanctions.
9. Training programs and deputation.
10. Reference letters.
When we refer to personnel department letters or employee-related letters,
we are indeed discussing a very wide variety of letters. These letters may be
general or specific, routine or special, pleasant or unpleasant. Letters from HRD
department are normally pleasant or otherwise motivating and training related,
whereas letters from the Industrial Relations Department or from the Disciplinary
Authority are normally of the none-too-pleasant category. These two are obviously
widely different in nature and the letter writer must use the appropriate language
and approach. While HRD and training-related letters should carry a positive,
encouraging and developmental stance, disciplinary letters will have to carry an
authoritarian and even a legal or procedural approach. It is necessary to acquire
adequate familiarity with the terms and ensure that there are no inadvertent
inadequacies in the letter.
Self-Instructional
Material 121
Business Letters From the Administration and Secretarial Departments:
1. Change in management.
2. Changes in business hours.
NOTES 3. Opening and shifting of branches and offices.
4. Invitations and public notices.
5. Correspondence with directors and shareholders.
6. Agenda and minutes of company meetings.
7. Correspondence with shareholders and debenture holders pertaining to
dividend and interest payments, transfer and transmission of shares.
8. Correspondence with agents and transport companies.
9. Representations to trade associations, chambers of commerce and public
authorities.
10. Letter seeking appointments/personal interviews.
Correspondence relating to directors and shareholders and matters
concerning company meetings, especially in listed companies and larger
organizations, are often handled by qualified company secretaries. The point to be
noted here is that such correspondence is generally specialized in nature and will
have to be attended in a systematic and organized manner. The business letter
writer keen on acquiring such letter-writing skills will have to necessarily understand
secretarial functions.
Other Types of Business Communication:
1. Job applications.
2. Preparation of bio data and curriculum vitae.
3. Export- and import-related correspondence.
4. Preparation of bill of exchange, promissory note and hundi.
5. Telegraphic and fax messages.
6. Mild and strong appeals.
7. Correspondence with foreign institutions and agencies.
8. Advertisements of various types—newspapers and print media, hoardings
and banners.
9. Press releases.
10. Questionnaires and opinion polls.
11. Legal correspondence.
12. Publicity literature such as brochures and booklets.
13. Newsletters and house journals.
Self-Instructional
14. Preparation of charts, graphs and stickers.
122 Material
Letters of Social Significance: Business Letters
1. Social letters in business.

2. Inviting a guest.
3. Congratulatory letters on achievements. NOTES
4. Letters that say ‘Thank you’.

5. Letters of appreciation.
6. Accepting or declining invitations.
7. Condolence letters.
8. Letter of introduction.
9. Goodwill messages.
We have generally listed in the foregoing paragraphs various types of letters
and correspondence that emanate from a business on a regular basis. While most
of it is routine involving primary level of writing, there are some, as we have noted,
which call for specialized and cultivated skills. The objective in listing various types
of letters from different departments and functional areas is to give an idea of the
expanse of business communication. Like in other areas, in letter writing too,
conscious efforts and willingness to learn are a must. A good business letter writer
has to appreciate the essential characteristics of each such letter and develop
relevant skills.
Instead of providing drafts or models of various types of business letters,
we have thought it appropriate to present a fairly comprehensive list of business
letters for all occasions. We have also highlighted the significant features and
principles to be borne in mind while drafting some letters such as orders and
quotations, sales letters, and collection and recovery letters.
Models tend to inhibit learning. Skills are acquired through attentive learning,
application and practice. We are also giving in the following paragraphs some
more useful tips or guidelines that should help in developing letter-writing skills.
Notwithstanding the routine nature of most business correspondence, it is possible,
and indeed desirable, to develop variety and style in writing the letters. Letters
must have certain intensity or depth depending upon the situation, and it is not
possible to bring out such variations in one or two ‘draft models.’ Students and
practitioners desirous of improving their skills in letter writing are advised to practice
drafting a variety of such letters, i.e., letters for all occasions, taking note of the
following additional guidelines and compare them with standard drafts or models
available from authentic sources as confidence-building measures.
Self-Instructional
Material 123
Business Letters
Check Your Progress

3. Define a letter.
NOTES 4. What are the standard parts of a business letter?

QUESTIONS
1. Two deficiencies of a bad letter are lack of clarity and poor use of words.
2. Business letter refers to formal written letter through which business-related
issues and information are exchanged with the suppliers, customers, banks,
insurance companies and other external parties of the organization.
3. A letter is a permanent and tangible record of a business relationship.
4. The standard parts of a business letter are heading, inside name and address,
opening salutation subject, body of the letter, complimentary close, signature
and enclosures.
7.5 SUMMARY
 Business letters, to be good and effective, must contain certain essentials.

 Business is all about creating goodwill, favourable impressions, attracting
attention, creating interest, wooing customers, reaching prospects and
building relationships.
 A good business letter can dispel disinformation and create goodwill.
 Business letter refers to formal written letter through which business-related
issues and information are exchanged with the suppliers, customers, banks,
insurance companies and other external parties of the organization.
 A letter is a permanent and tangible record of a business relationship. It is
generally written for enquiry, give information, give instruction, or to
persuade the recipient towards the desired action.
 These days there is a tendency to adopt a friendly informal style. However,
one should follow an established type or form to avoid inconvenience,
confusion and wastage of time.
 When a number of identical letters are to be sent to many individuals
organisations on a regular basis, form letters may be used.
 Businesses are of numerous types. They may be big or small, old or new,
local or national, public or private, proprietary or partnership, monopolistic
or competitive and manufacturing or service units.
Self-Instructional
124 Material
Business Letters
7.6 KEY WORDS
 Interview: An interview is a conversation where questions are asked and

answers are given. NOTES
 Deputation: a group of people appointed to undertake a mission or take
part in a formal process on behalf of a larger group.
 Memos:At its most basic level, a memorandum can be a handwritten note
to one’s supervisor. In business, a memo is typically used by firms for internal
communication, as opposed to letters which are typically for external
communication.
 Notice: Notice is the legal concept describing a requirement that a party
be aware of legal process affecting their rights, obligations or duties.

EXERCISES
1. What are the essentials of business letters?
2. Why are business letters important for the orgnanization?
3. List the deficiencies of a bad letter.
4. Write a short note on the layout of business letters.
1. What is the difference between personal and business letter? Discuss in
detail.
2. Explain the structure and format of business letters.
3. What are the various styles of business letters? Discuss.
4. Discuss the different types of business letters.
Publishing House.
Self-Instructional
Material 125
Business Letters Ober, Scot. 2006. Fundamentals of Contemporary Business Communication.
NOTES
Self-Instructional
126 Material
Basic Official
UNIT 8 BASIC OFFICIAL Correspondence
CORRESPONDENCE
NOTES
Structure
8.0 Introduction
8.1 Objectives
8.2 Principles of Precise Writing
8.3 Memorandum
8.4 Circulars and Notices
8.6 Summary
8.7 Key Words
8.0 INTRODUCTION
Business correspondence is an inevitable part of organizations. People in business

need to engage in regular correspondence through different forms such as notices,
circulars, memos etc. The kind of correspondence one picks depend upon the
situation and the party at the receiving end. One needs to be extra cautious while
writing any of the writing forms mentioned above. The language, style and tonality
of the piece needs to be up to the mark. In most cases, the writing influences
business relationships and helps to maintain a rapport in front of the other person
or party. Therefore, there are certain points that need to be taken care of while
indulging in any kind of business correspondence.
8.1 OBJECTIVES

 Discuss about characteristics of memo
 Recollect the guidelines of writing memo
 Identify the points to remember while writing a notice
 Describe the format and writing style of a circular
8.2 PRINCIPLES OF PRECISE WRITING
A précis is a shortened version of a long passage. While writing a précis, one has
to take care that the meaning of the original passage has been effectively conveyed.
Self-Instructional
Material 127
Basic Official According to the Oxford dictionary, précis is defined as ‘a summary or abstract of
Correspondence
a text or speech’.
1. Decide theme of the passage
NOTES The main theme of the passage should be find out through careful reading and then
main points and ordinary points are find out for giving importance. These things
are essential for brief and clear presentation of precis.
2. Avoid reproduction of important sentences
The sentences of original passage cannot be used for precis-writing. Precis-writing
is an art of remodeling of sentences without affecting main theme of the original
passage.
3. Have brevity and clarity
Brevity is the soul of precis-writing. But, at the same time, clarity should not be
given up. Mere deletion or addition of few words of original passage cannot be a
precis-writing. Moreover, brevity should not create any ambiguous in the minds of
the reader.
4. Reflects the intelligence of the precis-writer
The style of language and words used in the precis-writing indicate the intelligence
of the precis writer. In other words, the precis-writing preserved the spirit of the
original passage with different words and sentences.
5. Use your own language
The precis-writer should use his/her own language for precis-writing. The writer
should not retain any significant phrases or technical terms of the original passage.
It means that the writer should use his/her own sentences for precis-writing.
6. Avoid direct speech and use indirect speech
The precis-writing is presented in third person point of view. The text of the original
passage is presented in direct speech. Now, it is the duty of the precis-writer that
he/she should present in indirect speech.
7. Include statistical information
If statistical information are included in the original passage, they can be used in
the precis-writing for maintaining quality. If statistical information are excluded, it
affects very purpose of precis-writing and convey different meaning.
8. Observe proportion
Original passage is divided into many parts. Each part is dealt with according to
importance but not according to length. In this way, objectives of precis-writing
are achieved.
9. No comments but conclusion
The precis-writer need not give any comments over the original passage but should
give conclusion. It means that the precis-writer need not evaluate the mind of the
author but interpret the original passage in a meaningful way.
Self-Instructional
128 Material
10. One third of original passage Basic Official
Correspondence
It is the general practice that the length of precis-writing should be one third of
original passage. If so, reader can get full information and do his/her job very
effectively.
NOTES
Since a memo is a short, informal report, the following points have to be
remembered regarding the language and style that is used:
 Be concise – It is important to be brief and to the point, so that the memo
does not exceed two pages in length. Make the sentences and paragraphs
short, limit each paragraph to five lines or less and use bullet points wherever
possible. If you are giving reasons, number them, or put them in separate
paragraphs with double line spacing. Otherwise use single line spacing
between lines.
 Use active not passive voice – As mentioned earlier, use of personal
pronouns and active voice is permitted in a memo, unlike a formal report
where the passive voice should be used for the sake of objectivity. In other
words, it is appropriate to say for example that “Based on my experience,
I feel that the budget is not adequate.”
 Use simple language – In an earlier unit, the importance of using simple
English was emphasized.Use short, uncomplicated words and avoids trying
to impress by using unnecessary jargon and technical terms.
 Avoid giving too many reasons – Although it is important to provide a
justification when you make a request, or try to persuade someone to do
something, do not overdo it. In general, a reader can only absorb a maximum
of six or seven reasons at once. Therefore, do not overstate your reasons.
 Close with a call for action – Do not leave the reader hanging. If you wish
to persuade him to accept your request or recommendation, you must say
so clearly, using action words and indicating a time frame or limit. For
example, “I would like to discuss this in person with you and get your approval
before the end of this week.”
Check Your Progress

1. What is a precise?
2. Mention any two points to be taken care of while writing memo.
8.3 MEMORANDUM
A memorandum is a written statement or record, especially one circulated for the

attention of colleagues at work. It is principally a means of sharing information
Self-Instructional
Material 129
Basic Official internally. It relates to a note of something to be remembered and acted upon. The
Correspondence
word memorandum came from the Latin word ‘memorare’ which means to
remember. In law, a memorandum means a document recording terms of contract.
The plural of memorandum is memorandums or memoranda. It is commonly known
NOTES by its abbreviation, viz., memo.
A memorandum is a means of inter-office correspondence. Memos are
sent within an organization from office to office or department to department. In
large organizations, memorandums are sent from head office to regional offices,
branches, divisions and so on. Of late, memos are sent using the email and the
bulky ones and those inappropriate for email have to be sent as printed copies.
Memos are intended to be read and acted upon by executives, branch managers,
supervisors and all staff members as and when they are addressed to them. Memos
may also be referred to as circulars or inter-office memorandum or spiral
communication. Large organizations spread across numerous functional
departments and geographical areas regularly issue a variety of memos every day
or at frequent intervals. In a large organization like a bank, there are many
departments such as personnel, credit, accounts, marketing, international business,
planning and so on and all of them communicate with the branches, offices and
staff through memos and such other internal communication. Memos are used
routinely for making announcements, giving instructions, giving reports and
conveying policy decisions.
Memos may be typed or printed and dispatched to the target groups and
offices across the country and even abroad. For easy reference, memos are often
printed in different colours with different departments using specific colours. With
the advent of electronic communication, memos are now being sent across by e-
mail and are also put on the internal network or intranet for the use of offices and
staff. Large organizations like banks may also differentiate between memos and
circulars and use them for specific messages.
It would be difficult do draw a precise distinction between circulars and
memos. Both are often identical in approach and reach. Some organizations use
circulars as a means of specific, subject-related instruction whereas memos are
used to cover events and developments.
Circulars are in the form of instructions or guidelines and are expected to be
mandatorily followed. Memos are generally a matter of information. Circulars are
of a permanent nature, of long-term relevance and may be modified as and when
instructions have to be revised. Memos are generally of short-term relevance.
Any such distinction, however, is only a matter of internal arrangement and in most
books on business communication published abroad, there are references to memos
and no discussion on circulars.
Memos contain vital details of relevance on functional areas and may have
to be referred to frequently by the personnel working in the organization. Due to
their importance and reference value, memos are often carefully indexed, filed and
Self-Instructional
130 Material
preserved, facilitating ready sourcing and reference. Although memos are like Basic Official
Correspondence
business letters there are some noteworthy differences.
Business Letters and Memos—Noteworthy Differences
 Business letters are addressed to outsiders and constitute external NOTES
communication. Memos are addressed to employees and constitute internal
communication.
 Business letters are generally formal in nature, whereas memos are more
informal.
 Business letters are sent out on a company letterhead whereas memos need
not be written and sent on the letter head.
 Business letters should necessarily have inside addresss, salutation and
complimentary closing.
 Business letters have to be necessarily signed whereas memos do not carry
any signature.
 Business letters should not use unfamiliar jargon whereas memos can use
internally accepted jargon and specialized terms.
 Business letters should start by providing the context and preparing the
reader whereas the memos can come straight to the subject and come to
the heart of the matter. In internal communication, there is a presumption
that the reader knows the basic facts.
 Business letters should aim at building goodwill and relationship besides
sharing information, whereas memos are focused on sharing information
and communicating for action.
 Business letters are largely addressed to individuals whereas memos are
largely addressed to groups, teams or a large number of recipients. Memos
formally addressed to individuals, however, should be typed/printed and
signed.
In writing a good memo, the following points need particular attention.
Take time to plan your memos
Any office memorandum constitutes a piece of official communication. There are
many types of memos. Some are aimed at providing information. Some are aimed
at eliciting feedback or other relevant details. Some may talk about goals, objectives
and action points. In that sense, they may be seeking specific action. Memos are
sent across to inform, motivate, persuade, educate, and galvanize people, groups
and teams into achieving results.
Given such varied objectives, the memo writer should sit down and plan out
the contents of the memo before actually drafting it. He or she should collect
relevant information, figures and details which have to be shared with the readers.
Self-Instructional
Material 131
Basic Official The memo-writer should be clear about his target groups—an employee or branch
Correspondence
manager or sales personnel or unit heads or executives. The contents/language
and the tone should be appropriate to the targeted readers of the memo. The
memo should have the right tone and emphasis. The memo-writer should also
NOTES decide about the length of the memorandum keeping in view the details to be
shared. The memorandum may have to have some relevant annexures and tables
or charts, if need be. It may have to make some references to the earlier memos
or other relevant communication. All this involves proper planning.
The memo writer should also plan how to reach out to the target groups.
Memos can be sent out in a typed format and if the number is large, sufficient
copies of the memo may have to be printed. In this case, the writer has to keep in
mind the time taken for getting the memo copies printed and the actual travel time
before the memo despatched from the office reaches the recipient. Memos often
carry a sense of urgency and as such should reach the addressee expeditiously or
within the shortest possible time. The advent of electronic channels of communication
has made it possible for the memo to reach out instantaneously. That is why
organizations today resort to email or internal network or company website to
convey internal communication.
Drafting the memorandum
Memos are drafted keeping in view the context of the communication as well as
the recipient of the message. Memos are written in the second person with a
direct approach. Every effort is made to involve the recipient and the word ‘you’
is used often. The message is conveyed in clear terms using a simple and direct
language. There is no need to spend time on niceties like a salutation (Dear sir) or
a complimentary close (Yours faithfully, etc.) or a signature at the end of the letter.
Since the memo is meant to be read by colleagues within the office, the writing
should be to express, and not to impress. The tone should be neither too casual
nor too formal.
Examples of good communication––memos
Given below are some examples of memos used in business organizations.
Example 1.
To: All Departmental Heads in Head Office
From: General Manager, General Administration, Head Office
Date: 11 Jan 2018
Subject: Meeting with Courier Agencies
A meeting has been scheduled at 11.00 A.M on Monday, 15 Jan 2018 in the
Committee Room on First Floor to meet with the short listed courier agencies and
discuss the modalities of cost effective and timely despatch and delivery of out
bound mail and merchandise.
Self-Instructional
132 Material
You are requested to brief me about the despatch needs of your department Basic Official
Correspondence
and your experience in dealing with the short listed agencies well in advance.
Attachment: List of participating courier agencies
Example 2. NOTES
Superior Bank Memo 16/2018
Personnel and HR Department 11 February 2018
Mumbai
To: All Branches and Offices in India
Subject: Dearness Allowance
The confirmed All India Consumer Price Index for Industrial Workers (Base 1960-
100) for the quarter ended December 2017 is as follows:
October 2017 3378.23
November 2017 3378.23
December 2017 3355.41
All our branches and offices are advised to be guided by this memo while effecting
salary payments to our staff for the months of February and March 2018.
Personnel Officer
Example 3.
Premier Motors Ltd.
Commercial Vehicles Department, New Delhi.
Memo 5/ 2018 – 8 February 2018
To: All Showrooms in the Eastern Region
Subject: Special Discount for Commercial Vehicles for March 2018
The Company has decided to offer a special discount of 2 per cent on the sale
price of various types of Light Commercial Vehicles (LCVs) sold at all our
Showrooms during March 2018.
The applicable price for different categories of LCVs before and after the 2
per cent discount is listed in the annexure to this memo.
All our Showrooms should note that this special discount of 2 per cent will
be applicable ONLY TO CASH SALES made during March 2018 and will not
be extended beyond this period.
All our Branch Heads are requested to prominently display the Special
Rates on their Notice Boards and take full advantage of this special offer in
maximising the sale of LCVs during March 2018.
Branch Heads are also requested to send the details of LCVs sold during
March by FAX on 1st April 2018, without fail.
Self-Instructional
Material 133
Basic Official Director – Sales
Correspondence
Attachment: List of Special Rates for LCVs
Copy: General Manager, Eastern Region.
NOTES Memos, as we have already noted, often reach out to a large section of people
spread across the organization. Since memos are taken seriously by people to
whom they are addressed and also acted upon as directed therein, every care
should be taken in drafting and despatching memos. Quite often, memos are not
drafted by the person under whose authority they are issued. Hence, if any mis-
communication occurs on account of the negligence or callousness of the person
drafting the memo, the authority or the department issuing the memo would have
to face considerable embarrassment. The drafting of memos, especially the
important ones, is entrusted to persons with good communication skills. Memos
should necessarily possess the usual characteristics of good written communication
such as clarity, brevity, cogency, completeness and readability. In view of their
importance, quite often the draft of memo passes through several levels or tiers for
approval. The method of despatch is also decided keeping in view the target
sections and the urgency of the message. Sometimes memos refer to several
previous ones on the subject making the comprehension and access difficult for
the reader. It would be necessary to bring out a comprehensive memo to facilitate
easy and all-in- one-place reference. Sometimes instruction, directives or guidelines
issued by external agencies such as government organizations, regulatory bodies,
legal entities, etc., may have to be reproduced through the memos. In doing so,
care should be taken to clarify the message in terms of internally understood terms,
phrases and abbreviations.
Drafting of office memos thus calls for good communication skills. When
the subject matter dealt with is complex or specialized in nature, such as clarifying
legal aspects or announcing the features of a new product or a pricing policy, all
relevant facts and figures will have to be covered in an organized manner. There is
often a need to give examples and instructions and also append relevant annexures
so as to amplify and clarify the message. Memos carrying ambiguity, inconsistency
or incomplete details may end up creating confusion and result in avoidable
clarifications being sought by the readers. On the other hand, a clearly worded,
logically consistent, unambiguous and complete memo gets well understood,
facilitating prompt response.
Readability is indeed an important pre-requisite not only for internal memos,
but also, more particularly, for all communication addressed to customers and the
public. As noted in a box item earlier, organizational literature often sent to the
customers, prospects and the public is often more difficult than standard levels of
readability. One area where this is particularly evident is financial literature such as
the prospectus. In this regard, communication experts refer to the following example
of a Mutual Fund Prospectus.
Self-Instructional
134 Material
Basic Official
Correspondence
Check Your Progress
3. State the definition of memorandum.
4. Mention any one difference between memos and circulars. NOTES
8.4 CIRCULARS AND NOTICES
Office circulars are meant to convey the same information to a large number of
people. Such information is usually of general nature and not confidential. The
subject of the circular must be mentioned at the top.
Some of the purposes for which circulars are used include:
 To emphasize certain aspects of office conduct
 To intimate changes in working hours
 To inform employees about changes in rules
Sample Office Circular: Given below is an office circular informing employees
about change in office timing.
XYZ Engineering Works
Ghaziabad
Circular No 21/20Date: March 15, 2007
Subject: Change in office timings
This is to inform all that from April 1, 2007, the office timings will be as
follows:
8:30 a.m. -12:30 a.m. Morning session
12:30 a.m. – 1:30 a.m. Lunch
1:30 a.m. – 5:30 a.m. Evening session
Employees are expected to strictly adhere to these office hours
BK Mittal
Personnel Officer
Notice
As the name suggests notices are written messages which are meant to be noticed
by a number of people. Generally notices are categorized as tools of internal
communication, i.e. they are used for communication within the organization.
However this need not always be the case. Notices are also used for external
communication and such notice may take the form of Public Notice, Auction Notice,
Tender Notice, etc. The one feature which all notices have is common is that they
reach out to a number of people for whom they are meant.
Self-Instructional
Material 135
Basic Official Notices for internal office communication
Correspondence
Notices are widely used in offices to disseminate information. Mostly they are
used for downward communication. Notices are generally pinned on a notice
NOTES board or a wall and are a popular way of effectively reaching out to the persons
for whom they are meant. Notices follow more or less a standardised format
though the format may vary slightly from organization to organization. While drafting
notices one needs to be very careful. Persuasivenes and tactfulness ensure that
they are acted upon and add to their effectiveness. Notices need to be precise,
clear, polite and simple. Notices need to adopt a requesting tone rather than a
commanding or threatening tone. Notices are mostly signed by the concerned
person.
A sample notice is given below
XYZ Engineering Works
Ghaziabad
NOTICE
This is to inform that a lecture is being organised at the company auditorium at 2:
00 pm on June 26, 2007. The topic of the lecture is ‘Effective Time Management’
and the speaker is Prof SK Murthy from IIM Lucknow. All are requested to be
seated by 1:55 pm. The lecture will be followed by refreshments.
KM Shah
June 25, 2007
Notices for external communication
Public notices, notices to invite tenders and bid, auction notices, etc. are notices
which are used to communicate with people and groups outside the organization.
These notices are a regular feature in all newspapers.
A public notice is an important announcement giving information to the public.
It should essentially possess the following characteristics:
(i) The writing style should be such that it catches attention.
(ii) It should contain complete information covering all aspects.
(iii) The language should be clear and precise.
(iv) It should have a suitable heading indicating the subject matter.
In his book Business Communication’, KK Sinha has summarized the key points
to be considered while drafting tenders, bids or auction notices. Tender notices
are invitations to contractors giving details of construction or engineering works to
be done and asking interested parties to submit estimates for the completion of the
works. Invitation for bids ask suppliers to send in estimates for supplying specific
specialized goods or services detailed in the bidding document.
Self-Instructional
136 Material
(i) All such notices must clearly state the purpose for which they have been Basic Official
Correspondence
sent to the press.
(ii) Both active voice and passive voice are used in drafting these notices.
However, as there is no personal involvement passive voice is more
NOTES
prominent. It is important to note that the notice speaks for the organization
and not for a person.
(iii) Sometimes the tender notice begins with active voice, for example, ONGC
invites sealed tenders……………………
(iv) All details of the works to be completed, items to be supplied, articles/
materials to be auctioned must be clearly stated.
(v) The terms and conditions of business requirement of the organization, eligibility
requirements of the applicant must be clearly laid down in the notice.
(vi) As far as possible the notice must be brief. Nothing important should,
however, be left out.
Sample Public Notice for grant of environmental clearance to Western Coalfields
Limited for its expansion programme
Western Coalfields Ltd.
(A subsidiary of Coal India Limited)
NOTICE
Sub: Environmental Clearance for expansion of Durgapur Rayatwari Underground
Coal mine Project (increase in production from 0.30 MTPA to 0.92 MTPA )of
Western Coalfields Limited located in Village, Tahsil & District Chandrapur
(Maharashtra)
Ministry of Environment and Forests has accorded Environmental Clearance
for expansion of Durgapur Rayatwari Underground Coal mine Project (increase
in production from 0.30 MTPA to 0.92 MTPA & increase in lease area from
529.29 ha to 779.29 ha) of Chandarpur Area of Western CoalfieldsLimited.
Copy of clearance letter is available with the Maharashtra Pollution Control Board
and may also be seen at the website of the Ministry of Environment and Forests at
http://envfor.nic.in
Sample Tender Notice
Bharat Sanchar Nigam Limited
(A Govt. of India Enterprise)
Office of the General Manager Telecom
Wardha –442 006
Self-Instructional
Material 137
Basic Official Tender Notice
Correspondence
Sealed tenders are invited by the General Manager Telecom, Wardha , on behalf
of Bharat Sanchar Nigam Limited, for Cleaning and Upkeepment for departmental
NOTES telephone exchange/ administrative office building and premises in Wardha Telecom
district. Last date of issue of tender form; upto 1400h of 16.7.2007. for further
details, kindly visit our website www.mahatastra .bsnl.co.in or contact on telephone
number 07212-253131.
A.G.M. (Administration and Planning)O/o G.M.T. ,Wardha
Check Your Progress

5. What is the purpose of office circulars?
6. What are notices?

QUESTIONS
1. A précis is a shortened version of a long passage.

2. Two points to be taken care of while writing memo are to be concise and
use active voice instead of passive voice.
3. A memorandum is a written statement or record, especially one circulated
for the attention of colleagues at work.
4. Memos are generally a matter of information. Circulars are of a permanent
nature.
5. Office circulars are meant to convey the same information to a large number
of people.
6. Notices are written messages which are meant to be noticed by a number
of people.
8.6 SUMMARY
 A précis is a shortened version of a long passage. While writing a précis,

one has to take care that the meaning of the original passage has been
effectively conveyed.
 A memorandum is a written statement or record, especially one circulated
for the attention of colleagues at work. It is principally a means of sharing
information internally.
 A memorandum is a means of inter-office correspondence.
Self-Instructional
138 Material
 Memos may be typed or printed and dispatched to the target groups and Basic Official
Correspondence
offices across the country and even abroad.
 Circulars are in the form of instructions or guidelines and are expected to be
mandatorily followed.
NOTES
 Memos are drafted keeping in view the context of the communication as
well as the recipient of the message.
 Office circulars are meant to convey the same information to a large number
of people. Such information is usually of general nature and not confidential.
8.7 KEY WORDS
 Annexure: Annexure is a separate part of a legal agreement, report, etc.

that gives extra information.
 Circular: A circular is a letter or advertisement which is distributed to a
large number of people.
 Precis: A précis is a summary of a written work, such as an article, book,
or other text.

EXERCISES
1. What are the principles of precis writing?
2. Write a short note on memorandum.
3. What are the differences between business letters and memos?
4. What is the difference between circulars and memos?
1. What is precis writing? Discuss it’s significance in business writing.
2. How important is the language and writing style while writing a memo?
Discuss.
3. What are the points to remember while drafting a memo? Explain with the
help of examples.
4. How are notices for internal communication different from the notices for
external communication?
Self-Instructional
Material 139
Basic Official
Correspondence 8.9 FURTHER READINGS
NOTES Publishing House.
Self-Instructional
140 Material
Report Writing
BLOCK - III
WRITING A REPORT AND EMAIL
NOTES
UNIT 9 REPORT WRITING

Structure
9.0 Introduction
9.1 Objectives
9.2 Writing Reports
9.3 Different Formats of Reports
9.5 Summary
9.6 Key Words
9.0 INTRODUCTION
Writing for some seems to be a difficult task. People fear that what they write will
not be worthy to be read by others. This fear prevents them from writing or
expressing themselves. As a written document can be preserved for a longer time
and can be referred to in future therefore, one usually tends to think that what he/
she writes needs to have a certain standard. One should keep in mind that writing
is a craft which can be learnt through proper training. No one learns to walk
without tripping few times; similarly, writing will never be perfect till we start writing.
It has to be kept in mind that to be an effective writer, one should not only
have ideas, but should also know how to put those ideas on paper using proper
words and phrases. It is necessary, therefore, that the writer chooses proper words
and expressions to formulate coherent sentences to express oneself.
9.1 OBJECTIVES

 Describe the features of a good report
 Discuss the purpose of report writing
 Examine the difference between business report and engineering report
 Identify the guidelines of report writing
Self-Instructional
Material 141
Report Writing
9.2 WRITING REPORTS
Reports are an integral part of an organizational activity. Managers are constantly

NOTES required to submit reports to supervisors and executives to enable them to take
informed decisions change policies, etc. Reports are a good way for the management
to get a constant and reliable source of information. A report may be defined as a
form of systematic presentation of information relating to an event, progress of
action or some activity. Reports present facts for the interested reader. More
specifically, business reports may be defined as an orderly and objective
communication of factual information that serves a business purpose.
The characteristics of business reports can be briefly summarised as follows:
 Generally submitted to a higher authority
 Communicated upwards in an organisation
 Logically organised
 Objective in tone
 For a limited audience
 Both short and long
Purpose of business reports
A report carries information from someone who has it to someone who needs it. It
is a basic management tool used in decision making. Reports may be used to
provide information (information reports), analyse information and give suggestions
(analytical reports), request for action or give recommendations to initiate action.
Thus, in a business context reports serve the following purposes:
 Reports give factual information to the management.
 Reports record facts and results of investigations or surveys for future
reference.
 Reports are useful tools for providing shareholders, customers, creditors
and general public with useful information.
 Based on detailed investigations, reports give recommendations which can
be used in future.
Importance of reports
1. Conveyor of information: Reports serve as conveyors of information.
They provide necessary information to various parties who need it.
2. Review and evaluate operations: Reports help management to review
and evaluate operations continuously. They help in coordinating the activities
of the different departments.
Self-Instructional
142 Material
3. Decision making: A report aims at providing correct , objective and suitable Report Writing
information to persons who require it so that correct decisions can be taken

at his end.
4. Better coordination: Reports aim to promote common understanding of
NOTES
information between different groups in the organisation, thus ensuring better
coordination.
5. Tools for measuring performance: Reports are useful tools for measuring
departmental performance. The operational data from various departments
helps management to assess performance of each department.
6. Help in making desirable changes: Reports help in making and
implementing desirable changes to business policies.
Essentials of a good business report
For a business report to serve effectively the purpose for which it is intended, it is
essential that it possess certain essentials. Following are some of the characteristics
of a good business report:
(i) Accuracy: The information presented in a report should be as accurate as
possible, because on it are based several important decisions and actions.
While preparing reports make sure to double check figures to ensure
accuracy.
(ii) Clarity: Business reports should be clear and completely understandable.
The paragraphs should be logically presented with suitable headings.
(iii) Consistency: The report should be consistent with the main theme and
should not deviate. It should serve the purpose for which it is meant.
Irrelevant information should not be included. At the same time useful
information should not be left out while preparing the report.
(iv) Objectivity: Objectivity involves freedom from personal prejudices. There
should be objectivity in observation, collection of related facts and writing
the report.
(v) Completeness: The report should be complete in all respects and free from
ambiguity.
(vi) Brevity: Time is precious both for the writer of the report and the reader.
Therefore reports should not be too lengthy. They need to be brief and to
the point, excluding all irrelevant details.
(vii) Simplicity: Reports are not a test of your command over literary aspects of
language. A report should be simple and easily understandable and free
from too much of jargon.
(viii) Appearance: The arrangement, organisation, format and layout of a report
should be pleasing and eyecatching as far as possible. It should be
grammatically correct and free from typographical errors.
Self-Instructional
Material 143
Report Writing (ix) Reliability: A report should be reliable. Objectivity and accuracy of
information contribute towards the reliability of a report.
(x) Timeliness: To be useful and purposeful a report should reach the reader
well in time, otherwise it is of no use.
NOTES
Types of Reports
Reports can be in both oral and written forms, though written reports are preferred.
In this section we will be dealing with written reports. Reports can range
from one page to those running into several volumes. In all cases reports should
be clear, concise and objective in their tone as decisions are based on them.
Advantages of Written Reports
 Oral reports can be denied at any time. Written reports can be referred to
again and again which is not the case with oral reports.
 Oral reports tend to be vague as compared to written reports. Written
reports can be transferred from person to person without the risk of distortion.
We will classify reports into the following types:
 Informational reports and analytical reports
 Routine or periodic reports and Special reports
 Informal and Formal reports
Informational reports and analytical reports
Informational reports only contain information in the form of facts and data. They
do not contain any analysis or suggestions based on the information presented.
On the other hand, analytical reports contain both facts as well as analysis
of facts and conclusions. Recommendations/ Suggestions based on the analysis
may also be included in such a report.
Routine or periodic reports and special reports
Routine reports are submitted to the management at regular intervals by individuals,
sections, departments, etc to help the management control administration effectively.
These are the most common type of business reports. These may be submitted on
a daily, weekly, quarterly, monthly basis. These are generally meant for internal
consumption by the organisation and are not public documents. The length of
these reports may vary from a single page to about ten pages. These include
budgets, monthly accounts, cost reports, production reports, etc.
Special reports are prepared to deal with problems or issues specifically
developed. They are specifically asked for by the concerned authority and are
custom prepared to suit the particular purpose.
Self-Instructional
144 Material
Informal and formal reports Report Writing
Informal reports do not follow any fixed form or procedure for submission. They
are prepared according to the convenience and requirement of the organisation.
The term ‘informal reports’ does not mean the style and language of the report is NOTES
informal. It only indicates simplicity in terms of structure or format.
The following are some of the forms these reports may take:
(i) Short reports: These reports are presented in a simple letter format. They
are less than five pages in length. The presentation style of such reports is
kept simple and facts are reported.
(ii) Progress reports: These reports contain information regarding the progress
of a particular work or project.
(iii) Staff reports: These reports are prepared to resolve particular staff
problems.
(iv) Justification report : These reports are used to justify a particular
recommendation or a course of action.
When a report is prepared in the prescribed form and is presented according to
an established procedure, it is called a formal report. Formal reports have a uniform
structure and format which is specific to the organisation. Generally formal reports
have the following characteristics:
 Longer than an informal report
 More thorough and often based on a detailed examination of a problem
 Formal in terms of format, structure, language.
Formal reports may be
(i) Statutory reports: These are reports which are prepared as a mandatory
requirement by law. The format of such a report is as prescribed by the
concerned body.
(ii) Non statutory reports: There is no legal binding for preparation and
submission of these reports but these are asked for by the management to
facilitate the various managerial functions.
Writing a report
A report should be drafted keeping in mind the following points:
(i) Purpose of the report
(ii) Time within which it is to be submitted
(iii) Level of authority for which it is intended
The procedure for report writing includes the following steps:
(i) Determination of the purpose of the report.
Self-Instructional
Material 145
Report Writing (ii) Identify the audience who will be reading the report: Collect information
regarding their expertise, hierarchial positions, educational background, etc.
(iii) Collect the data necessary to prepare the report.
NOTES (iv) Identify and classify the data.
(v) Outline the report.
(vi) Prepare the final report.
(vii) Present the report.
Structure of a report
A report consists of the following parts:
(i) Title page- may include all or some of these subject, author, date of
completion, file reference, confidentiality
(ii) Table of Contents
(iii) Acknowledgements
(iv) Executive Summary ( sometimes called ‘Abstract’ or ‘Synopsis’ if the report
is academic in nature)
(v) Body of the report
(a) Introduction
(b) Procedures/method
(c) Analysis & Findings
(d) Conclusion
(e) Recommendations
(vi) Appendices
(vii) Bibliography
Executive Summary
 Very important part of a report.
 Extends from a paragraph to two pages in length.
 Should include a bit of all components of the report.
 No one particular part of the report should dominate
 Written after the entire report is complete.
 Gives a gist/summary of what is there in the report.
 Is an independent document and may be circulated to people who do not
have the time to read the entire document.
 Should not be a cut and past activity from the main report.
 It should be written afresh.
Self-Instructional
146 Material
 It should also be very accurate as decisions might be taken based on just Report Writing
the executive summary.

Body of the report
The various parts of the body of the report are discussed briefly NOTES
Introduction: Gives a brief background to the report
Procedures/Method: Outlines how the data was collected, observations etc.
Analysis & Findings: The major findings after the analysis of data is presented in
an organized, logical and objective form.
Conclusion: It states what the findings have shown objectively. It is different from
an executive summary and should not be confused with it. They are generally
written in the past tense.
Recommendations
 Should logically flow from the conclusion.
 Generally expressed in future tense.
 Outlines direct possible course of action.
 No explanation of action is required in the recommendation.
Appendices
 Information that doesn’t fit into the text , like charts, data and graphs
Bibliography
 List of references used in the preparation of the report including citations of
all websites, books articles
 Consistency should be maintained while citing references
 Listed alphabetically by author’s last name
 Various formats are available for bibliographies
One of the common forms of communication in business and science is report
writing. Writing business and technical reports requires writing and organizational
skills, research capabilities and the ability to interpret data and present it in a
manner that experts can appreciate yet a layperson can understand.
Business Report Writing
To understand how the business writing style differs from technical writing, you
should first clarify what business writing purposes are – this sheds light on the
specifics of this area. Experts believe that to be successful, business writing should
be highly reader-focused, and its major distinction is in the tone towards the
audience. For instance: Self-Instructional
Material 147
Report Writing  If you compose a business proposal, here the key emphasis should be
made on persuasiveness of your language. Your major purpose is to convince
investors or major stakeholders that your idea is worth financing, so
persuasion is the ultimate goal. Make a strong focus on facts and figures to
NOTES show what the value for investors are, be personal enough to show your
individual rigor for the project, but at the same time keep it professional
enough to show that you are a competent communicator and businessperson.
 If you work on a business memo, then the direct formal voice is mandatory
for use. In this way, you will keep to the professional standards of
communication and will maintain authority and confidence among colleagues.
 Writing business emails is a substantially different task, since getting a new
client or maintaining relationships with an old one requires a professional
but warm tone. Here, a balance between an individual approach and
professionalism is required, which is often a unique combination mastered
only with experience. Be sure to deliver material in a clear and accessible
format, remembering that not all clients are technically equipped with your
professional vocabulary, but don’t oversimplify – this may sometimes sound
offensive.
Thus, as you can see, business writing is focused on the purpose of establishing
clear, effective, and professional communication with clients and other stakeholders,
and is mostly used in companies and organizations. Its specifics depend on whether
the audience is internal or external, and the most common types of business writing
involve proposal, annual report, white paper, or sales letter writing.
Technical Report Writing
This type of writing is also associated with a clear, formal approach to composition,
which it shares with business writing in many aspects. Nevertheless, it differs in
terms of purpose: the overwhelming portion of technical documents refers to the
how-to information, guides and manuals for composition, instructions, data sheets,
releases, and the like. Therefore, most experts believe that technical writings are
mostly targeted at a much narrower audience, and they should be created with
that audience in mind. While business writing often has clear communication in
simple words with the client or shareholders, technical documentation is most
often targeted at developers and technical specialists rather than end users, so the
use of a specific professional vocabulary is acceptable and even desirable in this
kind of writing.
Becoming a technical writer is much harder than being a business writer,
mainly because of the need to possess not only communication skills, but also a
technical degree that certifies your understanding of the terms you use and mechanics
of some devices’ work that you describe. Overall, as the presented information
suggests, the main purpose of a business writer is to persuade the audience, while
a technical writer’s job is regarded as successful if he or she explains transparently
Self-Instructional
148 Material
and competently how to do something, how something works, and what can be Report Writing
done with the help of some device.

 While writing a report, one must read the instructions carefully on the basis NOTES
of which report is to be prepared. It is like reading a question paper
thoroughly before writing an answer in an examination. Instructions set the
design and content of the whole structure of the report.
 Next step is to collect appropriate material required including facts and
data to prepare a report. Even in a short report, one must plan for the
report and give a thought to the supporting document or arguments.
 Then the outline of report is prepared. Once the outline is ready, one has to
fill the relevant details.
 After the writing task is done, still much needs to be done. Reviewing and
editing is as crucial as writing. Keeping the purpose and reader of a report
in mind, review it for the content.
 The next thing is to look for grammar, spelling and expression accuracy and
organization of content. Finally the formatting and the report is ready.
Check Your Progress

1. Define a report.
2. Mention any two characteristics of report.
9.3 DIFFERENT FORMATS OF REPORTS
Reports can be of two kinds – short report and long report. A short report can be
submitted in a letter or memorandum format whereas a long report can be submitted
in a combined structure.
Short Report in a Letter Format
When Mr. Dibakar Mitra of WebIndia Ltd. was working on the idea of opening a
New Office at Greater Noida, he assigned the task of finding an appropriate
location to Mr. Kripal Singh. Mr. Kripal Singh prepared the following feasibility
report and submitted it to Dr. Mitra.
WebIndia Ltd.
Lucknow
No.: WIL.C.O./2011/146
Date: 27 January 2011
Dear Mr. Mitra
Self-Instructional
Material 149
Report Writing Subject: Report on Feasibility of an Appropriate Location for New Office at
Greater Noida
As per your instructions I, along with two Assistants, have done a survey of
around 15 locations at Greater Noida to find out the most feasible location for
NOTES opening a New Office of our company. On the basis of thorough investigation,
we have finalized one location at 5, Institutional Area, Greater Noida. Following
are the facts related to the office building:
1. It is spread over an area of 9000 sq. feet, a two storied building with two big
halls and seven rooms. The halls can be converted into cabins where staff
can sit and meet the clients.
2. Since it is an institutional area, there will not be any problem related to
commercial activity.
3. There is a huge common parking space in front of the building which can be
utilized when the office becomes functional.
4. This area is well connected to public means of transportation.
5. The owner of the building has agreed to lease it initially for five years, further
extendable for another five years.
6. The rent of the building is very competitive as compared to other buildings of
similar location and facility.
7. I have also enquired that the building is free from any legal encumbrances.
I strongly recommend that the building be urgently acquired before it is let out
to anyone else as it has been lying vacant and the landlord is looking for an
organization to rent it to. All the required papers are ready for verification. I
would be happy to provide more details if required.
Yours sincerely
Kripal Singh
Mr. KRIPAL SINGH
Enclosures: 1. Consent paper of the landlord related to lease of 5 years.2.
Affidavit of property being free from legal encumbrances.3. Architect’s plan for
construction of cabins and the estimate expenditure involved.

1. Title page/cover page: It includes the title of the report, the name or
names of person/s submitting it, name and designation of the person or
authority to whom it is being submitted and the date of submission. The
contents of title page may vary according to the requirements of the
organization to which the report is being submitted.
2. Letter of transmittal: It is a type of covering letter to submit the report to
the person or authority. A short report is written in the form of a letter or
memo but in a long report that part is taken care of by a separate letter of
transmittal. Very briefly it introduces the report to the receiver.
3. Table of contents: It is just like any other book’s Table of Contents which
gives an idea about how the contents of the report are organised. It presents
the main headings of a report corresponding to the page numbers on which
Self-Instructional
150 Material
they appear. It helps in locating the content according to page number.These Report Writing
days this part is not specifically written in computerized reports. This page
is created with just one command in a software like MS Word on the
completion of the report. After editing if there is any change in page numbers,
it will be automatically made in the content page as well. NOTES
4. Executive summary/synopsis: In long reports just after the Table of
Contents appears the Executive Summary or the Synopsis of the actual
report. Generally it is written at the end after the main report has been
written but it is placed after the Content page. This part is the summary of
the long report which includes the purpose, scope, findings and
recommendations of the report. Without going into the details of the main
report, the executive summary will provide the person or authority a complete
overview of the report.
5. Main report:
(i) Introduction: This part mainly focuses on the purpose and scope of
the report, its background information, the methodology used in
preparing it and the anticipated outcomes and findings of the report.
(ii) Body/textual content: It is the main and longest part of the report
where the actual report is presented using the methodology and material
chosen.
(iii) Conclusion: This section contains the finding part of the report and
appears in the form of a conclusion.
(iv) Recommendations, if required: On the basis of the findings of the
whole study conducted, the writer’s recommendations appear in this
part, if they are required. In informational reports, recommendations
are not required whereas in analytical reports, generally
recommendations are given.
6. Appendix/Appendices: They are just like attachments to the main
document. The documents which are related to the report but cannot be
included in the main report are placed after the report in the form of an
appendix or appendices.
7. Bibliography: It is the alphabetical list of primary and secondary references
used in preparing the report.
8. Index: It is like the Table of Contents where only the main headings of a
report get the page number but in an Index, it is a detailed list of all the terms
used in the report in an alphabetical order corresponding to their page
numbers. Both, table of contents and index help the reader in locating the
relevant content of a long report which otherwise is very difficult. For
example, the term like ‘communication’ will appear in alphabetical order
and reflect the page numbers on which the term is explained prominently.
Self-Instructional
Material 151
Report Writing 9. Signature: All formal reports should be signed by the writer/s of the report.
For example, the report of any committee setup by the Government is signed
at the end by all the members of the committee. The report becomes legally
valid only after being duly signed.
NOTES
Check Your Progress
3. What are the two kinds of reports?
4. What is letter of transmittal?

QUESTIONS
1. A report may be defined as a form of systematic presentation of information

relating to an event, progress of action or some activity.
2. Two characteristics of report are that it is generally submitted to a higher
authority and communicated upwards in an organisation.
3. The two kinds of reports are short reports and long reports.
4. Letter of transmittal is a type of covering letter to submit the report to the
person or authority.
9.5 SUMMARY
 Reports are an integral part of an organizational activity.

 A report carries information from someone who has it to someone who
needs it.
 For a business report to serve effectively the purpose for which it is intended,
it is essential that it possess certain essentials.
 Reports can be in both oral and written forms, though written reports are
preferred.
 Informational reports only contain information in the form of facts and data.
They do not contain any analysis or suggestions based on the information
presented.
 Routine reports are submitted to the management at regular intervals by
individuals, sections, departments, etc to help the management control
administration effectively.
 While writing a report, one must read the instructions carefully on the basis
of which report is to be prepared.
 Short report can be submitted in a letter or memorandum format whereas
a long report can be submitted in a combined structure.
Self-Instructional
152 Material
Report Writing
9.6 KEY WORDS
 Stakeholder: A person with an interest or concern in something, especially

a business. NOTES
 Bibliography: A list of the books referred to in a scholarly work, typically
printed as an appendix.
 Documentation: Material that provides official information or evidence or
that serves as a record.
9.7 SELF ASSESSMENT QUESTIONS

AND EXERCISES
1. What are the characteristics of business reports?
2. How are written reports better han oral reports?
3. What are the different types of reports?
4. What is the difference between engineering reports and business reports?
1. Define report. What is the importance of rpeorts?
2. Discuss the essentials of a good business report.
3. How should a report be drafted? Discuss the structure of a report.
4. What are the characteristics of a good report?
Publishing House.
Improvement Exercises. United States: Prentice Hall. Self-Instructional
Material 153
Writing E-mails
UNIT 10 WRITING E-MAILS

Structure
NOTES
10.0 Introduction
10.1 Objectives
10.2 Electronic Mail
10.4 Summary
10.5 Key Words
10.0 INTRODUCTION
The contours of business communication are changing at a rapid pace. The methods
and channels of communication used yesterday are making way for speedier and
more efficient ones today. Telecommunications and computers are driving this
change across the world. Numerous technology-induced developments towards
the end of the last century have brought about new dimensions to the range, speed,
methods and modalities of personal and business communication. Internet, laptop,
mobiles, modems, word processors, communication networking systems, data
warehousing, computer-based messaging systems and a host of technology
powered developments have started impacting every sphere of activity, including
corporate and business communication.
Businesses are metamorphosing. Old ways of doing things are making way
for the new and more sophisticated ones. Telecommunications have seen an
enormous growth, thereby impacting the lives of people around the world. As
John Naisbitt and Patricia Aburdene say in their book, Megatrends 2000, ‘In
telecommunications we are moving to a single worldwide information network,
just as economically we are becoming one global marketplace.’ Thanks to
globalization and cross-border flow of ideas and resources, developments in one
place are rapidly reaching other parts of the world. The technology revolution has
started impacting rural areas as well.
A growing number of companies the world over have started investing in
networks and e-mail for communications. For business communicators, all these
developments bring in new opportunities as well as responsibilities. Messages
have to be brief, swift and focused. Transmission leakages have to be brought
down substantially. As businesses share and transmit information, both internally
and externally, data security assumes significance There is now a much greater
choice of channels and instruments.
Self-Instructional
154 Material
Writing E-mails
10.1 OBJECTIVES
After going through this unit,you will be able to:

 Learn how to write good e-mails NOTES
 Describe principles of e-mail
 Discuss e-mail etiquette
 Examine how to overcome problems in e-mail communication
10.2 ELECTRONIC MAIL
E-mail stands for electronic mail. ‘e’ in e-mail stands for electronic. This word can
be spelled either email or e-mail. Email is described as a way of sending messages
and data to other people by means of computers connected together in a network.
Email refers to an electronic message sent via the Internet. It is a computer-based
messaging system that transports electronic messages from one computer to another
through a communication network. In a large organization, e-mail connectivity is
established across numerous locations, such as branches, regional offices, controlling
offices, service units and training centres. Each e-mail location is identified by a
unique e-mail identification, in short email id. Messages and data, which are
otherwise transferred through couriers, speed post and floppies can instead be
transferred through e-mail. Physical transfer and movement, so essential in other
means of transmission, are avoided. Data transmission through e-mail is both
instantaneous and cost effective.
The advantages of using e-mail are indeed many:
 E-mail communication is swift, in fact instantaneous.
 E-mail communication is extremely economical.
 Email communication can be lengthy or heavy when it carries attachments.
 E-mail communication has a large global reach and access.
 Email communication is unmindful of time zones.
 E-mail communication is largely reliable; the sender can know if the
message has reached the addressee or not.
 E-mail communication can be readily acknowledged by the receiver.
 The sender can also seek an acknowledgement from the receiver.
 The sender can send copies of the message to many others
instantaneously.
 E-mail communication messages normally use the telegraphic language
and salutation, and other essentials of a regular correspondence are not
a must.
Self-Instructional
Material 155
Writing E-mails  E-mail communication can be stored and retrieved as and when required
by both the sender and the receiver.
Create an E-mail ID
NOTES E-mails are emerging as the fastest system of communication among people across
the globe. Websites provide a variety of options to users for transmitting and
receiving text messages, graphics and even photographs. Corporates and
organizations transmit their messages through e-mails to avoid telephone
conversations. Moreover, the message can be conveyed to a large number of
people simultaneously.
A person wanting to send an e-mail is required to have an e-mail account
with any website which provides an e-mail service to its users. The e-mail ID is
similar to the postal address, which a person must have to receive postal mail or
couriers.
Businesses which realize the potential of e-mails are giving as much importance
to e-mail messages as they are to mail messages. Like any other communication,
sales and other people are encouraged to open their e-mail inboxes periodically
and make sure that e-mails are read and responded to promptly. Similarly, in
order to discourage the use of official e-mail channels unduly for personal
communication, strict penal provisions are stipulated and enforced.
No wonder, there is a rapid growth in the use of e-mail across the world.
One of the earlier annual reports of Lucent Technologies refers to a whopping five
million messages per minute through the e-mail. More recent data (2014) suggest
that the number of email messages per minute has crossed 200 million. Email has
become an indispensable means of information exchange, continuing to gallop in
terms of volumes.
It is indeed very essential to be familiar with e-mail, as most businesses
today are using this medium of communication. We have earlier discussed the
subject of preparing and sending job application letters and resumes. It is worth
noting here that some of the companies and job advertisers insist that application
letters and resumes be sent only through e-mail, to the specified e-mail address.
Similarly, intimations and other routine communication are also sent by businesses
only through e-mails. Having an e-mail ID and being conversant with this medium
of message transmission is thus not only useful but also absolutely essential.
Email is used for both personal communication and business communication.
When email messages are sent for personal communication, they tend to be informal
communication. On the other hand, when email messages are sent in a corporate
or business framework, they tend to be formal and official. Email application for a
job, sending of an office memorandum and email office reminders are all examples
of formal communication in business. Personal emails may or may not give adequate
attention to spelling, grammar and the rules of good writing, but business
communication must necessarily do so. Every good communicator must keep in
Self-Instructional
156 Material
mind the distinction between personal informal communication and official and Writing E-mails
formal communication. When these distinctions get blurred, business communication

becomes shoddy. Business communication should not be informal and casual.
Principle of E-mail and E-mail Etiquette NOTES
In this section, let’s study when it is not suitable to send an e-mail and the e-mail
etiquettes.
When e-mails are not suitable
Notwithstanding the several advantages of email communication, there are some
instances where an email communication is not recommended. These are as follows:
 emails are not suitable when the communication or letter is of special
significance to the receiver. For example, when an appreciation letter,
promotion letter or any communication that is worth preserving is sent.
Email messages do not carry the same personal touch which a handwritten
or neatly typed message on good quality paper carries.
 emails are not suitable when the receiver has to file them and keep them for
long time future reference. The storability or durability of electronic
communication is not as well-known as that of paper records.
 emails are best avoided when they are meant to be confidential as they can
be easily forwarded to several others.
 emails serve well when the letters are short and the contents routine. When
the letters are long and subject complex, it would be more appropriate to
send formal written communication.
 emails are not to be used when the receiver expects a signed copy of the
communication.
Mind your email language
When it comes to sending business related emails, the rules of good writing are
very much relevant. Just because emails are easy to send, due diligence relevant in
business writing should not be overlooked. Emails do constitute business
communication, although the transmission of the message takes place through the
internet mode. Rules of good writing are to be followed.
Avoid the following
 grammatical errors
 misspellings
 punctuation mistakes
 capitalization errors
 lengthy sentences and paragraphs
 casual writing
Self-Instructional
Material 157
Writing E-mails  marking unnecessary copies
 texting abbreviations
 typos or typing errors
NOTES Further, the ‘to’ address, subject line, greetings, formal business language
and formal and friendly closing are all very essential in email messages too. The
degree of formality in sending emails would vary depending upon the status and
relationship of the sender and the recipient of the letter. Email communication does
not permit informal and casual approach when the business relationship is formal
and official.
Dear is still very appropriate As evident from the Box Item given above, of
late, the use of ‘Dear’ has seen some controversy. The advent of email has impacted
the formal writing style and has raised a question mark over the use of ‘Dear’.
Notwithstanding certain reservations expressed at some quarters, we need to note
that, for the present, ‘Dear’ is still dear when it comes to formal business
communication. ‘Dear Sir’, ‘Dear Mr. Khan’, ‘Dear Ms. Bharathi’, and ‘Dear
Prof Iyer’ are examples of how to address the business emails. It is appropriate to
use titles wherever they exist. ‘Dear All’ can be used when addressing a group.
‘Hi’and ‘Hello’are used only in informal writing. Similarly, while closing the business
emails, Sincerely, Cordially, Regards, Best Regards, etc. would be appropriate.
Email provides for sending not only messages but also files and lengthy
documents. When such lengthy reports and documents have to be sent through
the email, they are invariably sent as ‘attachments’. Sending lengthy documents by
way of email attachments is instantaneous and works out cheaper than the postal
or courier route.
That is why lengthy messages and documents are regularly sent as
attachments. In addition to such messages and documents, pictures, internet links,
audio files and video files can also be sent as attachments to an email. Emails can
be sent by the press of a button. This is both a boon and a bane. Good business
communicators should make it a habit to press the ‘send’ button only after checking
the contents thoroughly for grammatical and other errors, ensuring that the
attachments are in place and the recipient’s address is correctly typed. That is
why, it is recommended that the ‘to’ address and the ‘Cc’ columns are typed at
the end after thoroughly ensuring that everything is in order. Any undue haste
invariably results in sending incomplete or incorrect messages and the consequent
embarrassments.
Emails are speedy communication. Anyone receiving an email is expected
to respond promptly and without any delay. If no reply is warranted, the message
is read and either saved or deleted as the case may be. Further, when required, a
print out of the message can be taken and filed. Although there is a provision to
forward the email received, as a matter of business ethics, due care should be
taken while forwarding emails. Any such forwarding should be strictly need-based
and any confidential information should not be forwarded indiscriminately. While
Self-Instructional
158 Material
acknowledging emails received, do specifically acknowledge the attachments, if Writing E-mails
any.
Example of Good Communication Formal Email Letter
To: [email protected] NOTES
Cc: [email protected]
Subject: Business Communication Training Material
Dear Mr. Ahmad
I am the Training Manager at Top Trainers Ltd. at Bengaluru. I am contacting
you in connection with our requirement of books and CDs available with you on
the subject of business communication.
We will be organizing training programmes for the faculty of prominent
Business Schools next month. Apart from providing relevant training material to all
the participants, we propose to provide to them a few books and CDs on the
subject of Business Communication. Our initial requirement would be 30 sets.
Could you please send us a set of relevant books and CDs available with
you on the subject along with your price list, delivery time and payment terms.
Our mailing address is: Top Trainers Ltd. 55, M.G.Road, Bengaluru 560002.
Contact No. 91 9999955555.
Looking forward to your early response.
Regards
Mathew Arnold, Training Manager.
Example of Bad Communication Formal Email Letter
Reply soon.
Bye
Mathew
It is very important to use the right tools. In order to fully overcome your email
challenges and increase your impact and engagement with email internal
communications, you need to take crae of certain factors.
Most of the poeple are still not aware of the fact that the technology exists
to bring the full power of the digital age to email. This technology can be used by
communicators to personalize communications to the recipient – enabling the right
messages get to the right employees at the right time.
Employees receive personalized emails in a recognizable format that can be
consumed on any device, and pushes only relevant content to that employee. This
helps the employees in not missing any information.Moreover, they also get saved
from the risk of being swamped with content that is of little interest or use to them.
Self-Instructional
Material 159
Writing E-mails And, your campaigns are now highly measureable – and provide essential
insight to communicators to improve going forward – plus prove business value.
Information Overload
NOTES It is increasingly becoming difficult to cut through the inbox clutter. And information
overload is usually part of the problem.
Two types of emails contribute to inbox overload:
1. Employee-to-employee – ‘All-employee’, excessive CCs and dreaded
reply-to-alls often clutter the inbox and cause important communications to
be lost in the deluge. Moreover, email is also being used for the tasks it was
never intended to do: document transfer, collaboration and storage. This
needs to be specifically addressed by organizations so as to educate and
improve the use of email in the workplace – which in turn will decrease
inbox clutter.
2. Corporate email communications – Here’s where internal communicators
can make a big impact – leading by example, using best practice in all
internal corporate communications.
The first step towards decluttering the inbox is to create a central calendar. Working
as a united team, set up and use central view to control and manage all corporate
communications across the business. This can help a lot in decreasing duplication,
increasing relevance – and ensuring the frequency is right.
Rather than working in silos, partner with departments to consolidate, align
and schedule regular communications; such as newsletters, as well as CEO and
urgent messages. To further highlight important messages, implement black out
days – and control volume by the use of protected lists that limit the capability to
send mass emails. (Newsweaver has calendars built into customer accounts.)
Personalization
The secret to engagement is treating your employees as individuals. Personalization
lets you deliver that type of email communications – content relevant to each
employee.
Personalization is also fantastic at reducing information overload because
you are sending emails based on the needs of the employee. Rather than a batch-
and-blast approach, you tailored content at the right time to the right audience.
Conduct a data audit to see what employee data you can use to segment
audiences, personalize content, target campaigns and determine frequency.
Channel effectiveness
The growing proliferation of channels can be confusing. The best advice in this
small space is not to drop existing technology just to favor a new one. Instead
conduct a channel audit to understand what is working, and what your employees
Self-Instructional
like to use, and what you would like them to use more frequently.
160 Material
Measurement Writing E-mails
Organizations increasingly recognize the need for – and benefits of – internal

communications. However, as with mature corporate functions such as HR,
marketing and finance, with this recognition comes a greater expectation to prove NOTES
ROI and business value.
If you still count Outlook read receipts as a metric – you’re not getting the
in-depth measurement you need. Again, it comes back to using the most up-to-
date technology – using the right tools and technology to create smart emails in the
digital age.
Opens and clicks are indicators, but they do not provide the complete insight
you need. Therefore, what you need to do is drill down on the types of clicks,
such as content and section popularity, downloads, and event registrations, etc.
Use data to break out metrics by employee groups. This will allow you to
measure employee engagement across the organization. These fields could include
departments, pay grade, offices, regions or countries.
Create benchmarks and trend your results over time. While industry
benchmarks are interesting, it is more important to create your own unique
benchmarks tied to your goals. Review trends over months, quarters and the
financial year to get a truly accurate view of peaks and troughs in employee activity.
And once you start measuring, and sharing insights with stakeholders and
senior leaders – you are going to be able to work towards getting a seat at the
strategic table. You’ll be in a very good position to not just ‘manage’
communications, but help create them.
Check Your Progress

1. What does e-mail stand for?
2. Define e-mail.
3. What are the two types of emails that contribute to inbox overload?

QUESTIONS
1. E-mail stands for electronic mail.

2. E-mail is described as a way of sending messages and data to other people
by means of computers connected together in a network.
3. The two types of emails that contribute to inbox overload are employee-to-
employee and corporate e-mail communications.
Self-Instructional
Material 161
Writing E-mails
10.4 SUMMARY
 The contours of business communication are changing at a rapid pace.

NOTES  Telecommunications and computers are driving a change across the world.
 Businesses are metamorphosing. Old ways of doing things are making way
for the new and more sophisticated ones.
 A growing number of companies the world over have started investing in
networks and e-mail for communications.
 mail stands for electronic mail. ‘e’ in e-mail stands for electronic. This word
can be spelled either email or e-mail.
 Email is described as a way of sending messages and data to other people
by means of computers connected together in a network.
 mails are emerging as the fastest system of communication among people
across the globe.
 A person wanting to send an e-mail is required to have an e-mail account
with any website which provides an e-mail service to its users.
 The e-mail ID is similar to the postal address, which a person must have to
receive postal mail or couriers.
 Email is used for both personal communication and business communication.
When email messages are sent for personal communication, they tend to be
informal communication.
 When it comes to sending business related emails, the rules of good writing
are very much relevant.
 Email provides for sending not only messages but also files and lengthy
documents.
 Emails are speedy communication. Anyone receiving an email is expected
to respond promptly and without any delay.
10.5 KEY WORDS
 Business: Business is the activity of making one’s living or making money

by producing or buying and selling products (goods and services).
 Telecommunication: Telecommunication is the transmission of signs,
signals, messages, words, writings, images and sounds or information of
any nature by wire, radio, optical or electromagnetic systems.
 Internet: The Internet is the global system of interconnected computer
networks that use the Internet protocol suite (TCP/IP) to link devices
worldwide.
Self-Instructional
162 Material
Writing E-mails
AND EXERCISES
Short-Answer Questions NOTES
1. Write a short note on e-mail.

2. What is the process of creating an e-mail id?
3. What are the advantages of using e-mail?
4. What are the wyas to overcome problems in e-mail communication?
1. What do you understand by information overload? How can one declutter
his or her inbox?
2. Discuss the types of e-mails that contribute to inbox overload.
3. How can organizations channel internal communications?
4. How can one write e-mails effectively? Discuss.
Publishing House.
Self-Instructional
Material 163
Business Presentation
UNIT 11 BUSINESS PRESENTATION

Structure
NOTES
11.0 Introduction
11.1 Objectives
11.2 Oral Communication
11.3 Business Presentation
11.5 Summary
11.6 Key Words
11.0 INTRODUCTION
Oral communication is, by far, the most common method of communication in use.
Ever since man learnt the use of languages, oral communication has developed
myriad forms. Talking, conversation, speaking, telephone talks, interviews,
discussions and presentations are all forms of active and direct communication.
Business-related success as well as career-related progression of individuals is
influenced substantially by oral communication skills. Good speakers, more often
than not, carry the day. Sound oral communication skills are imperative for becoming
effective leaders. The world of business relies much more on oral communication
than on written communication. Spoken communication being an integral part of
everyday business life, good speakers command a premium.
Speaking with colleagues, business associates, customers, superiors,
prospects and various other sections of public in an unambiguous and convincing
manner is indeed a fine skill. Spokespersons, good negotiators, people with
persuasive skills, counsellors, people with good presentation skills and those who
have mastered the art of public speaking command great value and are much
sought after in a variety of business organizations and institutions. In the
entertainment industry in particular, there is a growing demand for accomplished
speakers as anchors, presenters, panelists, moderators, radio jockeys, comperes
and masters of ceremonies (MCs). There are even professional speakers who are
often in great demand.
Research carried out decades ago has shown that an average person spends
about 30 per cent of his or her time speaking and about 45 per cent of his or her
time listening. These findings relate to the period prior to the onslaught of television
and the advent of computers in a big way. The time spent would have undergone
some change in the recent years. Nevertheless, the importance of spoken
communication, both at the personal level and at the professional level, can hardly
be underestimated. Good speaking and good listening are both vital aspects of
Self-Instructional
164 Material
effective verbal communication. As members of the family, society, community Business Presentation
and business, men and women spend much of their time in oral communication.
What they need to do, they must learn to do well.
The spoken word has assumed such great significance that people who
NOTES
learn the art of saying the right thing at the right time get ahead in life. In the context
of management, the art of managing the mouth carries a premium. Speaking only
when required, to the extent required, refraining from speaking when the situation
so demands and speaking without revealing too much are aspects of managing the
mouth that call for a good understanding of the role of oral communication in
varied business situations. Good speakers and orators who can win over and
mesmerize the audience with their mastery over the language, depth of the subject,
power of expression, fluency and style are in great demand in seminars, conferences,
workshops, negotiations, brainstorming sessions, presentations and other interactive
forums.
Speaking well is indeed an art. An art means a skill that is especially gained
through practice. Maybe, there are people for whom the gift of the gab or the
ability to speak with ease is a God-given gift. All the same, it is also true that most
others develop the art of speaking through sustained and conscious efforts. No
one is a born speaker. Practice, observation and hard work over a period of time
can turn an ordinary speaker into a great speaker. Like many other business-
related skills, they acquired oral communication skills over the years. In the following
pages, we will be discussing at length how one learns and masters the art of good
speaking and effective presentation skills.
11.1 OBJECTIVES

 Describe the skills of oral communication
 Discuss the techniques and purpose of oral business presentation
 Recollect the steps of making a presentation
 Discuss how to deliver a presentation effectively
11.2 ORAL COMMUNICATION
Oral communication refers to the spoken word. It takes the form of sounds and
words. Starting out as a struggle by the early man, oral communication has had a
long journey. It has developed across different regions, cultures, countries and
continents. The development of numerous languages across the world has
empowered oral communication.
Self-Instructional
Material 165
Business Presentation Oral communication plays a vital role in everyday life, both for individuals
and organizations. It is, indeed, the most commonly used method of communication
both at the social level and at the organizational level. Everyone makes copious
use of oral communication in their transactions and interactions. For the individual,
NOTES talking and speaking provide a very dependable means of communication within
the family and in social groups. Oral communication is also extensively and gainfully
used within organizations and business entities as well.
Oral communication is also referred to as verbal communication. It takes
place between individuals with the help of words. Oral communication takes place
in many ways—casual and serious, formal and informal, structured and unstructured.
Oral communication encompasses conversation, monologue, dialogue, talk, speech
and chat. Some of these are pre-meditated and some are not. Formal speeches
are pre-planned and well structured, whereas informal ones are unstructured and
often loosely worded.
As already noted, oral communication can be both structured and
unstructured. It can also be formal or informal. In other words, oral communication
comprises of both small talk and big talk. Small talk is informal and unstructured.
You simply talk. Small talk is often casual. On the other hand, big talk is both
formal and structured. It is a serious talk with particular concern for its impact and
effectiveness. Big talk calls for planning and organizing. Small talk usually refers to
conversations, chats, gossiping and the like where the speakers talk without much
concern for the consequences. They are casual and often described as friendly
chat, idle talk, common gossip, and so on. Figuratively speaking, when we say,
“we indulged in small talk before getting down to business”, it means that we did
some casual talking before discussing business. Big talk comprises of giving a
speech, making a presentation, participating in a meeting, handling a negotiation,
counselling, dealing with a crisis, attending an interview, making a sales talk,
strengthening customer contact, discussion as a panel member, and a host of other
talks which are now an integral part of the business world. Small talk may not
always be aimed at achieving anything specific. It, nevertheless, helps in building
rapport and paving the way for big talk. Big talk, however, is always goal oriented.
Big talk is done with specific objectives. Big talk aims to inform, influence, educate,
convince, promote, resolve, motivate, and attain several such objectives. Big talk,
to be effective, calls for tremendous skills and persistent efforts. The world of
business especially looks for those people who are good at big talk.
Direct person-to-person communication plays a very useful role in any
organization, essentially in work situations, where there are employer- employee,
superior-subordinate and service provider-customer interactions. Oral
communication is a speedy two-way process. The message conveyed through
oral communication is instantaneous. The messages can travel back and forth without
any loss of time. It is possible for the receiver of the message to respond immediately
to the sender making the process highly interactive. The messages between the
Self-Instructional
166 Material
sender and the receiver can go back and forth, with role reversals taking place, till Business Presentation
the objective is achieved.

There are many businesses and groups where spoken word carries
considerable weight. There are businesses where, for various reasons, not much is
NOTES
documented or reduced to black and white. The verbal contracts are taken as
seriously as the written ones and are faithfully fulfilled. A promise made is a promise
kept. Likewise, in organizational situations, oral instructions, appeals and messages
are seldom disregarded. Oral communication, besides being interactive, can also
be quite persuasive.
Another noteworthy merit of oral communication is that it can be
supplemented and complemented by non-verbal communication for greater impact.
When a speaker speaks, the message is conveyed not only through the spoken
words, but also by body movements and actions. When a person is talking or
speaking or counselling, the warmth or otherwise of the person’s feelings is also
expressed through the body language. It is, however, worth noting that if this
language is not used consciously to reinforce the verbal messages, it may lead to
confusion and even contradiction.
Notwithstanding its several merits, oral communication gets constrained by
various physical factors. It works well in small groups—at counters, in classrooms,
in meetings and conferences, in counselling and persuasive sessions. A major
drawback of oral communication is that it cannot be erased. There is a sense of
finality concerning the spoken word. Any word uttered by the speaker travels
swiftly and reaches the target. Any slip of the tongue can create an embarrassment
and an unintended hurt. The moment a wrong or unintended word is delivered, the
damage is done. Effective speakers are acutely conscious of this factor. More so,
when they make extempore speeches. Recognizing this limitation, while resorting
to any form of oral communication, one should learn to make a careful choice of
words. Until the fine art of speaking with restraint is developed, it would be desirable
to make the speeches and interventions, structured and well thought out rather
than spontaneous and extempore. Whenever the oral communication is intended
to achieve an important objective, extra care should be taken with the choice of
words.
In personal as well as organizational communication, several channels or
tools are regularly used. These include the telephone, the cell phone, the microphone,
the radio, the amplifier and the loudspeaker. To the extent they are well chosen
and well maintained, they facilitate smooth and effective flow of communication. If
care is lacking while using them, they may prove to be a hindrance rather than an
aid.
Self-Instructional
Material 167
Business Presentation Table 11.1 Merits and Demerits of Oral Communication
Merits Demerits
1. It can be readily used. 1. It is not very effective when the target
NOTES 2. It is instantaneous. group is spread out.
3. It can be persuasive. 2. It is constrained by language, accent and
4. It is cost effective. vocabulary.
5 It facilitates effective person-to-person 3. It is also constrained by noise and other
exchange. physical barriers.
6. It works very well in small groups. 4. It is not normally recorded or
7. It can be supplemented by non-verbal documented.
messages. 5. It does not permit repeated reference.
6. It cannot be erased.
7. It is often dependent on memory.
Check Your Progress

1. Define oral communication.
2. Mention any two merits of oral communication.
11.3 BUSINESS PRESENTATION
Presentations constitute an extremely popular method of interactive communication,

especially in the world of business. Presentations are so much a part of the business
world today that it is hard to think of a profession or business that does not make
use of presentations. Speeches and presentations have become an integral part of
business transactions and relationships. The ability to make a good speech and an
effective presentation adds value to a professional or anyone associated with the
world of business. Both speeches and presentations are a part of oral communication
and are often used interchangeably. However, while a speech refers to an act of
speaking, a presentation relates to the act of presenting. In that sense a presentation
is, generally speaking, a more formal act. It is done with much preparation and
there is nothing casual or sudden about it. More importantly, a presentation relates
to oral communication with the help of audio-visual aids.
A presentation is described as an act of showing, explaining or describing
something to a group of people. Its objective may be to inform, explain, convince
or win over the audience. It is an important communication skill that must be
mastered for professional and business success.
Since a presentation, like a speech, is also a method of oral communication,
most of the aspects which we have already covered under good speaking would
be valid for a good presentation as well. All the three aspects relevant to a speech,
viz., verbal, visual and vocal dimensions impact any presentation. A presentation
should also be structured like a speech to cover three main parts, viz., introduction,
body and conclusion. The choice of words, appropriate use of jargon, fluency of
language, presentation style, audience analysis and such other concerns relevant in
Self-Instructional
168 Material
connecting with and engaging the audience are also very relevant for an effective Business Presentation
presentation. Without repeating what we have already covered under speeches,

we shall now discuss aspects specific to understanding and acquiring presentation
skills.
NOTES
Presentations are made in classrooms, seminars, conferences and to groups
of persons on certain scheduled topics. The topic for presentation is predetermined
and there is nothing rambling or disorganized about it. Presentations have a specific
objective. Quite often, the objective is not just to inform, but more importantly to
influence, persuade, motivate and amplify. The verbal message is supplemented
with the help of audio and visual aids for greater impact. Seeing plus hearing has
greater impact than mere hearing. The objective of a presentation is to present all
relevant details to the interested target audience on a specific topic or concept or
area of interest in a participative manner. Any good presentation is well structured,
properly packaged and presented to create high impact.
Presentations are of various kinds. Whenever a presenter feels that he has
to reach out to an audience, influence their thinking and create an impact to achieve
a certain objective, he may gainfully make a presentation. The presentations may
range from a simple classroom presentation to amplify a concept or idea to a sales
presentation to a very high-level strategy presentation. The venue for a presentation
may be as varied as a classroom or a conference room or an executive cabin or
even a boardroom. Apart from concept or idea presentations, product or sales
presentations and strategy presentations are very common in the world of business.
During any presentation on products and services, demonstrations covering the
functioning and operation of new products are also introduced. Let us look at
some examples of how presentations are used in business:
 A salesperson makes a presentation on a new product.
 An advertising agency makes a presentation on an advertising campaign
to a client.
 A management consultant makes a presentation on organizational
restructuring to a large business organization.
 An economist makes a presentation on the impact of global recession in
a business seminar.
 An event manager makes a presentation to a chamber of commerce on
a major trade fair.
 A CEO makes a presentation to his top management team on their
business strategy plan for the ensuing year.
As we can see, these are just some random thoughts and there could be
any number of minor and major, short and long, technical and non-technical, routine
and path-breaking presentations in business situations. A salesperson or a junior-
level person to the chief executive or a highly placed person may be required to
make a presentation. Likewise, a presentation may be made by one individual or
Self-Instructional
Material 169
Business Presentation a group of persons. Presentations help when technical as well as non-technical
aspects have to be neatly and forcefully presented by means other than mere
written or verbal.
Presentations are emerging as a popular means of communicating various
NOTES
concepts and ideas, features of gadgets, technology-based products, business
results, analytical studies, status reports, strategic plans and a host of such items.
Presentations help in simplification, amplification, analysis and reiteration.
Presentations facilitate putting forth issues in proper perspective. Presentations
are extremely useful in covering the subject emphatically within a given time.
Presentations are helpful from the standpoint of time management, so crucial in
business management.
Keeping in view all these advantages, in most business organizations,
presentations, scheduled on various relevant topics, are made to CEOs and top
management teams, decision-making authorities and even to board members.
Whenever a selection is to be made for any assignment or task, the contenders are
normally asked to make a presentation. Based on the presentations, evaluations
are made. For example, short listed vendors of any software or hardware product
may be asked to make a presentation. Similarly, short listed advertising agencies
may be called upon to make a presentation before a panel before a selection is
made. Obviously, in all such cases, the quality of the presentation and its impact on
the target audience influence the final decision concerning the product or assignment.
When such presentations are made, apart from the merits of the product or the
proposal, the manner in which it is presented often assumes critical importance.
Under such circumstances, presentation skills of the people concerned assume
great significance. No wonder, people with good presentation skills are in great
demand in the world of business.
Let us now look at the skills relevant for making a good presentation. The
person keen on making an effective presentation has to necessarily develop various
types of interactive skills:
 Essentially, one should be a good communicator and should learn to
express oneself clearly and forcefully.
 He or she should be comfortable in facing the target audience and should
build requisite confidence.
 The communicator should be familiar with the various techniques for
holding the audience’s attention.
 The presenter should be well versed in presenting various types of audio-
visual aids to heighten the impact of presentation.
 The person should be able to synchronize the verbal delivery or narration
with the visual message.
 The presentation should not appear rehearsed or stereotype. The person
should make the presentation within the allotted time.
Self-Instructional
170 Material
 The presenter should be looking at the visual message as well as the Business Presentation
audience and should not miss eye contact with the audience.
 The presenter should develop good fluency of language and also use
familiar and appropriate words.
NOTES
 The presenter should know which parts of the visual message or slides
should be emphasized or elaborated and which should be skipped or
rushed.
 The person should be alive to the response from the audience and know
how to sustain it.
 The presenter should also know how to make effective use of the vocal
and visual aspect of body language to make the presentation effective.
 Good presentation skills thus constitute good speaking skills plus effective
use of visual and other aids to create a total impact.
 The person making the presentation should know how to manage the
Question and Answer session effectively.
Steps in Making a Presentation
Good writing is a three-stage process covering pre-writing, writing and revising.
Similarly, good presentation consists of three stages, viz., planning, preparation
and delivery. Making a formal presentation is a serious business. It calls for an
organized effort. Any faux pas or embarrassing blunder in public speaking or formal
presentations will adversely affect the standing or credibility of not only the speaker
but also the institution which he or she represents. Good presentations do not
happen by accident. Although good presenters make their presentations look
effortless, a great deal of effort actually goes into it. Effective presentations are the
result of a three-stage process comprising of planning, preparation and delivery.
1. Planning the Presentation: Planning the presentation essentially involves
four steps, viz., audience analysis, setting the objective, defining the topic
and mind travelling.
Any speech or presentation is meant for the audience. It is the group of
listeners who constitute the very purpose of the communication. Ultimately,
the presentation is good or bad depending on how the audience or target
group receives it. That is why audience analysis constitutes the starting point
of any presentation. The target audiences are indeed very diverse and varied.
They may not necessarily be a homogeneous and a highly attentive group.
They may be heterogeneous and disinclined. In terms of the level of
knowledge, ability to understand, receptivity, proficiency of language, kind
of expectations, and a host of such factors, there could be very significant
variations among the udience groups and batches of listeners. What works
well with one group need not be equally effective with the other groups.
There cannot be one-size-fits-all approach in making presentations.
Self-Instructional
Material 171
Business Presentation Depending upon the audience, the presentations have to be tailor-made. A
good presenter should always be conscious of audience-related differences
and plan and organize his or her presentation to suit the specific target group.
The next step in planning the presentation would be to set the objectives.
NOTES
Business communication, we have already noted, must be goal oriented.
Any presentation, formal speech, letter, memo or meeting has a purpose.
The objectives of presentations would be varied – to inform, to influence,
to amplify, to simplify, to educate, to motivate or to persuade. At the planning
stage, the presenter should take care to cover all the objectives in structuring
the presentation.
Every presentation will have a topic or a subject to be covered. This topic
could be the one selected by the speaker or the one decided by the audience
or organizers of the seminar, conference, study group, committee, as the
case may be. The planning process has to ensure that the topic so assigned
or chosen is adequately covered in the presentation. At the planning stage,
the person should ensure that the subject is covered with clarity and
completeness, and there is no room for ambiguity and misinterpretation.
Unless that is taken care of, the very purpose of the presentation may get
defeated.
The fourth step in the planning process is what is called mind travelling.
Mind travelling relates to building a vision of the presentation you are going
to make. It relates to organizing our thoughts – what to say, how to say,
what style to adopt, where to emphasize, where to pause, where to bring in
humor or present statistics, and so on. Mind travelling covers the broader
areas such as the dream, or imagination or foresight involving the
presentation. In doing so, a good presenter makes sure that audience analysis,
setting of objectives and delineation of the topic are all in place.
Presentations cannot be forceful, effective or persuasive, if the speaker is
not focused. If he or she wanders or is disorganized, the presentation
flounders. Those presentations which don’t follow a clear path to a concrete
call for action fail to deliver results. The planning should be such that the key
message and call for action come through clearly. Effective planning ensures
that the outcome of the presentations is on the expected lines. God planning
ensures that the structure of the presentation is clear, logical and result-
oriented.
2. Preparing the Presentation: Preparing any presentation involves four
steps, viz. collecting relevant information, organizing the content, selecting
the visual and other aids, and composing the presentation. Good speakers
and presenters take pains to prepare their speeches in advance. The time
spent on preparation would depend upon the familiarity of the topic, the
nature of audience, the length of the presentation and such other relevant
factors.
Self-Instructional
172 Material
The essence of any presentation is the content or the subject matter. In Business Presentation
other words, content counts. All the relevant facts and figures should be
necessarily covered in the presentation. In gathering the factual details, we
should note that there are basically two sources of data – primary and
secondary. Similarly, the data sources could be both internal and external. NOTES
Good presenters take care to collect requisite data from authentic and reliable
sources. They use updated and duly verified data. Inaccurate and stale
data are likely to be questioned and challenged during presentations. It is
said that, in general, there are no bad audiences, but only bad speakers.
The speaker should always assume that the audience consists of good,
thoughtful and responsive persons. They are attending the presentation
because they may not be as familiar with the subject as you are and are
keen to know more. Any good presenter should put in the content so as to
enrich the audience’s understanding of the topic.
Having collected all the relevant information, the next step is to organize the
material. The material should be arranged in proper sequence. Apart from
the subject related facts and figures, quotations and examples, tables and
charts, humorous anecdotes and such other aspects which add spice to the
presentation should be collected and kept ready. Keeping in view the wide
variety of presentations, it would be useful to bring in logical, ethical and
emotional appeals, as well as a variety of evidence to support your argument.
The next step is to select the visual and other appropriate aids. In today’s
context, presentations are done, more often than not, with the help of audio-
visual aids. Visual aids in any presentation include slides, flip charts, pictorial
presentations and the like. While organizing the presentation, the presenter
would get a fair idea about which stage and at which point during the
presentation, he or she would be needing these aids. Accordingly, the speaker
has to select, check the working condition and keep ready the visual aids.
All that we have discussed so far is akin to collecting the raw material.
Composing the presentation is somewhat like assembling the final product.
Composing the presentation means to combine together to form the whole.
In terms of content and coverage, any presentation would cover three distinct
aspects – introduction, body and closing.
The speaker starts with a greeting, covers the preliminaries and introduces
the topic. This is the introductory part. What is important here is to capture
the audience’s attention and to give them a reason to listen. You should get
the audience hooked by telling a story or illustration, referring to a disturbing
event or information, asking a rhetorical question or telling something that at
once arouses interest. In introduction, the speaker tells the audience what
he or she is going to present and how it would benefit them. In the
introductory part, the speaker sets the proper tone. The introductory part
normally consists of giving your credentials as a speaker and telling clearly
Self-Instructional
Material 173
Business Presentation what you are going to say. Since the initial words spoken by the presenter
are heard very attentively by the listeners, the speaker should take extra
care to make them appealing. What the speaker says by way of introduction
will influence the attentiveness of the audience. The speaker must make
NOTES every effort to catch attention, arouse curiosity and keep the opening remarks
promising. The speaker may also mention during the introductory remarks
when the listeners may ask their questions and get doubts clarified.
Next comes the body of your presentation. Moving to the body part of the
presentation, the speaker covers all the main points of the subject, puts in
all the supporting material and ensures complete coverage. All the evidence
and logical arguments are covered in the body of the presentation. The
audience attends the presentation with the expectation that the speaker will
enrich them on the topic. The audience expects the speaker to inform,
elucidate, amplify, enlighten and cogently cover the subject so that it becomes
worthwhile for them to listen to the speaker. The speaker may consult his
notes or the visual aids and comprehensively bring out all the relevant facts
and figures. The speaker may refer to the supporting material and provide
illustrations and examples in support of the points made. In view of its
significance, about two-thirds of the time spent on any presentation is allotted
to the body of the presentation. The main points are enumerated, emphasized
and amplified, so that the audience gains clarity about the subject covered.
The third and final part of the presentation is the closing of the presentation.
The closing or conclusion quickly sums up the main points and emphatically
makes the final point. Good speakers know that their final words can create
a lasting impression on the listeners. They take care to avoid weak ending.
This part of the presentation, they know, is crucial. They make sure to
reiterate the theme of their opening statement, sum up the key points and
the main message they have brought out. They end the presentation by
calling for action. Good speakers make the conclusion stand out. They
know how to close the presentation on a strong note. The closing should be
such as to leave behind a positive and lasting impression on the audience.
It is worth repeating that good presentations and speeches are the result of
hard work and meticulous preparation. Even the best of speakers prepare
their speeches, although not elaborately as a beginner or a novice. To quote
Mark Twain, ‘It usually takes more than three weeks to prepare a good
impromptu speech’.
Further, since presentations normally end with Question and Answer sessions,
during the preparation, the presenter should also anticipate the likely
questions and be in readiness to deal with them. The questions asked need
not necessarily be simple and familiar which means the preparation should
provide for even tricky and difficult questions. For any presentation to be
successful, speakers should anticipate different scenarios and prepare well.
Self-Instructional
Inability to answer questions leaves behind a poor impression about the
174 Material
speaker, his or her team and the organization. Thorough preparation Business Presentation
enhances the chances of a successful presentation.

3. Delivering the Presentation: Delivery relates to the actual manner in
which the message is communicated. Effectiveness of any speech or
NOTES
presentation depends not only on what is said, but also on how it is said.
When the speaker is not experienced, he or she is bound to suffer from
speech anxiety. This anxiety causes weak knees, low voice and sudden
memory loss. Practicing, especially in front of a small group, helps overcome
such anxiety. Great speakers attach particular attention to various aspects
of the delivery of the presentation. Delivery of a presentation should also
take cognizance of four aspects, viz. practice, non-verbal aspects, time
management, and building confidence.
Practice is very essential for any effective oral communication, and a speech
or presentation in particular. Practice here refers to the rehearsal of the
presentation. In the practice session, you make sure that the vocal, verbal
and visual aspects are in sync to create the desired impact. You ensure that
the presentation can be completed within the time allotted, even after
providing for some interruptions to seek clarifications. By practice, the
speaker ensures that all aspects of the presentation are duly factored in. No
amount of planning and other preparation is, in itself, any guarantee to a
good presentation. One must practice in front of a mirror or, better still, in
front of a familiar group of persons. To use a cliché, practice makes a man
(and a woman) perfect. Until a speaker practices the actual delivery of the
speech, it is only hope or conjecture. Practice also helps a speaker overcome
his or her anxiety. The more one practices, the more confident he or she
becomes.
Some communication experts believe that it is unrealistic to aim at a ‘perfect’
presentation. One should feel happy if the presentation is clearly organized,
well documented and effectively delivered. Expecting every presentation to
be perfect puts extra pressure on the speaker and adds to his or her
nervousness. As a training expert puts it, ‘Practice only makes you better,
but perfection doesn’t exist. The goal is to become so comfortable with
what you are saying, it will roll off your tongue with minimum effort.’
Another important aspect for ensuring great delivery relates to the non-
verbal aspects. The visual and the vocal features do play a significant role
and may either supplement or distort the verbal messages. Every speaker
and intending presenter should be cognizant of the non-verbal aspects not
only during the preparation stage, but also at the actual stage of delivery.
He or she should consciously cultivate good body language which includes
a smile, good postures and gestures, pleasing facial expressions, required
voice modulation, eye contact and mannerisms, and behavior. Awareness
relating to these aspects, especially during the delivery of presentations, is
vital for presentations to be effective. Self-Instructional
Material 175
Business Presentation Time management constitutes another essential requirement for presentations
to be effective. In the world of business, time means money. Audiences
relating to business presentations are mostly people who value their time.
The speaker must learn to complete the presentation well within the allotted
NOTES time. Moreover, in seminars, conferences, etc., speakers are normally slated
one after the other in consecutive time slots, and if one speaker overshoots
the allotted time, it will disrupt the subsequent sessions. Similarly, completing
the presentation much before the allotted time is also not desirable and
indicates poor planning and inadequate preparation.
In this context of ensuring effective time management, an important point to
be reiterated is the transmission rate. Transmission rate refers to the number
of words spoken per minute. Speakers speak, on an average, at the rate of
150-175 words per minute. Those who speak fast may achieve a speed of
about 200 words per minute. It is said that most listeners are capable of
comprehending 500 words per minute. Good presenters should mind this
transmission gap and make conscious efforts to keep their audience engaged.
Appropriate eye contact, body movements, pauses and gestures, voice
modulation, recourse to visual aids and such efforts to keep them engaged
would become essential.
Finally, it should be emphasized that good speaking and effective
presentations call for a high level of confidence. Key communication skills
are cultivated over a period of time through hard work, conscious efforts
and a series of ups and downs. There could be many moments of failures
and under-performance. Nevertheless, with sustained efforts, even a
mediocre speaker or presenter can certainly work his or her way up and
become not just an effective presenter, but in fact a great presenter. It is
worth noting here that all great speakers of today were mediocre or even
poor speakers sometime in the past. Building confidence is something every
good communicator has to do step by step.
Check Your Progress

3. Why is the ability to make a good speech and effective presentation
important?
4. Define presentation.

QUESTIONS
1. Oral communication refers to the spoken word. It takes the form of sounds
and words.
2. The message conveyed through oral communication is instantaneous. The
Self-Instructional messages can travel back and forth without any loss of time.
176 Material
3. The ability to make a good speech and an effective presentation adds value Business Presentation
to a professional or anyone associated with the world of business.

4. A presentation is described as an act of showing, explaining or describing
something to a group of people.
NOTES
11.5 SUMMARY
 Oral communication is, by far, the most common method of communication

in use.
 Oral communication refers to the spoken word. It takes the form of sounds
and words.
 Oral communication plays a vital role in everyday life, both for individuals
and organizations.
 Oral communication is also referred to as verbal communication. It takes
place between individuals with the help of words.
 Presentations constitute an extremely popular method of interactive
communication, especially in the world of business.
 A presentation is described as an act of showing, explaining or describing
something to a group of people.
 Presentations are emerging as a popular means of communicating various
concepts and ideas, features of gadgets, technology-based products,
business results, analytical studies, status reports, strategic plans and a host
of such items.
 Good writing is a three-stage process covering pre-writing, writing and
revising.
 Planning the presentation essentially involves four steps, viz., audience
analysis, setting the objective, defining the topic and mind travelling.
 Preparing any presentation involves four steps, viz. collecting relevant
information, organizing the content, selecting the visual and other aids, and
composing the presentation.
 Delivery relates to the actual manner in which the message is communicated.
 Some communication experts believe that it is unrealistic to aim at a ‘perfect’
presentation. One should feel happy if the presentation is clearly organized,
well documented and effectively delivered.
11.6 KEY WORDS
 Interview: An interview is a conversation where questions are asked and

answers are given.
Self-Instructional
Material 177
Business Presentation  Presentation: Presentation refers to a speech or talk in which a new product,
idea, or piece of work is shown and explained to an audience.
 Oral communication: Oral communication is the process of expressing
information or ideas by word of mouth.
NOTES

AND EXERCISES
1. Write a short note on oral communication.
2. What are the merits of oral communication?
3. How can one plan a presentation?
4. ‘Practice is very essential for any effective oral communication.’ Comment
on the statement with reference to the context.
1. How do presentations constitue an important method of interactive
communication?
2. How are presentations used in business? Discuss with some examples.
3. What are the steps in making a presentation?
4. Define oral communication. What are the demerits of oral communication?
Publishing House.
Self-Instructional
178 Material
Meetings
BLOCK - IV
MEETINGS, SKILLS AND EMPLOYMENT
COMMUNICATION NOTES
UNIT 12 MEETINGS
Structure
12.0 Introduction
12.1 Objectives
12.2 Types of Meetings/Business Meetings
12.3 Conducting Meetings
12.3.1 Common Mistakes Made at Meetings
12.5 Summary
12.6 Key Words
12.0 INTRODUCTION
Formal or informal deliberative assembly of individuals called to debate certain

issues and problems, and to take decisions. Formal meetings are held at definite
times, at a definite place, and usually for a definite duration to follow an agreed
upon agenda.
In this unit, we will learn about the importance of meetings, the types of
meetings and the important points to remember while conducting a meeting.
12.1 OBJECTIVES

 Describe the different types of meetings
 Understand the importance of business meetings
 Discuss ground rules of establishing meetings
 Identify the common mistakes made at meetings
12.2 TYPES OF MEETINGS/BUSINESS MEETINGS
There are different types of meetings. Each type requires a different supports,
structures and a different number of participants. For instance, a status (feedforward) Self-Instructional
Material 179
Meetings meeting has no limit to the number of participants while a decision-making meeting
produces results faster with a small number of participants.
The first step towards planning a meeting is defining what type of meeting it
is. While every meeting is unique, being familiar with the six most common types
NOTES
of meetings will help you identify the goals, structure, and activities best suited for
your meetings.
Six General Types of Meetings
 Decision Making Meetings  Problem Solving Meetings
 Innovation Meetings  Team Building Meetings
 Status Update Meetings  Information Sharing Meetings
Decision making meetings
The vast majority of business decisions are made by groups in meetings. While
small decisions are made in all kinds of meetings, the more important decisions
often get their own dedicated meetings. There are different types of group decision
making processes, and care should be taken to choose a process that best matches
the situation. A decision making process can include group processes like information
gathering and sharing, brainstorming solutions, evaluatingoptions, ranking
preferences, and voting.
Problem solving meetings
Problem solving meetings are perhaps the most complex and varied type of
meetings. Whether the meeting is addressing an identified problem, or it is focusing
on creating strategies and plans to navigate the future, there are a rich arsenal of
group processes that can be used. Scopes and priorities need to be defined,
opportunities and threats need to be identified, and possible solutions should
be brainstormed, evaluated, and agreed upon.
Status update meetings
Status update meetings is one of the most common meeting types. This category
includes regular team and project meetings, where the primary goal is to align the
team via updates on progress, challenges, and next steps. Commonly found group
activities in these kinds of meetings are problem solving, decision making,
prioritization, and task assignment.
Information sharing meetings
Presentations, panel debates, keynotes, and lectures are all examples of information
sharing meetings. The primary goal of these meeting is for the speakers to share
information with the attendees. This could be information about things
like upcoming changes, new products and techniques, or in depth knowledge of a
domain. Visual communication tools, like slides and videos, are powerful tools for
Self-Instructional
making the shared information more memorable.
180 Material
At information sharing meetings the attendees have historically been passive Meetings
listeners. With new technologies like MeetingSift they can use their smart devices
to go from passive spectators to active participants, making the meeting more
engaging and productive for all.
NOTES
Innovation meetings
Innovation meetings and creative meetings often start with thinking outside the
box, by brainstorming, associating, and sharing ideas in a broad scope. Meeting
participants can then use various techniques and processes to reduce the diverse
pool of ideas to a more focused short list. Through ranking, evaluations, and decision
making the most suitable idea, or ideas, are identified, and recommendations and
tasks can be assigned based on this.
Team building meetings
All meetings should contribute to team building, strengthening relationships and
corporate culture. However, now and then team building activities should be the
main focus for a meeting. This category include meetings like include all-hands
meetings, kick-off meetings, team building outings, and corporate events. Have
participants feel like essential parts of their unit, team, department, branch, and
company has all kinds of positive impact on their engagement, performance, and
satisfaction.
One of the most important advantage of business meetings is that they provide a
platform to share information. Be them the business meetings held within the
office among staff to meetings between a company and its client they always provide
an opportunity to share information. This could be as simple as sharing updates on
financials or recognizing new employees to more complex issues, such as contract
negotiations, new client presentations or addressing problems with an account. An
actual meeting pinpoints a time and place to have in-depth discussions without
other distractions or work getting in the way.
Business meetings are the perfect environment for encouraging teamwork,
be it among staff or between client and account manager. It provides a forum with
which to set team goals and brainstorm ways to meet them, considering input from
everyone in the meeting, versus just one person. When the meeting is between
client and company rep, the teamwork may happen in the form of feedback, when
the client may suggest certain things, to which the other party may respond and go
back and forth in a dialogue until a consensus is reached.
Check Your Progress

1. What are the different types of meetings?
2. Mention any one advantage of business meetings.
Self-Instructional
Material 181
Meetings
12.3 CONDUCTING MEETINGS
Agenda
NOTES
Agenda is the list of items to be taken up for discussion during the meeting. It
provides the reason for calling a meeting. It should be ensured that there are
adequate numbers of worthwhile issues which need deliberation at the meeting.
All topics and issues that will be taken up at the meeting call for advance efforts.
The items stated in the agenda should be relevant and appropriate, keeping in
view the purpose of the meeting and the expertise of the members who will be
participating in the meeting. If the agenda is not properly drawn up, the meeting
may not serve any useful purpose. The agenda should be such that an adequate
number of issues that merit the attention of members are listed for deliberation so
that the duration of the meeting is gainfully spent. Calling a meeting for the sake of
it, without any serious agenda, or just to ensure that the predetermined periodicity
is met, entails a waste of time and resources.
Background Papers
Every meeting of some importance will have a set of background papers, which
are sent in advance to the members who will participate in the meeting. These
background papers relate to the items listed in the agenda, and provide glimpses
of the issues involved. Background papers are normally prepared by the concerned
functionaries or departments seeking a decision on the issue or a deliberation on
the subject matter. Background papers should cover all relevant details that are
germane to effective deliberation. This would normally include facts, figures, different
views, expert opinion and the latest position. Minutes of the previous meeting are
also sent along with the first lot of background papers since they are always the
first item on the agenda. They are taken up for confirmation before proceeding to
the other items. Background papers ensure that deliberations are focused and
cover all relevant dimensions of the subject under discussion.
Background papers should clearly state what is expected of the meeting
and members. Board notes and office notes put up for meetings should state
clearly whether the note is submitted for ‘consideration and orders’ or for
‘information’. It is also a common practice to state the ‘resolution’ covering the
type of orders sought to ensure abundant clarity. The board or the committee, in
its wisdom, will decide whether the resolution has to be passed as it is, or with any
modifications.
Background papers, it should be noted, are to be sent to all the members
and invitees well in advance to enable them to come prepared with their views and
suggestions. In fact, if the subject matter is of a serious nature and if sufficient time
has not been provided for advance consideration, there is every likelihood of the
agenda item being deferred by the committee for consideration in the next meeting.
Self-Instructional
182 Material
At the same time, it is worth noting that whenever there are some important Meetings
developments which are to be brought before the committee members, or when

there are urgent decisions called for, and the matter is so urgent that it is not
desirable to wait till the next meeting, there is a system of submitting what are
called ‘table items’. Such items are tabled at the time of the meeting and are not NOTES
sent in advance. If the chairperson and members agree, such items are also taken
up for deliberation at the day’s meeting. As a general rule, however, table items
should be put up as an exception and only when warranted.
Whom to Invite
To be effective, deliberations at the meeting should involve all the concerned
functionaries. Regular members of the committees, wherever formally constituted,
will have to be invariably invited. At the same time, in the absence of a formal list,
it would be essential to identify people whose presence would be of significance
when subjects are taken up for deliberation. In some cases, senior functionaries
will have to be necessarily invited to lend authority to the decision-making process,
whereas some junior-level functionaries and subject matter specialists will have to
be present to provide technical details and other relevant papers. Persons to be
invited to the meeting, wherever not specifically stated, are best decided in
consultation with the chairperson and other senior functionaries on whose behalf
the meeting is convened.
Invitation for the meeting is to be clearly drawn up indicating the day, date,
time and venue of the meeting. Invitations have to be sent well in advance to
ensure that outstation participants have sufficient time to make appropriate travel
plans. Meeting notices will have to clearly indicate who should attend the meeting.
Sometimes people in organizations receive notices, which do not clearly indicate
whether they are sent as an invitation or just as an intimation. The addressee, in
this case, is likely to be confused and will have to start making enquiries. More so,
when one is not a formal member of the committee or has had no prior intimation
about it. The meeting notice should also state, wherever appropriate, whether the
addressee may bring one or two other colleagues dealing with the subject or, in
the alternative, if one is not in a position to attend, whether someone else can be
deputed on one’s behalf. Though most of these requirements look obvious, they
are often overlooked.
Timing and Venue
Care should be taken in fixing up meetings in a manner that is convenient to most
of the members or participants. A notice, well in advance, will ensure that participants
get adequate opportunity to schedule or reschedule their engagements. The date
and time should be fixed taking into account holidays, other important events and
functions which may clash with the meeting dates and time, and make it difficult for
the members to choose between one and the other. It is generally expected that
Self-Instructional
Material 183
Meetings the person convening the meeting will take some trouble to ensure that most of the
members, if not all, are in a position to attend and contribute. While it may not be
possible to totally avoid overlapping in all cases, some advance planning and
enquiries will certainly help achieve better attendance at meetings. Indication of
NOTES the duration of the meeting will also be helpful so that participants would know
how much time they have to allot for attending the meeting. Further, details such as
arrangements made, if any, for breakfast, lunch, accommodation and travel need
to be mentioned.
It is pertinent to mention here that while a reasonable advance intimation for
any meeting facilitates better attendance, any notice sent too much in advance will
have to be necessarily followed up with subsequent reminders. It is desirable to
remind the members and ascertain their participation on the day of the meeting or
a day prior to the meeting. This becomes even more essential when formal,
structured meetings need to have a quorum or minimum number of members.
The venue of the meeting should be fixed up well before the meeting notices
are dispatched. With so many meetings taking place in organizations, there is bound
to be considerable demand for meeting halls and conference rooms. The meeting
venue should have all the required physical facilities—fans, air conditioners,
microphones, projectors and toilets that ensure minimum comfort for the members
and facilitate uninterrupted deliberations. As we have seen in the earlier chapters,
physical barriers such as non-availability of sound systems, extraneous sounds,
cramped seating and stuffy rooms hinder the effectiveness of communication. It is
not uncommon in organizations to come across instances where the availability of
the venue is not confirmed, or there is some misunderstanding in the date or time,
as a result of which either meetings are delayed or participants are made to move
from one venue to the other. A little extra care will avoid embarrassment and
inconvenience at the time of the meeting.
There are occasions when the chief executive or other senior functionaries
may decide to convene impromptu or emergency meetings with very short notice,
in which case the availability of the venue, physical facilities and other arrangements
for refreshments will have to be attended to on priority. Any meeting where the
deliberations have concluded, and yet refreshments or lunch is not ready, speaks
of poor planning and has to be assiduously avoided. The participants’ time, it is to
be noted, is valuable and cannot be taken for granted.
Punctuality
Starting the meeting on time is an area that calls for conscious effort. Keeping the
venue open and ready well in time, reminding the chairperson and other members,
ensuring that all papers have reached the participants, making sure that the table
items are placed and that the conveners and organizers are at the venue well
before the scheduled time are all a must in making meetings time-bound and
purposeful. A situation where the convener is still in consultation with the chairperson
Self-Instructional
184 Material
of the meeting well past the scheduled starting time, while the participants are Meetings
waiting in the venue, unattended and not knowing when and if at all the meeting
would start, is the kind of situation that speaks of indifferent attitude towards the
meeting and must be avoided.
NOTES
Time Management
Time management is of essence in ensuring the effectiveness of meetings at all
levels. Meetings, which start on time, end on time and provide adequate time for
purposeful deliberation of all the listed items, ensure cost effectiveness. On the
contrary, meetings that start with undue delay, take up items which are not on
priority and run out of focus, entail waste of time and effort and prove to be costly
to the organization. One can, indeed, assess the level of efficiency of the organization
in terms of effectiveness of the meetings conducted at various levels. In an exhibit/
box item shown above, we have noted that executives tend to spend much of their
time in attending meetings. Unless every effort is made to make the meetings
business-like and focused, organizational effectiveness gets impaired.
At the planning stage of the meeting itself, the Chairman/Secretariat should
estimate how long it may take to discuss each item on the agenda, and add extra
time for the unexpected yet relevant issues that might come up during the discussion.
Advance assessment of time for various agenda items would not only help in time
management, but also in keeping the meeting focused. People invited to make
presentations should be told in advance the time allotted for their presentation. It
would be meaningless to call for a full day meeting, if the business can be completed
by lunch time. Similarly, convening a half a day meeting and extending it till evening
would thoroughly inconvenience the participants. Time required for the meeting
should be properly assessed and adhered to.
Breaks are an essential part of the time management exercise. The organizers
should decide when and for how long the breaks should be allowed. Lengthy
meetings held without breaks may not be desirable, because people are normally
known to concentrate well for about forty-five minutes or so. Breaks are required
for refreshments and rest room visits. At the same time, frequent and long breaks
may hinder effective deliberations and come in the way of continuity of deliberations.
Meetings are often criticized for the reason, “Meetings keep minutes, but
waste hours.” Similarly, J.K.Galbraith remarked, “Meetings are indispensable
when you don’t want to do anything.” Business communicators responsible for
meetings should give no room for such adverse comments. Any meeting is an
investment in time. More the number of participants, greater the man-hours spent.
This investment pays out only when meetings become productive. Business
meetings, if not properly administered, can lead to indiscriminate wastage of time.
For meetings to be a success, effective time management and productive utilization
of available time are a must.
Self-Instructional
Material 185
Meetings 12.3.1 Common Mistakes Made at Meetings
Although meetings can and do serve a very useful purpose in the world of business,
and have therefore become very ubiquitous, they are not always effective or
NOTES productive. In a survey conducted by Microsoft some time back, it is noted that
69 per cent of 38,000 respondents claimed that the meetings they attended were
unproductive. Meetings can become unproductive and wasteful for various reasons.
Some of the reasons are given below.
• When meetings are convened even when the issues can be decided over
telephone or email.
• When the amount spent on convening the meetings is disproportionate to
the value of the deliberations and decisions.
• When the meeting is seen by the participants as unnecessary and wasteful.
• When agenda is not clearly drawn up and objectives of the meeting are
unclear.
• When the chairperson and the key members fail to attend.
• When unconnected persons are in majority.
• When the chairperson and the convener fail to exercise control over the
deliberations and let the members discuss unlisted items and subjects.
To be successful, meetings should be need-based, properly planned and effectively
conducted. The participants should find it worthwhile and useful. Apart from the
chairperson and the convener, all the participants too should work for the success
of the meeting. If the objective can be achieved by video-conferencing or tele-
conferencing, convening a face-to-face meeting at a fixed venue can be avoided.
If the objective is only to share information, it can be accomplished by issuing a
memo or making a few calls. Meetings become really relevant when there is need
for interaction and threadbare deliberations.
To conclude, it is worth reiterating that meetings, when conducted effectively,
can bring substantial benefits in resolving even sensitive matters through collective
wisdom. They can be a very cost-effective means of intense interaction. When
participants learn to talk, listen and interact in a responsible manner, meetings can
be really result oriented. At the same time, it should be borne in mind that although
the people participating are knowledgeable, they may or may not speak out freely
and contribute to the deliberations. Sometimes, some of the more vocal participants
may tend to dominate the deliberations, not giving an opportunity to others to
express themselves. In all such cases, the chairperson or the convenor should
intervene. After all, the very purpose of inviting people is to get their views and
suggestions, and meetings have to be highly participative within the given context.
In other words, it takes conscious effort, attention to details, and deft and
authoritative steering of deliberations to make meetings effective.
Self-Instructional
186 Material
Meetings
Check Your Progress

3. Define agenda of meeting.
4. What should background papers cover? NOTES

QUESTIONS
1. The different types of meetings are decision making meetings, problem solving
meetings, innovation meetings, team building meetings, status update meetings
and information sharing meetings.
2. One of the most important advantage of business meetings is that they provide
a platform to share information.
3. Agenda is the list of items to be taken up for discussion during the meeting.
4. Background papers should cover all relevant details that are germane to
effective deliberation.
12.5 SUMMARY
 There are different types of meetings. Each type requires a different supports,
structures and a different number of participants.
 The first step towards planning a meeting is defining what type of meeting it
is.
 The vast majority of business decisions are made by groups in meetings. While
small decisions are made in all kinds of meetings, the more important
decisions often get their own dedicated meetings.
 Problem solving meetings are perhaps the most complex and varied type of
meetings.
 One of the most important advantage of business meetings is that they provide
a platform to share information.
 Business meetings are the perfect environment for encouraging teamwork,
be it among staff or between client and account manager.
 Agenda is the list of items to be taken up for discussion during the meeting.
It provides the reason for calling a meeting.
 Every meeting of some importance will have a set of background papers,
which are sent in advance to the members who will participate in the meeting.
 Background papers should clearly state what is expected of the meeting
and members.
Self-Instructional
Material 187
Meetings  To be effective, deliberations at the meeting should involve all the concerned
functionaries.
 Care should be taken in fixing up meetings in a manner that is convenient to
most of the members or participants.
NOTES
 Time management is of essence in ensuring the effectiveness of meetings at
all levels. Meetings, which start on time, end on time and provide adequate
time for purposeful deliberation of all the listed items, ensure cost
effectiveness.
12.6 KEY WORDS

 Meeting: Meeting refers to an assembly of people for a particular purpose,
especially for formal discussion.
 Agenda: An agenda is a list of meeting activities in the order in which they
are to be taken up, beginning with the call to order and ending with
adjournment
 Client: A client refers to a person or organization using the services of a
lawyer or other professional person or company.

AND EXERCISES
1. What is information meeting sharing?
2. Why are business meetings important?
3. Write a short note on agenda of a meeting.
4. How should one decide the time and venue of meeting?
1. What are the different types of meeting? Discuss.
2. What are the different factors to be taken care of while conducting meetings?
3. Why is time management important in a meeting?
4. What are the common mistakes made at meetings?
Self-Instructional
188 Material
Meetings
Publishing House. NOTES
Self-Instructional
Material 189
Reading Skills
UNIT 13 READING SKILLS

Structure
NOTES
13.0 Introduction
13.1 Objectives
13.2 Effective Reading
13.3 Approaches to Reading/Reading Styles
13.4 Reading Process
13.5 Essentials of Effective Reading
13.5.1 Selective Reading
13.5.3 Note Taking
13.6 Employment Communication
13.6.1 Resume
13.6.2 Cover Letter
13.8 Summary
13.9 Key Words
13.0 INTRODUCTION
The process of communication, as we have noted earlier, encompasses all facets

of human life. Every human being is almost always a member of three units—
family, profession or occupation and society. Most of one’s life is spent in interacting
with other members associated with these spheres. An important segment of
business communication, therefore, deals with career-oriented or job-related
communication. From the individual’s personal point of view, no other
correspondence is perhaps more important than employment related
correspondence.
To be able to get a job and embark on a career, two things need to happen.
First, one must get an opportunity by way of an Interview call. Second, when the
chance does come along, he or she should perform well on the given day. In the
previous chapter, we have already noted how to prepare for the given day and
make the interview a success. In this chapter, we shall deal with the first part viz.
how to get the opportunity. Your letter of application, cover letter and resume are
areas that need most careful treatment, for they constitute the first step in getting
an employment.
Self-Instructional
190 Material
Reading Skills
13.1 OBJECTIVES

 Understand the purpose of reading NOTES
 Discuss the types of reading
 Know about the techniques of effective reading
 Describe the guidelines of writing good resume and cover letter
13.2 EFFECTIVE READING
Before actually beginning to read, it is important to know the purpose of reading,

that is, why the reading is being done. Knowing the purpose greatly enhances the
effectiveness of the reading. Also, knowledge of the purpose can help one adopt
a style of reading best suited for the purpose. Some of the main purposes of
reading are mentioned below:
 Pleasure and enjoyment
 Practical application
 To obtain an overview
 To locate specific information
 To identify the central idea or theme
 To develop a detailed and critical understanding
(i) Pleasure and enjoyment: This is probably the best reason to read anything.
You have chosen the material for the purpose of enjoying yourself. Reading
entertains you, even relaxes you. However, this will rarely be the purpose
behind the reading one needs to do for academic purposes.
Fig. 13.1 Reading for Pleasure
(ii) Practical application: Here the purpose is to gain information that you
can apply or use in a practical situation. Books such as laboratory manuals,
computer manuals, instruction booklets and recipe books are all texts that
you would consult with the purpose of gaining specific information.
Self-Instructional
Material 191
Reading Skills
NOTES
Fig. 13.2 Practical Application of Reading
(iii) To get an overview: The point here is to get a general feel for the material,
to determine whether it is relevant, useful, up-to-date, and to get a sense of
how the topic is treated by the author. This is likely to be the main purpose
behind your reading when:
 You are given an extensive reading list for an assignment.
 You are doing initial library research for an essay, tutorial, research report
or similar assignments.
 You need to decide which texts are most relevant or useful for your
assignment.
Fig. 13.3 Reading to Get an Overview
(iv) To locate specific information: Sometimes you know what you are looking
for but do not know exactly where to find it. For example, you might be
looking for any of the following:
 A specific quotation
 Evidence to support a particular argument
 Details about a specific person or event
 A map
 A diagram
 A statistic or table of statistics
Self-Instructional
192 Material
Reading Skills
NOTES
Fig. 13.4 Reading to Gain Information
To find this sort of information might mean that you have to consult several
books or sources. In these circumstances, you will be reading with the aim
of zeroing in on the information you are looking for.
(v) To identify the central idea of theme: The purpose here is to extract the
essence of what the written material is trying to convey. For example, you
might want to identify the major finding in an experimental article in a journal,
or the core issue of a discussion paper.
(vi) To develop a detailed and critical understanding: On many occasions,
you will need to master fully the material in a book, journal article or manual
so that you can evaluate its arguments, perspective, and/or evidence. This
will require you to:
 Read the material thoroughly.
 Make effective and relevant notes.
 Keep an open mind by being aware of your own ideas and opinions
regarding the issues involved.
13.3 APPROACHES TO READING/READING

STYLES
After one is aware of the purpose of reading one has to decide on the style that
needs to be applied to best suit the purpose and the reading material. The approach
to reading determines the basic question—‘How to read?’. There are two
approaches to reading:
 Fast reading approach/style
 Slow reading approach/style
Self-Instructional
Material 193
Reading Skills
NOTES
Fig. 13.5 The Various Reading Styles
To be an effective reader, one needs to use a mixture of the above techniques;

varying the type of reading you employ, and the speed at which you read.
This approach is best suited when the purpose of reading is to:
 Select the relevant material from a large quantity of reading material.
 Get an overview of what is contained in the reading material.
 Look for certain specific words, information, dates, and so on.
 Identify the core theme or message being conveyed.
Scanning and skimming are two techniques which can be used for fast reading so
as to serve one or more of the purposes of fast reading.
(i) Scanning: Scanning is a fast reading style in which the reader examines the
text to look for specific information. This type of reading is usually done for
searching information through a list of numbers, addresses and supplies for
a specific one. It is usually done very quickly. You just have to see the
words on the page and not actually read. In fact, some people do not consider
scanning as a reading technique but as a search technique. It involves merely
spotting the required key words or numbers.
Scanning is extensively used while browsing the web pages to look for
specific information. The following are the steps involved in the scanning
process.
1. Look at the table of contents and look for the information in the chapter
titles or subtitles.
INTRODUCTION
UNIT 1 DECISIONAL RESEARCH AND RESEARCH DESIGN 3-26
1.0 Meaning of Decisional Research
1.1 Methods of Research Design
UNIT 2 COLLECTION AND ORGANIZATION OF DATA 27-66
2.0 Important and Scope of Statistics
2.1 Approaches to Organization of data
Fig. 13.6 A Table of Contents
2. If the information is not found in the chapter, titles or subtitles go to the

index at the back of the book.
3. Search for the relevant topics or keywords in the index.
Self-Instructional
194 Material
4. Once you find the relevant topic/keyword either in the table of contents Reading Skills
or in the reference index at the back of the book, go to the specified

page/section and read the appropriate paragraph.
5. Ascertain whether what you have read is relevant to what you need. It
NOTES
may be helpful to read the preceding and succeeding paragraphs as
well.
Scanning also includes spotting of keywords. Spotting of keywords means
looking for keywords in the given passage or paragraph. Keywords are
those words which are relevant to the subject of your search.While
searching for keywords pay particular attention to
 Opening paragraphs
 Subheadings
 Underlined/ Bold/ Italicized words
It is suggested to move your eyes in a ‘Z’ shaped fashion to locate the
keywords, that is, begin from the top left hand corner of the page and
move from left to right as you move down.
(ii) Skimming: This type of reading is done when you want to identify the
core/main idea of the material. It provides a broad overview of what is
primarily contained in the material. It is useful for selecting relevant material
which can later on be read in detail. It saves a lot of time by not spending
too much time on reading what is of no relevance to the reader. It is also
suitable when a lot of material has to be read in a limited amount of time.
Here, one does not read word by word. It should be kept in mind that
skimming is, by no means, a substitute for thorough reading; skimming should
be used only to locate material quickly. No in-depth understanding of what
is being read is required. Generally, it involves going through the chapter
headings and subheadings, introduction and summaries.
Two basic skimming techniques have been identified:
 Start finish technique
 First sentence technique
1. Start finish technique. This technique involves reading the beginning
and ending of each chapter, section or subsection. This technique is
based on the assumption thatwritten material is structured in three
parts—introduction, body and conclusion. Also, the central theme
will briefly appear in the introduction and the conclusion and will be
discussed in detail in the body of the text.
It needs to be mentioned that to read the starting and finishing
paragraphs, one may have to resort to the slow reading style so as to
get a thorough understanding of the central theme.
Self-Instructional
Material 195
Reading Skills 2. First sentence technique: This technique involves reading the first
sentence of each paragraph. This technique is based on the assumption
that the first few sentences or the opening sentence of each paragraph
introduces the main points that will be discussed in that paragraph.
NOTES Thus, reading the first sentence of each paragraph gives a fairly clear
understanding of the major contents and structure of the material being
read.
Reading is an enjoyable activity but at times it becomes tedious, especially when a
person reads in a language in which he is not yet familiar or fluent as his attention
gets divided between the content of the message and the language itself.
Research also indicates that decoding a message is also very important, as
without decoding the message the reader fails to ‘understand’ it. This is usually the
case when children read without understanding what they are reading. It is only
after decoding the message that learning can take place. Slow reading is required
for an in-depth thorough analysis and understanding of the material. It involves
paying attention to detail.
This style is best suited when the purpose of reading is to remember what
has been read, analyse what has been read, follow technical instructions, to gain
an in-depth understanding or to critically evaluate the material. It is used when the
material being read is comparatively difficult to understand and requires to be
carefully analysed. It is suitable for technical material, text containing unfamiliar
words, and so on.
Analytical reading and critical reading are two slow reading techniques.
Analytical reading involves active reading in which the reader gains an in-depth
understanding of what he is reading by simultaneously analysing it.
Fig. 13.7 Two Slow Reading Techniques
Critical reading involves evaluating the arguments presented by the writer.

To gain a deeper understanding of concepts it is useful to critically read the
text. Critical reading provides an answer to the following questions:
 Are the arguments logical?
 Are the statements backed by adequate evidence?
 Are both sides of the case presented evenly?
Self-Instructional
196 Material
Thus, a critical reader tries to answer the question of whether he agrees Reading Skills
with the writer and if not what is his argument to counter the writer’s point of view.
Check Your Progress

NOTES
1. Mention the two approaches to reading.
2. Define scanning.
13.4 READING PROCESS
One of the popular methods of reading is the known as the SQ3R (Survey,
Question, Read, Recall, Review) method. It involves the following steps:
1. Survey: This is, in fact, a pre-reading step where you survey the material
prior to your actual reading by scanning the title, headings and any summaries
or abstracts. Before you actually begin reading the material, skim the entire
reading material. Understand the organization of the reading material by
going through the title page, table of contents, preface, appendix,
bibliography, and so on. Next, survey each chapter, that is, go through the
chapter objectives, chapter summary, headings and subheadings. Also go
through the illustrations, tables, graphs, charts, and so on. All this will help
in getting an idea about what the author is trying to convey.
2. Question: Before reading put down specific questions you would like to
have answers to. This not only clarifies your purpose of reading, but also
helps you focus and remember what you have read. Turn headings given in
chapters into questions. The five cardinal questions—who, why, what, where
and how—need to be answered. While reading, think of these questions as
this will help you concentrate on reading. At the end of the reading, again
think of these questions to get an idea of how successfully they have been
answered. Use the same questions during revision to help you remember
what you have read.
Be an active reader. Question the author’s thoughts and ideas. Read critically
and do not passively accept what the writer is presenting in the text. A
questioning attitude also facilitates learning.
 There are three stages in reading:
 The first is the information that is being presented on the page for all to
read. This stage is called literal recognition because it just involves
drawing literal meaning from the words of the writer.
 The second stage is reading between the lines, that is, inferring what
the author is trying to covey through the text. This is called interpretative
recognition. It involves understanding what the writer means, that is, the
writer’s interpretation of the text.
Self-Instructional
Material 197
Reading Skills  The final stage is going beyond the text and generating new and creative
thoughts based on the reader’s previous knowledge, learning and
experience. This is called connective recognition. It results in generating
new ideas, solutions, looking at things with a new perspective or a change
NOTES of views. Try to move to this final stage while reading so as to actually
benefit from the reading.
3. Read: Read the material twice. Read the first time without making notes.
Also compare the diagrams and illustrations with the written text. Re-read
parts that are not clear. This may reduce your speed of reading a bit though.
On your second reading, start to take notes, look for important details,
supporting evidence and examples.
4. Recall: Try to recall what you have read by closing the book and making
notes of what you remember of the book. Recalling will help the reader to
commit them to long-term memory. You must recall at regular intervals to
check your understanding of the material.
5. Review: Check to see that you have answered all the questions you wrote
down at the beginning. Note down any other point that you think is important.
Fig. 13.8 Stages of the Reading Process
13.5 ESSENTIALS OF EFFECTIVE READING
There is a plethora of information available to us which needs to be read. To gain

a competitive edge over others, one needs to know more than others and for this
effective reading is vital. It is important to read quickly and also to remember and
understand the information read. Some of the activities which contribute towards
better reading have been summarized in the following sections. These include
Fig. 13.9 Activities that Facilitate Better Reading

Self-Instructional
198 Material
13.5.1 Selective Reading Reading Skills
Since a lot of information is available to us it is important to be selective, and thus

choose only the material that is relevant to us. One of the strategies of selective
reading is layered reading. NOTES
Layered reading strategy involves four stages—overview, preview, read
and review.
 Overview: Spend about 5–10 minutes looking at the entire reading
material rapidly and getting an idea about its organization, structure and
contents. Overview determines whether you would want to read the
material further or not.
 Preview: Preview each chapter at a rate of approximately 4–5 seconds
per page. Mark out the relevant sections that you wish to read.
 Read: Read the relevant portions at a speed that you think is appropriate
depending on the kind of material and the purpose.
 Review: After reading each chapter or section, review what you have
read. This helps in better retention and understanding.
One of the keys to gaining efficiency in reading is to adjust the rate of reading as
you read along depending on the difficulty level of the material and the purpose.
The rate is maximum when the reading material is easy, familiar and interesting or
when the material needs to be scanned or skimmed. It is at the minmum when the
material is technical, difficult, unfamiliar in content and language or when it needs
to be critically evaluated, analysed or retained.
There are two kinds of reading rate adjustments which may be required to
be done by the reader:
 Overall adjustment to the article as a whole: This establishes the
basic rate at which the article needs to be read depending on various
factors like purpose, difficulty, level and familiarity.
 Internal adjustment in the article: This establishes necessary variations
in the rate of reading for sections and subsections of the reading material.
One needs to decrease the rate of reading in the following situations:
 When the text contains unfamilar words or technical jargon
 When the text has a difficult sentence and paragraph structure
 When the text consists of detailed technical information
 When the text comprises material you need to recall or retain
 When the material is in a language you are less familiar with
 When the text contains an explanation of some complicated concept
Self-Instructional
Material 199
Reading Skills  On the other hand, one can increase the rate of reading in the following
situations:
 When the material is simple and easy
NOTES  When the text comprises familiar concepts
 When the text consists of unnecessary illustrations and examples which
are not needed
 When the text contains summarization of what is contained in the previous
paragraphs
 When the text contains detailed elaboration of concepts you are already
familiar with
Thus, an ability to vary the rate of reading both from article to article and
also within a given article is essential to become an effective reader.
13.5.3 Note Taking
Note taking is an important component of reading. The purpose of taking notes
while reading helps you to remember what you read. It not only improves retention
of the read material but also enhances understanding. In fact, good notes can save
you the trouble of having to read the text again. Some points to be kept in mind
while taking notes are:
(i) Note the library classification number as well, if relevant.
(ii) Notes should be taken down clearly and legibly because you will need to
refer to them again.
(iii) Highlight or underline the keywords as this helps in better recall. You can
also underline some important sentences. However, be selective in what
you underline. Only underline what is essential.
(iv) Marginal note taking is also an effective technique. This involves writing the
keywords or the central idea pertaining to each paragraph in the margin
next to the text.
(v) Avoid taking notes the first time you are reading the material. First read a
part of the material and understand it. Locate the main idea and then
paraphrase it in your own words.
(vi) Avoid copying the text directly from the reading material.
(vii) Review the notes to ensure they are logical, comprehensible and that they
convey what is intended.
13.6 EMPLOYMENT COMMUNICATION
Employee Communication is perhaps one of the most important aspects in the

running of day-to-day business. The success of any business depends on
Self-Instructional
200 Material
communicating the right content and information to its employees to drive them Reading Skills
towards the common goals set for the business.

Definition of employee communication
NOTES
Before we delve deep into the subject, we have to ask ourselves – what is employee
communication? Communication is defined as the exchange of information, feelings
and ideas. Employee communication by definition in the business world, involves
the communication or exchange of information, ideas, opinions and feedback with
and among employees to collaborate in a work environment to achieve the desired
results as set by the management and the employee.
Importance of employee communication in an organization
One can never underestimate the importance of employee communication in any
organization. When employees are integral to the working of an organization, their
understanding of the organizational vision, mission, goals, practices and their
collaboration among each becomes key to the success of the organization.
Organizational management
An organization is its employees and therefore the effective management of the
organization comes down to the quality of information communicated vertically
and horizontally among its employees. Employee communication is essential for
the smooth day-to-day operations of the organization, the enterprise informational
system and for better internal control, eventually leading to the success of the
organization.
It is equally important to introduce channels that can enable easy and
fast internal communication among its employees, as it is important to ensure the
quality of the information that is shared.
13.6.1 Resume
A person’s resume is probably the first and the most important employment related
document. The right resume has the potential to open doors of opportunity. Every
person looking for professional success should know how to make it work. A
resume is what a candidate sends along with the job application letter. A resume
usually accompanies the covering letter and presents all relevant details about the
candidate. A resume is also referred to as bio data or curriculum vitae (CV). A
resume or a CV is a short account of one’s career and qualifications typically
prepared by an applicant for a position. A resume is also understood as a personal
datasheet that presents the academic qualifications, job-related experience, skills
and strong points of a person seeking a job.
Self-Instructional
Material 201
Reading Skills What a good resume achieves?
While preparing a resume, it is important to know what a good resume can achieve.
A good resume helps project the person in proper light. It makes the first right
NOTES impression on the employer. A good resume helps bring out the basic strengths of
the individual in terms of academic achievements, job-related skills, attitude and
aptitude and other relevant details in order to hold the attention of the receiver/
employer. A good, neatly prepared and a strong resume reinforces the candidate’s
confidence. It helps the candidate put his or her best foot forward. A good resume
vies for attention and gets noticed. A good resume makes an impression even at a
cursory glance. The demand and supply position in the job market being what it is,
any application letter or resume competes with numerous others and only those
prepared with care and elegance succeed in kindling the interest of the prospective
employer. Above all, a good resume helps you get an interview call and move
closer to getting the job you are seeking.
Essentials of a good resume
We have seen how crucial it is to have a good resume that gets noticed and takes
the candidate closer to an interview call. Let us now look at various essentials to
be kept in mind while preparing a good resume.
First and foremost, a resume will have to stand out in terms of its neatness.
The presentation of details in the resume will have to be in an organized and orderly
manner. Unless your handwriting is exceptionally good, it is desirable to get the
resume neatly typed. Smudging, overwriting, uneven lines, ill thought out font
variations and unwarranted folding will have to be eschewed. Use a good paper,
pen, envelope and a superior format. Take care to do a neat job and avoid careless
mistakes. A resume presents an outline and is not a detailed record. Therefore,
instead of using lengthy sentences, it would be desirable to use short phrases.
Remember, your resume has to create a favorable impression. It is the first
opportunity you have to impress your prospective employer. The second essential
for a good resume is adequacy or completeness. The resume should cover all
relevant details about the candidate which the employer will be looking for and yet
it should not be loaded with too many details. The recipient will most probably be
looking at hundreds or even thousands of resumes and the candidate should try to
make it easy to the reader by making it brief and focused. The desirable length of
a resume would perhaps vary depending on the qualifications and experience of
the candidate and the nature of the post applied for. Freshers and just out-of-the-
university candidates may not have much to cover, as compared to those who
have had varied exposure and experience over several years. In any case, the
recipient would be comfortable with a resume that does not exceed about two to
four neatly typed pages. Shorter the resume, greater the chance of its being noticed
and read.
Self-Instructional
202 Material
In preparing a resume, a candidate is well advised to mercilessly leave out Reading Skills
trivial or insignificant details about achievements. The resume writer has to resist
the temptation to go overboard by packing the resume with too many details.
Those who are just out of college may not have much to state in terms of experience
and therefore will have to make a pitch in terms of their potential and employability. NOTES
Another requirement towards ensuring a good resume is accuracy of facts
and figures. All details furnished in the resume should contain correct and updated
information about the candidate. Care has to be taken to mention correct dates
and years, names of the institutions, organizations and designation. Equally important,
spelling mistakes have to be carefully avoided. Whether it is the designation of the
person or the name of the organization, correctness has to be ensured.
Re-check your resume and covering letter for any grammatical and spelling
errors. Also, make sure that the dates and years are accurate. Make sure that the
resume is updated to cover the latest developments. Honesty and sincerity are
very important ingredients of any good resume. Be truthful about your qualifications
and achievements. Do not lie. Take care to project your natural self, the real you.
Do not make tall claims or overstate your strengths. Any seasoned HR functionary,
who keeps going through numerous resumes regularly, can easily detect an insincere
and dishonest presentation of false facts and figures.
Any good resume should clearly bring out the strong points of the candidate.
For doing so, the applicant should learn to look at the resume from the employer’s
standpoint. When a job is advertised, the employer is trying to fill up a specific
vacancy or position. The position carries a certain job profile with its underlying
needs. Every employer looks at the resume and tries to assess it in terms of meeting
certain specific needs. The candidate’s strength lies in highlighting one’s own
qualification, experience, skills and attitude such that it appeals to the prospective
employer. Considering what the job demands, the candidate should endeavour to
suggest how the candidate is equipped to add value to the job. Obviously, no
employer would be keen on just offering you or anybody a job. At the same time,
every employer would be keen on getting the right candidate or ensuring the right
fit for the vacant post. Are you Mr Right or Ms Right? If so, try to highlight it in
your resume.
Finally, make sure that the resume is appealing and distinctive. Do not use a
standard pattern. Make it stand out in a crowd. Be imaginative, in terms of
letterhead, presentation style, statement of objectives or understanding of employer
needs. Fine-tune the presentation keeping in view the nature of the organization
and the job expectations. The manner of presentation will vary depending on
whether it is a public sector undertaking or a multinational company, whether it is
a marketing job or an accounts job and whether it is an academic job or an
administrative post.
Self-Instructional
Material 203
Reading Skills Finally, make sure that the resume is appealing and distinctive. Do not use a
standard pattern. Make it stand out in a crowd. Be imaginative, in terms of
letterhead, presentation style, statement of objectives or understanding of employer
needs. Fine-tune the presentation keeping in view the nature of the organization
NOTES and the job expectations. The manner of presentation will vary depending on
whether it is a public sector undertaking or a multinational company, whether it is
a marketing job or an accounts job and whether it is an academic job or an
administrative post. In fine-tuning your resume, use keywords that go well with
the job description. Use language specific to the industry or functional responsibility.
At the same time, give your resume a personal touch. Take your time and make it
a thorough job. Make sure that all the vital contact information such as name,
mailing address, phone number and e-mail address are furnished prominently on
the top right-hand corner of the covering letter/resume.
Gather and present all relevant details in a clear, correct, honest and visually
appealing manner. There are indeed many ways in which resumes can be presented
by job seekers. The candidate has to use discretion in selecting the details to be
covered and the headings to be used. In deciding the length of the resume,
sequencing of data, choice of headings and emphasis on strengths and achievements,
the candidate should be guided by (1) what the advertiser specifies, (2) nature
and level of the position, (3) degree of competition and (4) the level of qualification
and experience of the candidate. If the occasion demands a one-page bio data
rather than a detailed resume, the candidate should take care to condense the
resume and present the most significant details within one page. On the other
hand, where the application is for a senior position or where it calls for a relatively
high level of academic or research achievements, the resume needs to cover the
details in a more elaborate manner. Similarly, when the candidate is fresh out of
the university or without much job experience, academic achievements and other
relevant features will have to be duly highlighted.
As you add new experiences, qualifications and accomplishments, your
resume has to be necessarily updated. When things change, you cannot do with
the outdated resume. Constantly update your resume with new additions. In doing
so, however, do not take the easy way and make hand written additions and
alterations. This shows carelessness and makes your resume shabby and half-
hearted. Don’t ever give the impression of being lazy, clumsy and lacking in
enthusiasm. Take care to reorganize and redo your resume. You should submit a
new print which looks fresh, neat and professional. The impression it creates is
worth the extra effort you put in. As already noted, resumes should be customized
depending upon the job requirements. For that purpose, the job applicant should
emphasize those facts and accomplishments which are particularly relevant for the
particular job.
Self-Instructional
204 Material
As one moves up the career ladder and gains varied exposure and Reading Skills
experience, one would have acquired substantial values which have to be

imaginatively packaged in the resume. Whichever format or style the candidate
uses, it should clearly bring out the strong points. While bringing out the academic
NOTES
qualifications, all significant achievements, such as ranks, scores and grades as
well as merit scholarships, if any, will have to be properly highlighted. On the other
hand, if the grades or scores are not very impressive, the candidate should underplay
them without resorting to conspicuous omissions.
Types of resumes
Resumes are prepared in different formats. Broadly speaking, they may be
chronological or functional, or a combination of these two. Chronological resumes
present the details in a historical order, in a timeline. They follow a linear approach.
Traditionally, they would proceed in a progressive manner starting with the early
history or beginnings and move on to the current position. The more common
approach, however, is the reverse chronological resume, where you start with the
latest or present position and move backwards. Achronological resume is desirable
when the person has progressed gradually over a period of time.
Functional resumes do not follow any timeline approach and instead focus
on skills and responsibilities. A functional resume is also referred to as a skill-
based resume. Functional resumes are useful when several skills have been acquired
or several positions held within a short period of time. The combination resume
follows a mixed approach highlighting skills and experiences and also providing
work experience during different periods. Depending upon the length of experience,
career advancements, academic study, skills, achievements and responsibilities,
the type of resume should be decided.
The headings or captions under which details are furnished could be many
and varied. While some of them covering personal details and academic
qualifications would be common to most of the resumes, the other headings may
or may not be relevant, depending upon the age and experience of the candidate
and the nature and responsibilities of the post.
Make a List of All Items Before you start writing your resume, it would be
a good idea to put together all relevant aspects about yourself. Start from the
beginning and move up to your latest position. The list you draw up should cover:
(a) Academic achievements including the schools and colleges attended
(b) Areas of study and specialization
(c) Marks scored, grades achieved and distinctions, if any
(d) Extra-curricular activities and sports
(e) Computer skills
Self-Instructional
Material 205
Reading Skills (f) Languages known
(g) Hobbies and special interests
(h) Special studies and courses taken
NOTES (i) Employment details and work experience
(j) Career related contributions and achievements
(k) Core competencies
(l) Skills and expertise acquired
(m) Technical competencies
(n) Professional education
(o) Professional accreditations, licenses and certificates
(p) Memberships and affiliations
(q) Seminars and workshops attended
(r) Awards and honors
(s) Publications, papers and research
(t) Consultancy and speaking assignments
(u) Prominent training programs and institutions
(v) Hobbies and interests
(w) Personal details and contact address
(x) Community service and
(y) References.
Career related contributions and achievements would find expression in the
resumes as follows:
1. Have brought new high value/ corporate customers
2. Have introduced several cost-cutting measures
3. Have contributed to improvements in productivity and operational
efficiency
4. Have developed a product development team
5. Have contributed research papers to prominent journals
6. Have trained several batches of new recruits.
7. Have led a team of software developers
This attempt at drawing up an exhaustive list ensures that nothing of
importance is left out. Of course, the number of items to be included from this list
for each candidate would vary depending upon the level of experience, professional
standing and breadth of accomplishments. This wealth of information would certainly
Self-Instructional
206 Material
help in picking up relevant items and customizing the resume keeping in view the Reading Skills
job description.
Further, a comprehensive list prepared and kept ready would also be helpful
in preparing application forms and also while preparing for the interview. This list NOTES
acts as a worksheet. In preparing the final resume, however, the communicator
should pick up only relevant details, rearrange the order and priorities, convert
facts into accomplishments/ substance statements and highlight the most important
ones.
A word of caution in this context about personal details is essential. Although
in the Indian context, the resumes provide personal details such as age, date of
birth, marital status, etc. , in some countries abroad such details are to be avoided.
For example, if the resume is meant to be used in applying to a position in the
USA, such details have to be omitted. Essential facts such as email address, mailing
address and contact numbers, and other professionally relevant details should be
included in the resume. It is also worth noting that in the U.S, even during the
interviews, the interviewers refrain from asking questions about age, marital status,
religion, etc.
A suggested list of captions or headings appropriate for resumes in general
is given below:
1. Personal details
2. Academic qualifications
3. Academic distinctions
4. Work experience
5. Areas of specialization
6. Career-related achievements
7. Seminars and workshops
8. Papers and publications
9. Membership of boards and committees
10. Guest faculty
11. Consultancy
12. Computer/Technical skills
13. Languages known
14. Marital status
15. Hobbies and interests
16. References
Self-Instructional
Material 207
Reading Skills DOs and DON’Ts of Resume Writing
Dos
NOTES 1. Make your resume stand out. Clearly bring out your strong points.
2. Your resume creates your first impression. Make it neat, error-free and
professional.
3. Keep your resume short. Should not normally exceed 2-3 pages.
4. Make a comprehensive list of your qualifications, experience, competencies,
skills, etc. before writing your resume.
5. Choose headings that reflect your strength and match the employer needs.
6. Make your resume factually accurate and up-to-date.
7. Choose the right format and keep your font professional and appealing.
8. Re-check your resume for grammatical errors and inconsistencies.
Don’ts
1. Do not boast or exaggerate. Never insert lies.
2. Don’t use big and pompous words. Use key words used in the profession.
3. Don’t use lengthy sentences. Use catchy phrases.
4. Don’t give the contact numbers or a mailing address on which you cannot
be reached.
5. Don’t use words, fonts, colors and styles which make the resume gaudy
and unprofessional.
6. While updating don’t just squeeze in additions. Rewrite and reprint.
7. Don’t make critical comments on your previous job/superiors.
8. Don’t highlight achievements which you cannot substantiate.
13.6.2 Cover Letter
It is very important to include the cover letter while sending your resume/CV.
Such a letter introduces you and explains your purpose. It introduces the major
points in your CV. It makes it easier for the employer to take action. Since it is
your introduction to the employer, it is important that the covering letter is impressive.
A cover letter should be customized to suit the particular position you are applying
for.
Cover letters, also referred to as application letter, are of two types:
 Solicited application letter
 Unsolicited application letter
Self-Instructional
208 Material
A solicited application letter is written when you are sending your CV in Reading Skills
response to an advertised vacancy, that is, when applications have been called for
by an organization.
An unsolicited application is written when you are sending your CV for an
NOTES
unadvertised job position in an organization.
Purpose of the cover letter
(i) A cover letter is essential because of the following reasons.
(ii) A cover letter gives a personal touch to the CV.
(iii) A cover letter helps the reader focus on your strengths, experience and
qualification.
(iv) A cover letter reflects basic professional courtesy and, thus, creates a positive
impact of you as a professional.
(v) Sometimes you may be sending a CV in response to a telephonic or face-
to-face conversation you had with the concerned person. In such a case,
the cover letter acts as a reminder of the conversation. It is also possible
that the envelope containing your CV will be opened by someone other
then the person you have spoken to. In such a case, a cover letter ensures
that the CV reaches the right person.
Format of the cover letter
The length of a cover letter has to be limited to a single page. The most commonly
used format for a cover letter is ‘Full Block’ format. There are four main components
of a cover letter:
 Address and salutation
 An opening to catch the attention
 The main body
 A closing that induces action
Address and Salutation
In the case of solicited applications, the application letter is addressed to the person
mentioned in the advertisement. In the case of a blind advertisement, that is, when
only the Box Number of the address is mentioned and the name of the organization
is not disclosed, you have to address the letter to the newspaper/magazine in
which the advertisement appeared and use a generic salutation like ‘Dear Director’.
However, in the case of unsolicited applications, address your letter to an
individual and not to the organization. Try and find out the name of the individual to
be addressed rather than addressing an individual by his designation. Use the
Self-Instructional
Material 209
Reading Skills correct spelling of the name and the correct designation. In the salutation, use
Dear Ms/Mr/ Dr followed by the person’s last name.
Do not address a person by his first name. If you are a fresher or are
NOTES entering the organization at a comparatively junior position you may use the salutation
“Dear Sir”.
Opening
The opening has to catch the attention of the reader. For a solicited application,
use a direct approach wherein you mention the position for which you are applying
and give the reference of the advertisement in response to which you are applying.
For unsolicited applications, you may begin by mentioning why you are applying
for the position. In case there is a reference involved, mentioned that.
Body
The body consists of one or two paragraphs. It gives information about your
current job and summarizes in a couple of lines your qualification and experience.
It mentions your strengths and your suitability for the position you are applying for.
Closing
Close the letter with a request for an interview. Mention that you are enclosing the
CV. It is a good practice to mention your contact phone number, address as well
as your email address in the last paragraph or below your name at the close of the
letter. Use standard complimentary close such as’sincerely’. Do not forget to sign
your name using a black or blue pen. Also mention the enclosed documents (CV
and other documents if any).
E-mail cover letter
It is increasingly becoming the practice to send the CV through e-mail. While
applying for a position through e-mail, copy and paste your cover letter in the e-
mail message. Like printed cover letters, an e-mail cover letter should have a
formal salutation and closing. It serves the same purpose as the print cover letter,
only the mode of sending it is different. Therefore, it needs to possess all the
characteristics of the print cover letter.
However, in the case of the e-mail cover letter, one needs to clearly mention
the subject line which should include the job position you are applying for.
Send your CV as an MS Word attachment. Do not forget to attach your
CV. This is a very common mistake. Some employers do not accept attachments.
They ask you to paste the CV on to your e-mail message. In such a case, keep the
formatting of the CV very simple so as to make it readable.
Use the spell check to check the grammar and capitalization. There is a
tendency to be informal in e-mail communication. But it is important to ensure that
you maintain a formal tone
Self-Instructional
210 Material
Guidelines for writing a cover letter Reading Skills
The following are some of the guidelines to be followed while writing a covering
letter:
(i) Address it to the relevant person in the organization. It is desirable to NOTES
personalize the letter by addressing it to the individual by name rather than
to the department or organization in general. Ensure the correct spelling of
the name, title and address.
(ii) Specify clearly that your aims, qualifications and experience meet the
requirements of the post.
(iii) Specify the position advertised, the date of the advertisement and the name
of the publication in which the advertisement was printed.. If someone has
referred you, name that person.
(iv) Emphasize and elaborate your strong points especially those relevant to the
job.
(v) Maintain a formal approach in the cover letter.
(vi) Be concise and clear.
(vii) Keep your letter neat, well-spaced and in short paragraphs.
(viii) Check the spelling and grammar of the letter.
(ix) Confine your letter to the one-page, A4, white-colour paper.
(x) Give your full name in the cover letter and remember to sign the letter.
(xi) Keep a copy of the cover letter for your future reference.
Check Your Progress

3. Define communication.
4. What is a resume?
5. What are the two types of cover letter?

QUESTIONS
1. The two approaches to reading are fast reading approach and slow reading
approach.
2. Scanning is a fast reading style in which the reader examines the text to look
for specific information.
3. Communication is defined as the exchange of information, feelings and ideas.
Self-Instructional
Material 211
Reading Skills 4. A resume or a CV is a short account of one’s career and qualifications
typically prepared by an applicant for a position.
5. The two types of cover letters are solicited application letter and unsolicited
application letter.
NOTES
13.8 SUMMARY
 After one is aware of the purpose of reading one has to decide on the style
that needs to be applied to best suit the purpose and the reading material.
The approach to reading determines the basic question—‘How to read?’
 Scanning is a fast reading style in which the reader examines the text to look
for specific information. This type of reading is usually done for searching
information through a list of numbers, addresses and supplies for a specific
one.
 Skimming is done when you want to identify the core/main idea of
the material.
 Reading is an enjoyable activity but at times it becomes tedious, especially
when a person reads in a language in which he is not yet familiar or fluent as
his attention gets divided between the content of the message and the language
itself.
 Research also indicates that decoding a message is also very important, as
without decoding the message the reader fails to ‘understand’ it.
 One of the popular methods of reading is the known as the SQ3R (Survey,
Question, Read, Recall, Review) method.
 To gain a competitive edge over others, one needs to know more than
others and for this effective reading is vital.
 Layered reading strategy involves four stages—overview, preview, read
and review.
 Note taking is an important component of reading. The purpose of taking
notes while reading helps you to remember what you read. It not only
improves retention of the read material but also enhances understanding.
 A person’s resume is probably the first and the most important employment
related document. The right resume has the potential to open doors of
opportunity.
 Resumes are prepared in different formats. Broadly speaking, they may be
chronological or functional, or a combination of these two.
 It is very important to include the cover letter while sending your resume/
CV. Such a letter introduces you and explains your purpose. It introduces
the major points in your CV.
Self-Instructional
212 Material
Reading Skills
13.9 KEY WORDS
 Scanning: Scanning is reading a text quickly in order to find specific

information, e.g. figures or names. It can be contrasted with skimming, which NOTES
is reading quickly to get a general idea of meaning.
 Skimming: Skimming is reading a text quickly to get a general idea of
meaning. It can be contrasted with scanning, which is reading in order to
find specific information, e.g. figures or names
 CV: A summary of a job applicant’s professional experience and educational
background, along with other relevant information regarding the candidate’s
qualifications.

AND EXERCISES
1. What are the main purposes of reading?
2. What are the steps involved in scanning?
3. What are the essentials of effective reading?
4. Write a short note on cover letter.
1. Discuss the different approaches to reading.
2. What are the steps involved in SQ3R reading?
3. What are the essentials of a good resume? Discuss.
4. Explain the Dos and Don’ts of resume writing.
Publishing House.
Self-Instructional
Material 213
Reading Skills Ober, Scot. 2006. Fundamentals of Contemporary Business Communication.
NOTES
Self-Instructional
214 Material
Employment
UNIT 14 EMPLOYMENT Communication
COMMUNICATION
NOTES
Structure
14.0 Introduction
14.1 Objectives
14.2 Importance and Factors Involved in a Job Interview
14.3 Job Interview Process/Techniques
14.5 Summary
14.6 Key words
14.0 INTRODUCTION
Interviews consist of yet another significant facet of social and business
communication. Interviews take place between individuals, or individuals and
organizations, and are always goal oriented. Interviews relate to a meeting, often
on a formal note, where some kind of an information gathering and assessment
takes place. The objective of any interview is to find out as much as possible/
necessary about a person or an event. There are two parties to any interview—
the interviewer and the interviewee. The interviewer elicits information with a view
to making an assessment of the interviewee through the interview process. The
objective of an interview, in its broader sense, is to gather details and elicit relevant
information by talking to the interviewee, and thereafter making an assessment,
appraisal or evaluation about the suitability of the candidate for the offer or position
available with the interviewer. Although most interviews take place through formal
meetings and discussions, there are also occasions when there are no personal
meetings, like in the case of a telephonic interview.
Interviews are always goal oriented. The need for interview arises because
there is a choice. The need for interview arises because there is competition, and
because there are limited vacancies for a large number of aspirants. The purpose
of the interview is to assess suitability and make a selection and get the most
suitable candidate. The purpose of the interview is to meet, talk, discuss, evaluate,
counsel and sort out.
14.1 OBJECTIVES

 Describe the importance of job interview
Self-Instructional
Material 215
Employment  Dicuss the manners and etiquettes to be maintained during an interview
Communication
 Know about the questions commonly asked during interview
NOTES 14.2 IMPORTANCE AND FACTORS INVOLVED IN

A JOB INTERVIEW
A job offer is also a potentially life-altering event that needs careful deliberation.
Job interviews provide an opportunity for you and your potential employer to
decide how well your skills align with the company’s needs. Job interviews allow
you to get better acquainted with prospective colleagues and obtain information
to help you decide if that job is the right one for you.
The interview’s function is to confirm two important things, both for the
organization and for the candidate him/herself:
1. If the candidate is capable to do a job successfully?
2. Does the candidate align with the organization and the job?
Hitherto we have looked at the process of interview largely from the interviewee’s
perspective. Let us now move to the other side of the table and look at the interview
process from the interviewer’s perspective. Over a period of time, the job-seeking
interviewee gets a job, gains experience and moves up the career ladder. The
person then becomes a manager, an executive, a faculty member, an HR functionary
or a subject matter specialist, and gets an opportunity to be a part of the interview
panel and conduct interviews. Moving up further in the hierarchy, on attaining a
senior level position, he or she gets designated as the chairperson of the interview
committee. Conducting any interview efficaciously is a valuable skill for any career-
oriented person. Likewise, people who are good at interviewing are also frequently
called upon to serve as members of the interview panel. The following guidelines
may be kept in view while conducting an interview.
Be Well Informed
The interviewer should be well informed about the organization, the nature of the
post, the number of vacancies, the number of candidates being interviewed and
other such relevant information that is so essential for making the interview
worthwhile. In particular, the interviewer should be quite clear about the job
requirements and traits that are very essential for carrying out the duties and
responsibilities associated with the post. The interviewer should also have a fair
idea about the job market and the demand-supply position.
Homework Helps
By homework, what is meant in this context is the preparatory reading concerning
the assignment. It would mean reading the advertisement calling for applications in
Self-Instructional
216 Material
order to know the relevant details. It would mean knowing what kind of screening Employment
Communication
has already taken place before sending interview call letters to the candidates. It
would also mean taking a quick look at the resume or biodata of the candidates
being interviewed.
NOTES
Understand Your Role
If you are the only interviewer, the role is well defined. If you are a member of the
interview panel or the interview committee, then it is essential to know what is
your specific role. Are you the chairperson or a member of the committee, legal
expert, economist, IT expert, etc.? If you are a subject specialist, your questions
will be confined, by and large, to your area of specialization. The chairperson and
other members will normally expect you to ask questions that will bring out
conceptual clarity, depth of understanding and technical competence of the
candidates. If you are the head of the department where the candidate on selection
will be posted, you will have to particularly assess the candidate’s suitability to
meet the specific job requirements.
As the chairperson of the interview panel, however, you have the overall
responsibility of ensuring that the interviews are time bound and result oriented.
You have to coordinate the efforts of the other members on the panel. You have to
do the balancing in such a way that every candidate gets to answer an appropriate
mix of questions. You have to take the initiative and be in command of the situation.
You will have to talk to the other members of the panel beforehand and arrive at a
consensus, as regards the modalities of conducting the interview. You will have to
greet the candidates as they come in and help them settle down. You will have to
pass the baton to the other members. You will have to moderate the interview by
intervening as and when desirable.
At the end, it is the chairperson who conveys to the candidate that the
interview has concluded. After the interview, the chairperson of the committee
consults with colleagues and draws up the final list of candidates based on the
interview performance. The chairperson takes the responsibility of conducting the
interviews and finalizing the results thereof.
Put Them at Ease
The interviewer has to put the candidate at ease before shooting off questions.
The candidates can be asked some preliminary personal questions that will help
them settle down and establish a wavelength with the interviewer/interview panel.
If need be, refer to the resume and seek details and clarifications. Any interview is
an interactive process and can progress well when both the parties are comfortable
with each other.
Test Knowledge, Not Ignorance
The interviewers should focus on testing the knowledge of the candidate and not
the level of ignorance. The knowledge level of any person can only be limited. In
Self-Instructional
Material 217
Employment any interview, it is possible to ask questions that leave the candidate baffled and
Communication
demoralized. Questions must, however, be asked with a view to bring out the
expanse of understanding and depth of knowledge relevant to the job on offer. At
the same time, too many unrelated questions, especially when the candidate pleads
NOTES ignorance, are best avoided. One good way of testing the knowledge is to make
the questions progressively tougher. Start with the easier ones and move on to the
searching questions.
Supply of Questions
Interviews comprise questions aimed at bringing forth the knowledge, understanding,
aptitude, preparedness, attitude and suitability of the candidates. In order to facilitate
asking relevant questions, the interviewer also should be equipped adequately. A
mental note should be made, or if need be a written list, of questions that would be
appropriate for the interview. This exercise will be of help in many ways. First, the
interviewer will have an adequate supply of questions which can be put to the
candidates till the end without resorting to repeat questions. Second, the interviewer
will be in a position to have a vast expanse covering all important areas germane
to the specific interview. More importantly, as the questions are pooled together in
advance, the interviewer also thinks up the correct answers, which makes the
evaluation easy. After all, if 30 candidates have to be interviewed for about 15-20
minutes each, there has to be a ready supply of a fairly large number of relevant
questions available on tap.
Listening Skills
Like it is for the interviewee, for the interviewer too, good listening skills are
relevant. The interviewer will be facing a host of candidates during the course of
the day. These candidates may come from different economic and social
backgrounds, geographical regions and language groups. They may have varied
accent, pronunciation and speaking style. They may or may not be well organized
and articulate. The interviewer, therefore, will have to be quite focused to
comprehend what the candidates are stating and prompt them as and when required.
By active listening, the interviewer contributes to the success of this interactive
process.
Follow a Process of Elimination
In respect of most of the interviews, the number of candidates appearing for the
interview is quite large in relation to the jobs available. In order to do justice to the
interview process, the interviewer will have to choose the most suitable candidates;
this is also termed as the final selection zone of candidates. In other words, the
interviewer will have to consciously eliminate all those candidates falling short of
the qualifying zone. When the candidates are many and the number of posts limited,
the final selection can be a very challenging task. Limiting this final number by
eliminating the non-qualifiers would be of great help.
Self-Instructional
218 Material
Finalize the Performance Rating Matrix Beforehand Employment
Communication
After every interview, there is an evaluation. This evaluation has to be done taking
into account all the relevant parameters. The selection or performance rating matrix
should be clearly defined before the interview commences. In doing so, due NOTES
consultations should take place among the interview panel members themselves,
as also between the interviewers and the organization/department for which
recruitment is taking place. In the ultimate analysis, selection is a matching process.
The job profile and the candidate profile should agree with each other. Mismatches
should be avoided. In order to achieve this, the interview evaluation sheet has to
be finalized in advance, clearly stating the parameters and their relative weightages.
All parameters may or may not carry equal marks. Both would vary depending
upon whether it is an entry-level job or a senior position, customer-oriented job or
a file-pushing job or a technical job or a managerial job. Relevant attributes and
requirements would be evaluated.
Performance rating parameters would generally include:
1. Academic qualification
2. Knowledge
3. Personality
4. Experience
5. Publications
6. Age and fitness
7. Family background
8. Motivation
9. Emotional strength
10. Attitude
11. Communication skills
12. Teamwork
13. Computer literacy
14. General knowledge
It should also be kept in mind that quite often interview performance is only one of
the criteria and not the sole criterion for the selection. Interview evaluation sheet,
therefore, should contain only those parameters which can be evaluated through
the interview. Other details would constitute background information to the
interviewers.
Conduct with Dignity
Interviewers generally have the responsibility of ensuring that the interviews are
conducted in a purposeful and orderly manner. Inordinate delays, whimsical
questions, questions that get too personal or which carry sexist bias, statements Self-Instructional
Material 219
Employment which denigrate candidates, impertinent jokes, temperamental outbursts and other
Communication
such undesirable indulgences have to be strictly avoided. The candidates often
look upon members of the interview panel with respect and admiration and hence
they have to live up to that image. Interrupting the other colleague, argumentation,
NOTES boastful statements and the airing of unconnected personal views should also be
eschewed while conducting the interview. On the positive side, every effort must
be made to ensure that the interviews are a pleasant experience for both the parties.
The Ultimate Test
Interviewers should be conscious of the fact that any interview carries with it an
onerous responsibility. It has implications on the future of the organization as well
as on the aspirations of the candidates. Also, the organization concerned is reposing
faith in the interview panel in making an objective and merit- based recommendation.
The interview process has to measure up in terms of justice and fair play. The
candidates appearing for the interview should perceive it to be fair, objective and
unbiased. The ultimate test for any interviewer is an affirmative answer to the
question, ‘Do the best of the candidates make it?’
In sum, any job interview is a sensitive and interactive goal-oriented
communication process. The organization concerned as well as the interviewers
on the one hand, and interviewees on the other, have to put in their earnest efforts
to make the process fair and effective.
Characteristics of a job interview
1. Come to the interview well prepared with background knowledge of the
subject, familiarity with your recording equipment, a consent form that the
interviewee will sign giving you permission to use the tape recorded interview
for research purposes.
2. Make the narrator as comfortable as possible; polite, friendly behavior will
put your interviewee at ease. Interviews should not begin abruptly.
3. Take time to find a quiet spot in which to conduct the interview.
4. Begin the interview with a few simple questions that the interviewee can
answer easily and comfortably.
5. Ask questions one at a time and do not rush the interviewee to respond.
Allow the interviewee time to think and respond.
6. Speak clearly so that the interviewee can easily understand and hear you.
7. Ask as many open ended questions as possible. These questions encourage
the interviewee to tell stories rather than providing yes/no responses.
8. When constructing your questions, write them in clear, plain English.
Remember that your interviewees are not academics.
9. Respond appropriately to the interviewee. Pause or say something like “that
must have been difficult” if the interviewee describes a painful memory.
Self-Instructional
220 Material
Also, if the interviewee is clearly overcome by emotion, ask if they would Employment
Communication
like to take a break and/or stop the interview and return to it later.
10. Do not contradict or correct your interviewee and keep your personal
opinions to yourself as much as possible.
NOTES
11. Do not rush the end of the interview. Have a good closing question that
helps the interviewee summarize or come to a conclusion.
Check Your Progress

1. What are the factors that an interviewer should be informed about before
taking an interview?
2. Mention any two performance rating parameters of an interview.
14.3 JOB INTERVIEW PROCESS/TECHNIQUES
Job interviews constitute the last leg of the career selection process for any
candidate. Job seekers would have probably completed the following steps in
their quest for jobs before getting a call letter for the interview.
1. Identifying the job opportunity 2. Sending an application
3. Resume or Biodata 4. Testimonials
5. References 6. Group discussions
Since choosing the right career is very important for every individual, conscious
efforts have to be made in every aspect of the job-seeking effort cited above. The
final selection would be a culmination of all these efforts. A good resume, strong
testimonials, appropriate references and effective participation in the group
discussions together facilitate a high level of confidence as the candidate faces the
interview.
Interviewers are normally provided the biodata, testimonials, references
and brief report on their performance in the group discussion as reference material
for the interview. Any extra care the candidate takes in these areas would certainly
provide that welcome edge in facing the interview panel.
Given the significance of performing at one’s best at the interview, the
preparation has to start well in advance and should cover many areas. The
knowledge-related and subject-specific inputs apart, success in the interview calls
for a positive orientation, high level of self-confidence, active listening, effective
communication, pleasing disposition, noticeable interpersonal skills and the right
temperament.
Self-Instructional
Material 221
Employment In the following paragraphs, we look at the various aspects that need keen attention
Communication
prior to, during and after the interview.
Manners and Etiquettes to be Maintained during an Interview
NOTES
1. Do Your Homework
Preparation for the interview starts with good homework. Try to learn as much as
you can about the organization. What is its line of business, track record, strengths
and weaknesses, hierarchical structure, values and future plans? Then find out the
details about the job on offer—number of vacancies, place of posting, remuneration
package, work culture, job description and attributes sought and so on.
Make sure that the job on offer is what you are looking for, or at least what
you will settle for. You should ask yourself the following questions. Are you qualified?
Do you possess the skills required to take up the job on offer? Are you confident
that you will measure up to the expectations of the company? Suitability for the
job is very essential. In essence, the interview panel would be looking for candidates
who match the job profile. Make sure that you collect the relevant details about
the organization and the job on offer and that it fits your aspirations. If yes, start
your preparation in right earnest. If not, do not waste your time and the interviewers’
time. When the job on offer matches your expectations, seize every opportunity
to provide the most important information about yourself and clearly show your
enthusiasm and inclination.
2. Anticipate Questions
After learning the basic facts about the organization and the job, get ready to face
the interviewers’ questions. Put yourself in their shoes and try to anticipate questions.
Questions will be of different types. They may be general or specific. They may be
fact-related or opinion-related. They may be personal or professional. They may
be knowledge oriented or attitude oriented. They may be primary or first time
questions or follow-up questions. They may be hypothetical or leading questions.
They may be easy or tough. They could even be tricky and provocative. The
questions may cover the details you have mentioned in your application and resume.
Think of all the likely questions and the right way of answering them. It would be
a good idea to write down answers to questions you anticipate and expect to
answer.
Broadly speaking, interview related questions fall into certain major categories as
below:
1. Education and Academic Study 2. Work Experience
3. Job Knowledge and Skills 4. Self-Assessment
5. Personality and Temperament 6. Organizations or Employers
7. General Knowledge and Awareness.
Self-Instructional
222 Material
Some Questions Commonly Asked During Interview Employment
Communication
Some typical questions are as follows:
1. What would you like to say about yourself? Describe yourself.
2. Why do you consider yourself suitable for this job? NOTES
3. Why are you leaving your present job?
4. Why have you changed so many jobs?
5. What kind of a career are you seeking?
6. What will you do if you get a better offer?
7. What are your strengths and weaknesses?
8. Which are your noteworthy failures? What lessons have you learnt from
those failures?
9. Are you prepared to work in any place?
10. Given your qualifications and experience, should you not be looking for a
higher level position?
11. Why are you not seeking a job in line with the subjects you have studied?
12. In which extra-curricular activities have you excelled?
13. Describe your greatest accomplishment in college.
14. What significant contribution have you made in your previous jobs?
15. Why should we prefer you over somebody who has more experience?
16. Tell us three good reasons as to why we should hire you.
17. This job calls for high levels of initiative and hard work. Can you measure
up?
18. How good are you in working under pressure? Can you handle stress?
19. How tech savvy are you? Are you comfortable working in a computerized
environment?
20. How well can you work as a member of a team? Tell us how you have
demonstrated your team working abilities.
21. What are your career goals? Where do you see yourself in the next 5 or 10
years?
22. Why have you been without a job for so long?
23. Are you willing to work if we offer you a different/ lower level position?
24. What kind of books do you read, music you like and what is your favourite
pastime?
25. What do you know about our organization?
26. Who are your role models? Why?
Self-Instructional
Material 223
Employment These are just some examples. Depending on the type of organization and nature
Communication
and level of position you are seeking, the questions can get more penetrating.
There could be questions based on your answers. The questions would normally
cover your (1) academic qualifications, (2) work experience, (3) extra-curricular
NOTES activities, (4) personal contribution, (5) subject knowledge, (6) general business
awareness, (7) management concepts, (8) health and fitness (9) likes, dislikes and
biases and (10) ability to cope with higher responsibilities and stress.
Remember, while it is helpful to anticipate the probable questions and prepare
the answers, it is prudent to be in readiness to face unanticipated questions.
3. Don’t Get Worked Up
It is very necessary that the candidate keeps his/her cool when getting ready to
face the interview. While some legitimate concerns are perhaps unavoidable
considering what is at stake, getting unduly worked up should be consciously
avoided. This is true of all important interviews, be they job interviews, promotion
interviews or assignment selection interviews. Too much of tension and edginess
starts showing up and gives a wrong message to the interviewer. The candidate
should not get unduly worried about the type of preparations made by other
competitors. Similarly, the candidate should not get tensed up about areas which
have not been covered during the preparation. If you are composed and in control
of yourself, you will think of the right reply. Try to be at ease with yourself. It helps
you become more attentive, listen well and organize your thoughts better as you
face the panel.
4. Reach on Time
Reach well in time for the interview. This is an obvious, yet very essential
requirement. It gives you sufficient time to find the exact venue, get used to the
ambience and be comfortable. Arriving late for the interview may lead to guilt
feelings and put you at a disadvantage, besides creating an unfavourable impression
on the interviewer. If the place of interview is in a city/area with which you are not
very familiar, make sure to either visit the place earlier or start sufficiently early.
Reaching late and entering the hall sweating profusely gives you a bad start.
5. Physical Appearance
Any interview is much more than a question-and-answer session. For the candidate,
it is actually the challenge of marketing oneself. Given this reality, the overall
impression a candidate makes on the interview panel assumes significance. The
candidate makes the first impression on presentation of oneself. It is axiomatic
that attire oft proclaims a man/woman, especially in a serious appointment like an
interview. It is very necessary, therefore, that the candidate dresses well for the
occasion. It may be a suit, a tie, a full sleeve shirt and other accessories that make
the candidate look smart. Being well dressed for the interview gives the message
that one is keen on creating the right impression. After reaching the venue, the
Self-Instructional
224 Material
candidate should look at the mirror and make sure that he or she is presentable. Employment
Communication
Although what dress is appropriate for the particular interview may depend on the
nature of the organization, category of the post, the climate and such other factors,
it is very essential that the appearance is not casual.
NOTES
There is one more reason why a candidate should dress well for the interview.
That is on account of the level of confidence it generates for the candidate. Imagine
an interview for a senior post where most of the other candidates are in a suit and
you are in your slacks. May be if you are really smart, you may still do well, but
then it all depends on how the interviewer interprets it. It is important to be self-
confident. It is always desirable to avoid the feeling that you are likely to be at a
disadvantage for being under-dressed for the occasion. If you are not comfortable
and at ease with a suit or a tie, get used to it by practising it well in advance. At the
same time, if somebody is better dressed than you, let it not deter you from making
your best effort. How you feel about yourself is what matters. Feed your self-
confidence.
6. Appropriate Body Language
Looks apart, there are several dimensions to body language. The candidate for
the interview should be conscious of them. Right posture, alert look, firm handshake,
not looking nervous, confidant and clear voice and appropriate eye contact help
create the right impression. Slouching, drooping, sitting with a hunchback, fidgeting,
blinking and shaking the legs create a negative impression. When you are facing an
interviewer, avoid negative body language and distracting gestures. Scratching
your head, pursing your lips, staring at your palms, examining your nails, picking
your nose, and rolling your tongue are all best avoided. More than anything else,
it is important to wear a smile. A smile projects as well as reinforces confidence.
7. Build a Rapport
Try to build a rapport with the interviewer or the members of the interview panel.
This can be done by looking confident, smiling, greeting and a firm handshake.
This should be done not just with the chairman of the interview panel, but with the
other members as well. Establish eye contact with and reply to the person who
has asked you a question. Be conscious of your mannerisms. Refrain from making
statements such as ‘You have got me wrong’, ‘You have not understood me’,
‘What you are saying is not correct’, ‘It is impertinent’ and the like. Don’t look
either grim or casual. Do not interrupt them when they are speaking to each other.
8. Understand the Question
Make sure that you have understood the question. This is possible when you are
attentive. Active listening is very essential. Let the interviewer complete the question.
Do not be in a hurry. Do not interrupt. If you do not interrupt, there is a possibility
that the interviewer will give you some hints of what he/she is driving at. However,
after the question has been put forth, if you are not clear about it, feel free to seek
Self-Instructional
Material 225
Employment a clarification. In doing so, be polite. State what you have understood and seek a
Communication
confirmation. For example, ‘Sir, as I understand, you want me to...’.
9. Reply Earnestly
NOTES Organize your thoughts quickly and give earnest replies. State whatever you know
with confidence. Give correct facts and figures. Avoid mixing up figures. State
clearly the lakhs, millions, the crores, the dollars or any other statistics
unambiguously. Bring out not only your knowledge or depth of understanding of
the subject, but also your attitude and concerns. As far as possible, use positive
words. Use bright, sharp and appropriate words relevant to the discipline or
profession. Be assertive, but avoid extreme positions. There are some questions
in which it is possible to hold different views, which means that a very rigid, ‘anything
else is incorrect’ type of statement is to be refrained from. Keep balance. Make
your reply as brief or as long as the interviewer expects. For this, take the clue
from the way the question is worded. When questions are tricky, take your time in
organizing your thoughts.
10. Confidentiality
There are occasions when working in an organization, the employee comes into
the possession of confidential information. Such information – whether it is product
related, process related, performance related or client related – should not be
leaked out to outsiders, especially competitors, for it harms the interest of the
organization. Most companies ask their employees to sign a confidentiality
agreement. Even otherwise, when an employee works for any organization, there
is always an implicit promise of confidentiality. This promise of confidentiality,
whether explicit or implicit, should not be breached. That means, in answering the
interview questions, the interviewee should protect the interest of the current/
previous employer and refrain from disclosing such confidential information. All
ethically minded interviewers/ organizations do appreciate that and do not expect
the interviewee to disclose any information that is organization-specific and
confidential in nature. That apart, there would be a natural presumption that an
employee who cannot keep things confidential for his current or previous employer
is unlikely to do so about the future employers too. The candidate’s credibility or
trustworthiness takes a beating. The trick, therefore, lies in answering questions in
a manner that reflects the candidate’s experience and accomplishments without
leaking out confidential matters or offending the interviewers.
11. Be Sincere, Truthful and Well Mannered
Answer what you know for sure with confidence. State when you are in doubt.
Don’t ever tell a blatant lie, hoping that it will go undetected. Admit that you don’t
know the answer, if that is the position. If you know part of the answer, state that
in clear terms and if you are guessing the rest, state so. The interviewer accepts
that you know some and do not know some, but no interviewer will accept
Self-Instructional deliberate lies. Credibility is important. Some interviewers will even encourage
226 Material
you to make false statements so that you talk yourself into a trap. Be sincere and Employment
Communication
truthful.
Impress the interviewer with your good manners. That is very important.
Especially so when you are just out of the college and are facing your first job
NOTES
interview. Good manners counts a lot in dealing with colleagues, superiors,
customers and other business associates. Manners make a man or woman look
pleasant.
12. Do Not Offend the Interviewer
As an interviewee one should conduct oneself in such a way that the interviewer is
not, for any reason, offended. Argumentation should be avoided. Be assertive
without being offensive. If you disagree with the interviewer, or if you hold a
diametrically opposite point of view, bring it out as your experience or understanding.
Never ever unnecessarily correct the interviewer’s observations or challenge
statements. Remember, you are not keen on winning the argument if it means
losing the interview.
If you want to create the right impression, do not interrupt your interviewer.
Wait till he finishes talking, even if he has interrupted you. You create a good
impression by being a good listener. A good listener allows the other person to
finish what he or she starts telling. You stop talking when the interviewer starts to
speak even when you are not finished.
13. Do Not Brag
Do state your achievements, contributions and strong points, as and when called
for, but keep it in perspective. Avoid loud mouthing and pompous or boastful
statements. Braggarts, or those who blow their own trumpets, do not find favour
with the interviewers. Do not overstate your achievements. Gracefully accept your
shortcomings and weaknesses. State the efforts you are making to overcome them,
if there is an opportunity. Give due credit to the teamwork, favourable circumstances
and such other factors that helped you perform well. Honest self-assessment always
carries a favourable impression. At the same time, don’t miss the right opportunity
to mention your high points.
14. Avoid Long Pauses
Take your time to organize your thoughts and give your replies. When you are
asked a question, you are not expected to reply immediately. A small pause as you
mentally formulate your reply, in fact, results in well thought out answers. When
you take some time to collect your thoughts, the interviewer appreciates your
earnestness. All the same, avoid long pauses. Long pauses lead to communication
breakdown and result in an awkward situation. Keep the conversation going.
Sometimes the panel members will offer hints and tips which will be of help in
collecting your thoughts. Make the best use of such gestures. Know when and
how to keep the conversation going from your side. For example, there are some
Self-Instructional
open-ended questions where the answer should be much more than a yes or a no. Material 227
Employment 15. Open-Ended Questions
Communication
 Do you think you are suitable for this job?
 Are you good at team work?
NOTES  You do not have the experience for this job.
 You have changed your jobs frequently.
 Women are less likely to take up such jobs.
Obviously, in all such cases, the interviewer will be looking for some positive and
logical back-up statements rather than just a mere affirmation.
16. Grab Opportunities
Interviewers generally follow a set pattern. They start with the candidate’s academic
and professional background before coming to job-specific and knowledge
assessment questions. Quite often, the questions get progressively tougher. Every
candidate is very likely to get a mix of easy and tough questions. The candidate
should grab the opportunity and make it a point to score more on the easy questions.
Among the panel members too, some ask general questions while some others
persevere and ask probing questions. The candidate should be alert enough to
take advantage of the opportunities as and when they show up. There may be
breaks in between on account of tea breaks, telephone calls and consultations
among the panel members. The candidate can make gainful use of such breaks to
review earlier replies and especially what was missed out. The candidate may
elaborate on the earlier replies and make such additional points as are to his or her
advantage when the interview resumes. An alert candidate makes it a point to
grab any such opportunity.
As an interviewee, it is your responsibility to clearly bring out how your
academic background, job related knowledge and skills, and expertise and
experience can add value to the organization. Seize every little opportunity to
make it easy for the interviewer to appreciate your suitability and enthusiasm. Just
because something is already mentioned in your resume, do not presume that the
interviewer has read that. On your part, highlight your strengths and capabilities
with reference to the job requirements and interviewer expectations.
17. Use Wit and Humor
Interviews need not necessarily be very serious affairs. Interviewers are normally
required to conduct interviews of numerous candidates in a time-bound manner.
This results in certain tedium or wariness for the interview panel, especially towards
the end. A candidate who, even while answering the questions well, uses wit and
humour naturally scores high in the interview. In doing so, however, proper discretion
is called for. A candidate should avoid telling irrelevant jokes and anecdotes, and
maintain decorum and seriousness associated with an interview process. Humorous
anecdotes associated with great personalities like Mark Twain or Bernard Shaw
which are appropriate for the occasion may, however, add some lighter moments.
Self-Instructional
228 Material
Similarly, if opportune, the interviewee may also mention some relevant quotes of Employment
Communication
famous personalities to lighten the atmosphere and show his or her wit and presence
of mind. Remember, however, that this is not a must. Don’t spoil your chances by
using a bad joke or stale humour.
NOTES
Kinds of Interviewers
Every interview has a human dimension. Like the interviewee, the person on the
other side is an individual and, as such, it would be desirable to be informed about
various kinds of interviewers. They too constitute a mixed lot—some are friendly,
some are tough, some focus on positives, some on negatives, some are easily
satisfied, some are much more demanding, some look for concepts and theories,
some are more into specifics, some focus on knowledge, some on ignorance,
some lead you into the right answers, some into traps, some are soft, some are a
bully. The interviewee has to be conscious of the many faces of an interviewer.
One should learn to make a quick assessment and learn to deal with each kind of
them. The saying ‘Different strokes for different folks’ holds true in this case.
Every candidate facing an interview should learn to understand and evaluate the
kind of person the interviewer is and respond appropriately. It would be imprudent
to always expect an interviewer who makes it easy for the interviewee to give
one’s best. It would be wise to be prepared to face the tough and difficult interviewer.
The real challenge for any candidate is to face a very tough interview panel and
emerge successful.
Interviewer’s Perspective
Appreciating the various kinds of interviewers, it is also advantageous for the
interviewee to look at the interview process from the interviewer’s perspective,
i.e., to understand what the panel is looking for. The interviewer is essentially
trying to identify and select the most suitable candidate for the post. The interviewer
is trying to match the job profile with that of the candidate. He has several questions
in his/her mind. Will the candidate deliver the goods on the job? Will the candidate
measure up to expectation? Will the candidate find the job exciting and stay on?
Will the job measure up to the candidate’s expectations? If not, the entire exercise
will become futile. Whether the selected candidate quits after appointment or
whether the organization finds the selected candidate not up to the mark on the
job, the end result is the same. Any interview panel is always conscious of the
time, effort and resources involved in organizing the interviews and the consequent
imperative of making them worthwhile.
As a candidate for interview, one should put oneself in the interviewer’s
shoes and try to assess what the organization is looking for. The interview panel
normally decides beforehand the various qualities or attributes appropriate for the
job, and the relative weightage for each of them. Depending on whether the job is
that of a generalist or a specialist, a line job or a managerial position, a customer
contact job or otherwise, the weightage to skills and qualifications sought would
vary. Each member of the interview panel would be provided with a score sheet Self-Instructional
Material 229
Employment where they will note down the marks scored by each candidate during the interview
Communication
under each major parameter. While some interviewers would give numerical scores
for each parameter, others would settle for a gradation—A+, A, B+, B, etc., or
qualitative remarks—excellent, very good, good, satisfactory, poor, etc. Some
NOTES relevant parameters based on which final selection of the candidate is made are:
(1) academic qualifications (2) previous experience
(3) attitude and temperament (4) communication skills
(5) interpersonal skills (6) subject knowledge
(7) general awareness (8) age
(9) extra-curricular activities (10) motivation and
(11) health and fitness.
Apart from the intelligence quotient or IQ, emotional quotient or EQ also assumes
significance when the jobs carry high levels of stress and responsibility.
Interview Score Sheet
Name of the candidate

A+ A B+ B C+ C
Appearance
Subject Knowledge
Conceptual Clarity
Logical Thinking
Attitude
Motivation
Communication Skills
Interpersonal Qualities
General Knowledge
Initiative
Although the table above lists some of the more common qualities on which
the evaluation takes place in most interviews, there are bound to be some differences
depending upon the nature of the post and the position in the hierarchy. All these
parameters do not always carry equal or identical weightage. For example, in a
marketing job, appearance and communicative skills are given higher weightage.
In a specialist or R&D job, subject knowledge and conceptual clarity have greater
weightage. In positions of leadership, interpersonal skills, communication skills
and initiative are accorded higher weightage.
Self-Instructional
230 Material
18. Try to Be Distinctive Employment
Communication
In an interview, any candidate is obviously competing with a host of other candidates.
All of them have been called for the interview after the usual process of screening,
which means that all of them meet the minimum eligibility criteria. Given this reality, NOTES
those candidates who are distinctive and try to stand out from the rest of the
candidates are more likely to be successful. Within the short span of time, they try
to make their presence felt. They leave behind an impression on the interview
panel members. This is done in many ways—noticeable appearance, depth of
understanding of the subject, confident conduct, quick responses, command over
the language, positive attitude, optimistic approach and so on. In the ultimate analysis,
impressions do matter. Be conscious of the need to create the right impression.
19. Concluding the Interview
You have had your interview—may be for 10 minutes or 30 minutes— and it is
time to conclude. The chairman of the interview panel in consultation with others
suggests that your interview has come to an end. At that time, sometimes, you may
be asked, ‘Anything else you want to say?’ or you may on your own venture to
add, if the conditions are right, something which you have not had the opportunity
to say. Make good use of any such opportunity. Say something which puts you in
an advantage. If necessary, seek details about the organization and the position
without being too inquisitive. It could be anything that suggests that you are
interested. At the same time, assess the mood. Do not say something if that is not
welcome and, more so, if it is likely to detract the favourable impression you have
already put up.
Be Discreet and Restrained You complete your interview, say ‘thank you’
to the chairperson and other members of the panel and walk out of the room.
Immediately, you start evaluating your performance. You may feel you have done
very well, reasonably well, not so well or very bad. Just keep it to yourself. You
don’t have to advertise and talk about your performance to people waiting outside,
especially if you feel you have not done well. First, it is only your impression.
Second, what matters is relative performance—how you fare vis-a-vis your
competitors. Moreover, any interview is an intense process. How you really
perform depends not only on your knowledge and sense of preparedness, but
also on a host of other factors over which you have no control. It may start with a
delay. You may not get the right questions or adequate time. One of the interviewers
may be hostile. It may start off on a wrong note. By the time you get your turn, the
interviewers may have got fatigued. Remember: It is desirable to be well prepared
for the interview. Take all essential steps as described in the earlier paragraphs.
Yet, notwithstanding all your preparedness, it is likely that the delivery and the final
outcome during the interview may not be the way you wanted. Learn to take it in
your stride.
Self-Instructional
Material 231
Employment 20. After the Interview
Communication
After the interview, as you wait for the results, learn to keep the anxiety level low.
The outcome can be either way. May be you have done well. But there may be
NOTES others who have done better. May be you have done very well in the interview,
but there may be other requirements which have not been met. In most cases
there are few posts and many competitors. Keep your sense of equanimity.
Further, it is also desirable that no direct contact is made with the interviewer/
interview panel members to know the results. Not only are such requests generally
not entertained, but also such attempts are considered improper. Although this
seems appropriate in most cases, there are authors who opine that immediately
after the interview, as a matter of common courtesy, a thank-you letter should be
sent to the interviewer. It will work in favor of the interviewee by reminding the
interviewer about the candidate. On this, the candidates should take a call depending
on the nature of the organization and sense of propriety.
21. Do Not Blame Yourself
You faced the interview boldly, did quite well and yet you receive a regret letter.
There is, of course, the initial disappointment. But, nevertheless, do not indulge in
self-pity. Do not blame yourself. It will take you nowhere. It is not always your
fault that you lost the opportunity. Moreover, it is not the end of the world. As the
saying goes, ‘Tomorrow is another day.’ Gather your spirits and strengthen your
resolve. Accepting rejection or failure, whatever be the reason, is an important
trait for any person seeking success in career and business. It helps build resilience
or the ability to cope with failure and spring back to action. Those who know how
to cope with failure are more determined than before to seek success. Introspect
and learn the right lessons from the experience. In what ways can you position
yourself better to meet such challenges in future? Believe in your ability. Think
positive. If it can happen to Dr A P J Abdul Kalam, past President of India, it can
happen to anyone. The incident quoted below is indeed an eye opener.
Check Your Progress

3. Mention any two categories of interview-related questions.
4. What are the physical factors that help in creating the right impression
during an interview?

QUESTIONS
1. The interviewer should be well informed about the organization, the nature
of the post, the number of vacancies, the number of candidates being
interviewed and other such relevant information that is so essential for making
Self-Instructional the interview worthwhile.
232 Material
2. Two performance rating parameters of an interview are academic qualification Employment
Communication
and knowledge.
3. Two categories of interview-related questions are work experience and
education.
NOTES
4. Right posture, alert look, firm handshake, not looking nervous, confidant
and clear voice and appropriate eye contact help create the right impression.
14.5 SUMMARY
 A job offer is also a potentially life-altering event that needs careful

deliberation. Job interviews provide an opportunity for you and your potential
employer to decide how well your skills align with the company’s needs.
 Over a period of time, the job-seeking interviewee gets a job, gains
experience and moves up the career ladder.
 The interviewer should be well informed about the organization, the nature
the interview worthwhile.
 The interviewer should be well informed about the organization, the nature
the interview worthwhile.
 The interviewer has to put the candidate at ease before shooting off questions.
 The interviewers should focus on testing the knowledge of the candidate
and not the level of ignorance.
 Job interviews constitute the last leg of the career selection process for any
candidate.
 Preparation for the interview starts with good homework. Try to learn as
much as you can about the organization.
 It is very necessary that the candidate keeps his/her cool when getting ready
to face the interview.
 As an interviewee one should conduct oneself in such a way that the
interviewer is not, for any reason, offended. Argumentation should be
avoided.
14.6 KEY WORDS
 Employment: Employment is a relationship between two parties, usually

based on a contract where work is paid for, where one party, which may be
a corporation, for profit, not-for-profit organization, co-operative or other
entity is the employer and the other is the employee.
Self-Instructional
Material 233
Employment  HR: Human resources is used to describe both the people who work for
Communication
a company or organization and the department responsible for managing
resources related to employees
 Personality: Personality is defined as the characteristic set of behaviors,
NOTES
cognitions, and emotional patterns that evolve from biological and
environmental factors

AND EXERCISES
1. What do performance rating parameters include?
2. Mention the different characteristics of a job interview.
3. What are the things that an interviewer should avoid while taking an interview?
4. Write a short note on the importance of job interview.
1. What are the factors involved in job interview?
2. Explain the process of job interview process in detail.
3. What are the questions that are typically asked in a job interview?
4. What are the factors that an interviewee should consider before going for
an interview? Discuss.
Publishing House.
Self-Instructional
234 Material
oC eht fothe
ezifont
s tnosize
f ehof
t esthe
aerCourse
cnI .1 Name.

.egaP revoC e2.ht nuse
i rethe
daefollowing
f eht esin
u the
.2 Cover Page.
YTISREVINUALAGAPPA
APPAGALAUNIVERSITY
B.Com.

elcyC drihT eht ni )46.3:APGC( CA[Accredited
AN yb edarGwith
’+A’’A+’
htiwGrade
detidby
ercNAAC
taC Graded
KARAIKUDI
K – 630 003
102 12 NOITACUDE ECNATSIDDIRECTORATE
FO ETAROTCEOF
I - Semester
B.Com.
102 12
itnem sYou
a egaare
p reinstructed
voc eht etatodpupdate
u ot dethe
tcurcover
tsni erpage
a uoYas mentioned below:
oC eht fothe
ezifont
s tnosize
f ehof
t esthe
aerCourse
cnI .1 Name.
aP revoC e2.ht nuse
i rethe
daefollowing
f eht esin
u the
.2 Cover Page.
ISREVINUALAGAPPA
APPAGALAUNIVERSITY
rihT eht ni )46.3:APGC( CA[Accredited
AN yb edarGwith
’+A’’A+’
htiwGrade
detidby
ercNAAC
taC Graded
KARAIKUDI
TACUDE ECNATSIDDIRECTORATE
K
FO ETAROTCEOF
– 630 003
B.Com.
I - Semester

123 12 B - Com - (CA) Business Communication

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

123 12 B - Com - (CA) Business Communication

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

123 12 B - Com - (CA) Business Communication

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

.emaN e1.

Directorate of Distance Education

"The copyright shall be vested with Alagappa University"

Vikas® is the registered trademark of Vikas® Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.

BLOCK I: FUNDAMENTAL OF COMMUNICATION

BLOCK II: TYPES OF COMMUNICATION, BUSINESS LETTER

BLOCK III: WRITING A REPORT AND EMAIL

UNIT 1 COMMUNICATION: AN OVERVIEW 1-24

UNIT 5 COMMUNICATION IN ORGANIZATIONS 85-93

UNIT 7 BUSINESS LETTERS 103-126

UNIT 8 BASIC OFFICIAL CORRESPONDENCE 127-140

BLOCK III: WRITING A REPORT AND EMAIL

UNIT 9 REPORT WRITING 141-153

BLOCK IV: MEETINGS, SKILLS AND EMPLOYMENT COMMUNICATION

UNIT 12 MEETINGS 179-189

UNIT 13 READING SKILLS 190-214

UNIT 14 EMPLOYMENT COMMUNICATION 215-234

Communication is an essential part of our lives, its importance increases manifold

Communication is the modus operandi of social and commercial intercourse. It is

After going through this unit, you will be able to:

1.2 PURPOSE OF COMMUNICATION

Sociologists describe human beings as social animals. As members of society,

Check Your Progress

Fig. 1.1 Process of Communication

Communication relates to stimulus and response

Check Your Progress

1.4 BARRIERS TO COMMUNICATION

As we have seen earlier, communication is a process that covers six different

Check Your Progress

Check Your Progress

 The objectives and functions of communication are inter-related.

1.8 KEY WORDS

 Organization: An organization is a body of people with a particular purpose,

1.9 SELF ASSESSMENT QUESTIONS AND

1.10 FURTHER READINGS

The process of communication involves both words and expressions to express

After going through this unit, you will be able to:

and in writing—is a prerequisite for organizational and business-related success.

NOTES Fig. 2.1 Upward Communication

Fig. 2.2 Downward Communication

Lateral communication generally takes place in an organization and is neither

Fig. 2.3 Lateral Communication

methods of communication. Each of these methods of communication has its own

Check Your Progress

2.3 VERBAL COMMUNICATION

Verbal communication is a type of oral communication wherein the message is

Check Your Progress

Written communication is essential in every business. Writing is a creative activity.

Check Your Progress

2.5 ANSWERS TO CHECK YOUR PROGRESS

1. Four types of communication are personal communication, business

2.7 KEY WORDS

 Communication: Communication refers to the imparting or exchanging of

hand or the head, to express an idea or meaning.

2.8 SELF ASSESSMENT QUESTIONS AND

2.9 FURTHER READINGS

UNIT 3 LISTENING SKILLS

In this unit, you will be introduced to listening as an important communication skill.

After going through this unit, you will be able to: